Weapons - Site Root

BOOK FOUR
Modern
Roleplaying in
the
Technothriller
Genre
WEAPONS, EQUIPMENT AND
VEHICLES
Version Three
Modern Roleplaying in the
Technothriller Genre
EQUIPMENT SOURCEBOOK
A Resource for Millennium’s End
Material by Chris Parke, David Parke, Rob Thomas, Ryan Pendergast, Chris Kracik, and Dom
de Bechi
Production & Design by Chris Parke
Cover Design by David Parke
Equipment listing by Dom de Bechi, with assistance from David Parke, Chris Kracik, Patrick
Mundhenk, Ben Lott and Rob Thomas. Medical equipment by Charles Hammond. Parts of the
Motorbike and Scooter section by Simon Chalder.
Special Thanks to Charles Ryan for the Millennium’s End system
First e-Printing
All illustration copyrights remain with the original publishers and the use of these illustrations in
no way implies consent or permission of the copyright holders and no infringement on the rights
of these individuals and entities is intended. This material is provided solely for the personal
entertainment use of players of the Millennium’s End game system.
http://www.millenniumsend.net
CONTENTS
Introduction
6
Chapter One
Weapons
Pistols 9… Submachinegun’s 15… Assault
Rifles 19… Sniper
Rifles 25…
Machine
Guns 28… Shotguns 31… Support
Weapons 33… Heavy Weapons 36… Grenades… 40 Ammuni
tion… 42 Knives… 46
8
Chapter Two
Equipment
50
Sights, Scopes and Night Vision Goggles… 51 Weapon
Accessories… 58 Mines… 60 Demolitions,
Explosives
&
Pyrotechnics… 62 Body
Armor… 66 Tactical
Harnesses
&
Holsters… 70 Navigation
&
Signalling… 73 Wilderness
Survival & Outdoor Gear… 76 Medical Support… 84 General
Equipment… 87 Personal
Protective
Equipment… 90 Tools
… 92 Communications & IT… 95 Entry Tools…102 Airborne
Equipment… 104 Marine
Equipment… 107 Climbing
&
Mountaineering
Equipment… 110 Surveillance
Equipment… 113 Five to Survive… 118
Chapter Three
Vehicles
Automobilles… 120 Motorcycles & Scooters… 134
Index
120
??
INTRODUCTION
A technothriller is a work of modern action fiction in which technology’s role in
society plays a major part in the plot, or at least the background. The term was coined
in the eighties, largely because Tom Clancy’s popular novels could not be cubbyholed
into any existing category; Many works since then have incorporated technothriller
elements, even if they haven’t been called such. The movie Die Hard, for example, is
driven by the bad-guys’ efforts to defeat a computer-controlled vault. In Rising Sun,
video technology is behind the solution—and the source—of the mystery. Ronin is an
almost perfect example of the genre.
But technology is a fact of life is today’s world, and the mere fact that it finds
its way into a work of fiction doesn’t make it a technothriller. Technothrillers have
other unique characteristics. Their protagonists are invariably intelligent, lucid and
resourceful—but not superhuman. Unlike the espionage novels from which they
evolved, technothrillers focus on terrorism, hate-crime and drug-trafficking problems
unique to the modern world. And they try to be meticulously accurate in the details.
Millennium’s End is a techno-thriller roleplaying game. Set now, or just a couple
of years in the future, it is high-tech without being science-fiction. Its conflicts arise
from the problems of our world—the problems we see everyday on the news and on the
streets. It’s characters are capable and skilled, and hopefully resourceful and smart—
but that’s up to you.
What is a roleplaying game?
A roleplaying game is an interactive experience in which a group of players work
together to develop characters and guide them through adventures. It’s a group effort
at making up a story as it goes along, with each player controlling one major character
There are no boards or playing pieces—all of the action unfolds in the players’
imaginations. The rules keep things moving smoothly and consistently, but are really
just guidelines. The only equipment needed is a game system (such as this book), and
some pencils, paper, and dice.
Roleplaying games require one person to act as the referee—called in this
system, the Game Master or GM. The GM sets up the plots, conflicts, mysteries and
settings for the adventures. He or she controls all of the non-player characters (NPCs),
arbitrates the rules, controls the pace of the game, and is in short the final authority on
all events within the imaginary plotline. Being a GM requires patience, judgment, and
creativity plus a little extra time and energy—but offers a rewarding pay off as carefully
crafted adventures unfold to the delight of the other players.
The other players contribute less to the overall world, focusing their attention
instead on a single character each. These characters move through the world set up by
the GM, unravelling mysteries and solving adventures. Like the characters of novels,
movies, or any other form of fiction, roleplaying characters have distinct personalities,
backgrounds, capabilities, strengths and weaknesses. When characters are welldeveloped and defined, the interaction between them is often as entertaining as the
action and intrigue of the adventure.
Roleplaying adventures generally take one or more sessions of several hours
each to play through. They are not competitive, so there are no winners or losers.
Millennium’s End
Adventures can be linked together into a campaign, running indefinitely, with the
characters honing their skills and abilities as they grow. Of course, every campaign has
its setbacks, including injury or even death for some of the characters. Nevertheless,
campaigns offer many rewards, not the least of which is a sense of continuity and the
opportunity to develop characters in great depth.
Millennium’s End v3.0: the game and text
If you’ve played second edition Millennium’s End, this text won’t hold too many
surprises for you. Most of the second edition game mechanics and campaign have
not been changed, but there has been fine-tuning, and a great deal of new material has
been added. If you’ve never played Millennium’s End before, you will find it a unique
and powerful game. At the core is the skill system. Skills are arranged in a two-step
hierarchy, allowing a single skill to cover a broad range of tasks—a character may be
better at some than at others. The percentile scale gives players a strong intuitive sense
of their characters’ abilities.
Much more revolutionary are the combat systems. Hit determination, which is
skill-based, uses overlays to indicate not just if an attack hit its target, but where, all in a
single roll. This keeps combat fast-paced and flexible, and more realistic than any other
game system. Damage effects are measured in real-world terms, with no ablative hit
points.
Millennium’s End uses ten-sided dice (referred to as d10) to randomize game
events. Whenever a result calls for several dice to be rolled and the results totalled,
the number of dice needed precedes the d10 symbol—so if you read ‘3d10,’ roll three
dice and total the results. Skill rolls require percentile results (indicated by the ‘d%’
symbol). Roll two dice, assigning the tens result to one and the ones result to the other
If, for example, you roll a six and an eight, read sixty-eight. A zero result on a single die
means ten; a double-zero on percentile dice means 100. In play, low results are generally
desirable.
To make quick references easy, the most basic and important rules are boldfaced.
Watch out, however, because circumstances that might alter the use of the rule may
not be boldfaced. Examples and notes appear in the sidebar as needed—examples are
italicized for easy recognition.
This book covers the background to the world of Millennium’s
End, provides three different BlackEagle offices for your characters to
work from, and provides some basic level equipment information.
Millennium’s End v3.0 is compatible with all first and second-edition
supplements. If you do find an occasional conflict between third-edition material and
first or second-edition works, give precedence to the former.
Good luck, and welcome to Millennium’s End.
Weapons, Equipment and Vehicles
CHAPTER ONE
WEAPONS
Firearms
Availability
Firearm availability varies
according to location. In the
US, fully automatic weapons
are legally only available to
properly licensed persons—
although that doesn’t stop
the determined from getting
around such restrictions. In
Australia, such weapons are
only available to the police
and military, although
exemptions have been made
for special purposes (see the
information on the Sydney
office for more). Likewise,
the EU nations tend to have
tight restrictions on firearms
ownership,
but
once
again these laws are not
always closely followed.
The background checks
and waiting periods that
often accompany firearm
purchases of often ‘waived’
by ethically questionable
dealers.
BlackEagle operatives rely on the best, most modern and most reliable resources
available—and that means good equipment. These chapters contain a list of items that
characters are likely to need or want. Included is an overview of the availability and
legality of the equipment, its size, use, features and cost. Although BlackEagle is a
worldwide organization, weapon prices in this chapter are listed only in US dollars for
simplicity.
Weaponry
Some of the most important (and favored) items carried by BlackEagle operatives
are their weapons. Listed over the next few pages are a handful of the thousands of
firearms and other personal weapons available today. These weapons are among those
most commonly used by (or fired at) BlackEagle’s operatives. A great many more can
be found in the Operatives Firearms Guide, while a comprehensive listing of weapons
statistics can be found in the Weapons Compendium.
There are many factors to consider when outfitting characters with weapons.
First and foremost is that large firearms (and hand-to-hand weapons) are not only
difficult to conceal, but heavy. Although the Millennium’s End game rules do not
address the discomfort and minor impairment of carrying a large weapon, good role
playing should Furthermore, unless the characters want to be seen with a weapon,
concealment is a real problem. All three offices covered in Book Three are in
tropical or semi-tropical climates, and lightweight clothes compound the problem of
concealment. Even in the rough and ready world of Millennium’s End, firearms are
frowned upon in most public situations, and the police are just as likely to overreact to
the presence of a weapon as they are to let it go. This issue isn’t just restricted to rifles
or SMG’s—unless under heavy or loose clothing, concealing even a medium sized
pistol or large knife is a problem.
Millennium’s End
PISTOLS
Pistols are maneuverable, small, light and easy to conceal. It’s no surprise then that
they are one of the most common weapons carried by BlackEagle operatives. They
are also the primary weapon of many police officers, and are often carried by military
personnel such as machinegunners, who need a general-purpose alternative to their
main weapon.
BERETTA
Armi Beretta SpA, Italy
Model 92FS
also 92, 92S, 92SB, 92F, 92FS Brigadier, 92FS Compact
The Beretta 92 was one of three new models introduced by Beretta
in 1976, and it has evolved through a number of variants to become
the most popular. The model 92 is a double-action weapon firing the
popular 9mm Parabellum cartridge, featuring a short recoil action.
In the United States, 92-series pistols are used by more law
enforcement agencies than any other autoloader. Two early versions,
the Model 92 and 92S, were adopted by the Italian (and several
other) militaries, but have since been discontinued. In 1980, Beretta
submitted the 92SB to the US army, which was looking for a new
service pistol to replace the venerable Colt M1911A1. Beretta beat
several competitors and won the contract, but several modifications
were required, resulting in the model 92F. This changed the shape of
the grip and trigger guard to more easily accommodate two-handed
firing. The 92FS added a slide over travel-stop. The 92FS Brigadier
has a heavier redesigned slide, and has a removable front sight blade.
The Compact version reduces both the length of the barrel and the size
of the grip for easier concealment.
The 92-series pistols have done very well in sales worldwide,
to military, police and private customers.
92FS
Caliber
9×19mm Parabellum
Length
22cm
20cm (Compact)
Weight
1.15kg
1.07kg (Compact)
1.18kg (Brigadier)
Magazine
15 (20 available)
13 (Compact)
Reload
1 turn
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
92, 92S, 92SB
smallarm
0
14
-19/-/-
4
1
50
auto
550
92F, 92FS
smallarm
0
14
-19/-/-
4
1
50
auto
655
92FS Brigadier
smallarm
0
15
-19/-/-
4
1
50
auto
702
92FS Compact
smallarm
0
14
-19/-/-
4
1
50
auto
655
Weapon
Chapter One: Weapons
Price $
Colt
Colt Industries Inc, United States
Python 4”
also Python 2.5”, Python 6”, Python 8”
Python 8”
Caliber
.357in Magnum
.38in Special
Length
20cm (Python 2.5”)
24cm (Python 4”)
29cm (Python 6”)
34cm (Python 8”)
Weight
0.9kg (Python 2.5”)
1.1kg (Python 4”)
1.3kg (Python 6”)
1.5kg (Python 8”)
The Python revolver was introduced by Colt in 1955. It was available in
different barrel lengths, suitable for self-defence (2.5 and 4 inch barrels),
service (4 and 6 inch barrels), and hunting and target shooting (4 - 8 inch
variants). Early Pythons—made from 1955 until mid-1960’s—were indeed
very accurate guns, often compared to Manurhin MR-73’s or SIG P210’s.
Colt has discontinued the Python series in favor of the more modern
Kingcobra revolver, but it is still readily available.
Magazine 6
Reload
5 turns
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Python 2.5”
smallarm
0
13
-21/-/-
3
1
50
rev
929
Python 4”
smallarm
0
15
-21/-/-
3
1
60
rev
929
Python 6”
smallarm
1
16
-21/-/-
3
1
75
rev
929
Python 8”
smallarm
2
17
-21/-/-
3
1
75
rev
655
Weapon
FN Herstal
Price $
FN Herstal SA, Belgium
Five-SeveN
Caliber
5.7x28mm
Length
21cm
Weight
0.8kg
Magazine 20
Reload
10
1 turn
The Five-seveN pistol was designed by FN as a complimentary sidearm
to the P90 submachine-gun, sharing the same ammunition, the 5.7x28mm
SS190 cartridge.
The Five-seveN is a delayed blowback operated, semi-automatic
firearm. It features a polymer frame with underbarrel accessory rail. The
gun is available in two versions: Five-seveN standard, intended mostly
for military users, and Five-seveN Tactical, intended mostly for Law
Enforcement users who carry handguns as a primary weapons. The only
difference between Standart and Tactical models is in the trigger type: the
Five-seveN standard features a double action trigger with long trigger pull
and no external safeties; The Five-seveN Tactical features a single action
trigger with short and light trigger pull and ambidextrous safety switch,
located on the frame above the trigger. Both variants are striker fired, with
Millennium’s End
internal firing pin safety. The sights are fixed, with an optional night sights
(with luminous dots inserts) available.
Weapon
Five-SeveN
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
smallarm
0
16
-16/-/-
4
1
60
auto
Price $
645
GLOCK
Glock GesmbH, Austria
Glock 17C
also Glock 17L
The Glock 17 was introduced in the early 1980’s and offered a number of
innovations. Although the basic action is much the same as that found in the
Colt M1911A1, the Glock 17 made extensive use of plastics and ceramics,
and dispensed with external hammers, safeties and slide locks. The result
was a rugged, reliable and accurate weapon that was comfortable to fire
with a light recoil. The two internal safety switchs, along with a trigger
safety switch make the Glock 17 a very safe to handle weapon. The trigger
resistance is adjustable, and as it has no external devices, the Glock is totaly
ambidextrous. The standard magazine holds seventeen rounds, although an
extended ‘plus two’ magazine is also available that holds nineteen. There is
also a ‘L’ or Long Barrelled variant which increases the length of the barrel
by 3cm for extra accuracy.
The Glock 17 was adopted by the Austrian army in 1983, and has
since been taken on by the militaries of over forty other countries. In the US
alone, over 2000 police and government agencies issue the Glock 17.
Glock 17C
Caliber
9×19mm Parabellum
Length
19cm (Glock 17C)
22cm (Glock 17L)
Weight
0.9kg (Glock 17C)
1.0kg (GLock 17L)
Magazine
17 (19)
Reload
1 turn
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Glock 17C
smallarm
0
15
-17/-/-
4
1
50
auto
616
Glock 17L
smallarm
0
16
-19/-/-
4
1
60
auto
790
Weapon
Chapter One: Weapons
Price $
11
Glock 19C
The Glock 19 is a compact version of the model 17, and has the same
features and safeties. The magazine capacity is reduced to 15 (although a
‘plus two’ magazine with a capacity of 17 rounds is available).
Caliber
9mm Parabellum
Length
17cm
Weight
0.8kg
Magazine 15 (17)
Reload
1 turn
Weapon
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
smallarm
0
14
-17/-/-
4
1
50
auto
Glock 19C
Price $
646
Glock 26
The Glock 26 is au ultra-compact version of the model 19, designed to act
as a ‘hold out’ piece. It has all the same features and safeties of its larger
brothers. The magazine capacity is reduced to 10 (although a ‘plus two’
magazine with a capacity of 12 rounds is available).
Caliber
9mm Parabellum
Length
16cm
Weight
0.7kg
Magazine 10 (12)
Reload
1 turn
Weapon
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Glock 26
smallarm
0
13
-19/-/-
4
1
50
auto
12
Millennium’s End
Price $
651
HECKLER & KOCH
Heckler & Koch GmbH, Germany
USP Tactical
In the early 1990’s Heckler & Koch released their new Universal
Selbstlade Pistole, or Universal Self-loading Pistol. This was designed
to be a police and military handgun. Initially released only in .40 and
9mm versions, in 1995 a .45cal version was created (mostly for the
US market). The USP Tactical is a modified version of the .45 USP,
with a lightened barrel (threaded for mounting a silencer), adjustable
rear sights and a match grade trigger. The moulder polymer frame has
special grooves to allow for the mounting of laser aiming modules or
tactical lights.
All USP pistols use a modified Browning linkless locked
breech action with a patented recoil reduction system. There are over
nine different trigger/action combinations, allowing for a choice of
safeties, decockers and actions.
Weapon
USP Tactical
Caliber
.45 inch ACP
Length
20cm
Weight
1.23kg
Magazine
10
Reload
1 turn
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
smallarm
0
15
-22/-/-
4
1
50
auto
Price $
719
MAGNUM RESEARCH
Magnum Research Inc, USA
Desert Eagle .357
Caliber
.357 inch Magnum
.44 inch Magnum
.50 inch AE
Length
26cm
Weight
1.91kg (.357)
2.09kg (.44)
2.26kg (.050 AE)
Magazine
9 (.357)
8 (.44)
7 (.50AE)
Reload
2 turns
also Desert Eagle .44, Desert Eagle .50 AE
The Desert Eagle—one of the most powerful autoloaders ever made—
is almost unique among pistols as it is gas, not recoil, operated. It is
large and heavy, but well balanced, and the gas mechanism absorbs
recoil well, making it easier to fire than revolvers of the same caliber.
The design of the Desert Eagle goes back to the 1950’s, but
it was not until the 1980’s that IMI placed it into production.It is a
double action weapon that operates with a rotating bolt, similar to that
of most assault rifles. There is an ambidextrous safety mounted on
the slide. Most recently, Magnum Research successfully introduced
the .50 Action Express Desert Eagle Pistol to fill an unmet need in
the sporting/hunting market. Since Magnum Research introduced
the caliber—once considered impossible to build—several other
manufacturers have begun to produce .50 Magnum (a.k.a. .50 Action
Express) firearms.
Fire
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Desert Eagle .357
smallarm
2
16
-21/-/-
3
1
75
auto
1049
Desert Eagle .44
smallarm
2
16
-24/-/-
3
1
75
auto
1049
Desert Eagle .50AE
smallarm
3
16
-26/-/-
3
1
75
auto
1049
Weapon
Chapter One: Weapons
Price $
13
Steyr
Steyr-Mannlicher GesmbH, Austria
M-1A
Caliber
9mm Parabellum
.40 S&W, .357 inch SIG
Length
18cm
Weight
0.98 kg
Magazine 15 (9mm Parabellum
12 (.40S&W, .357 SIG)
Reload
1 turn
The Steyr M series pistols were first produced in 1999, and since 2004 the
slightly modified M-1A has gone into production. The M-1A features a
redesigned grip and frame shape, and Picatinny rail (instead of the original
proprietary rail) under the barrel.
The M-1A pistol has probably the most ergonomic grip since the
Luger’s ‘Parabellum’ pistol. The ideal 111 degrees grip angle, combined
with low barrel axis, results in minimum muzzle jump and felt recoil,
as well as in good ‘pointability’. The unusual ‘trapezoid’ sights, while
uncommon in shape, provide good accuracy and acquisition speed, once
shooter gets used to it. Reliability is also very good.
The Steyr M-1A pistols are short recoil operated, locked breech
firearms. The frame is made from high impact-resistant polymer, with
integral Picatinny rail under the barrel. The unusual safety system consists
of several separate safeties, including the automatic trigger and firing pin
safeties, as well as unusual manual safety and internal lock. When the lock
is engaged, it completely blocks the operation of pistol.
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
M-1A (9mm)
smallarm
0
14
-19/-/-
4
1
50
auto
610
M-1A (.40S&W)
smallarm
0
14
-20/-/-
4
1
50
auto
610
M-1A (.357SIG)
smallarm
0
12
-19/-/-
4
1
50
auto
610
Weapon
Walther
Price $
Carl Walther Waffenfabrick GmbH, Germany
Model PPK
Caliber
9x17mm, .32 inch ACP
Length
16cm
Weight
0.65 kg
Magazine 7
Reload
1 turn
The Walther PPK (Polizei Pistole Kurz—Short Police Pistol) is a shortened
version of the Walter PP (Polizei Pistole) and differs from it only in size
(shorter barrel and grip). The PPK was introduced in 1931 and it quickly
become very popular among European police agencies and civilian shooters
The guns were reliable, easy to conceal (especially the PPK), but of only
moderate power.
Technically the PPK is a blowback operated double action handguns.
There is a chamber loaded indicator, external hammer, manual safety and
out of battery safety. The manual safety is somewhat odd as it has to be
turned up to be set to fire position, instead of common down direction.
The PPK was of course James Bond’s weapon of choice, which has
done its image wonders over the years.
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
PPK 9 x 17mm
smallarm
0
12
-18/-/-
4
1
40
auto
540
PPK .32ACP
smallarm
0
12
-17/-/-
4
1
35
auto
540
Weapon
14
Millennium’s End
Price $
SUB MACHINE GUNS
Sub machine guns fill a gap between pistols and full blown assault rifles. Like pistols,
they tend to be small and maneuverable, ideal for operations in confined spaces. However, as almost all sub machine guns use pistol ammunition, this makes them relatively
ineffective in field operations, where combat can take place at ranges well beyond the
effective distance of their lower powered ammunition.
FN Herstal
FN Herstal SA, Belgium
P90
In the late 1980s FN developed a new concept in weaponry: the Personal
Defence Weapon (PDW). The PDW was intended for military personal
whose job did not involve carrying and shooting a full-sized assault rifle
(e.g. truck drivers, heavy weapons crews) but who could not afford to go
without a weapon in case of emergencies. In the past these soldiers would
typically carry pistols or submachineguns but with advances in body armour
technology, these weapons were becoming increasingly ineffective. The
goal was to design a weapon that offered effective fire-power, but in a light,
compact, easy-to-use package, that could be carried at all times. A weapon
that was burdensome or inconvenient would be likely to get forgotten, ‘lost’
or otherwise left behind. The concept was in fact not so novel after all—the
M1 Carbine was fielded by the US army 50 years earlier for just the same
reasons.
A new ammunition was developed for the P90, the 5.7×28mm
SS190, which offered far superior range and armour-piercing capabilities
than typical pistol ammunition. The 5.7mm cartridge is bottle-necked and
looks like a scaled down assault rifle round.
The P90 is used by special forces of a number of armies including
those of Peru, Saudi Arabia and Thailand. No army has yet adopted it in
large numbers in its intended role as a PDW.
The P90 has a polymer stock in a bullpup configuration. It is fed by
a top-mounted 50 round magazines of translucent plastic. The P90 uses a
blowback system of operation and fires from a closed bolt. The fire-selector
allows single shots and full-automatic fire. It and all other controls are
totally ambidextrous. Spent shells are ejected out the bottom of the weapon
making it 100% ambidextrous at all times. The P90 is fitted with an integral
reflex collimator sight. There are also back-up iron sights.
Weapon
FN P90
Caliber
5.7 x 28mm SS190
Length
50cm
Weight
3.0kg
Magazine
50
Reload
3 turns
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
longarm/auto
3
24
-15/-/-28
4/15
2
250
auto
Chapter One: Weapons
Price $
950
15
Heckler & Koch
Heckler & Koch GmbH, Germany
MP5A2
MP-5A2
Caliber
9×19mm Parabellum
10mm Auto
.40 S&W
Length
68cm MP-5A2/A4
66cm, 49cm folded
MP-5A3/A5
Weight
2.5kg MP-5A2/A4
2.9kg MP-5A3/A5
Magazine 15, 30 available
Reload
2 turns
MP-5A3
also MP5A3, MP5A4, MP5A5, MP-5/10, MP-5/40
The MP-5 was developed in the mid 1960s. It uses the same roller-delayed
blowback system of operation as the Heckler & Koch G3 and HK33 rifles
and even shares some common components. The MP-5 was first used by the
West German police and border guards. Since then the MP-5 has gone on
to become the most popular post-war submachinegun. Only the Uzi comes
close to rivaling its ubiquitous status. The MP-5 is used by countless military,
police and counter-terrorism units throughout the world—including the
British SAS and the US navy SEALs. The MP-5 is also license manufactured
in Greece, Iran, Pakistan and Mexico.
The MP-5 fires from a closed bolt which makes it more accurate
than many other submachineguns. It’s only real failing is caused by that
same closed bolt—it is prone to overheating and cook-offs during sustained
use. The MP-5 is fed by 30 round magazines, while there are also 15 round
magazines available for those who need the weapon to be more compact.
The fire-selector options depend on what trigger group the MP-5 has fitted.
The MP-5A2 offers semi-automatic and full-automatic fire. There is also
a civilian version of the trigger-group that offers semi-automatic fire only.
In recent examples of the MP-5, the fire-selector is ambidextrous. The
muzzle of the MP-5 is threaded to accept a sound suppressor. There are
sight mounting rails available for the MP-5 that allow it to mount additional
sighting devices. The MP-5A2 has a fixed plastic shoulder stock.
The MP-5 is available with a retractable shoulder stock, the MP5A3. Versions with a trigger-group that allow a three round bursts are the
fixed stock MP-5A4 and the retracting stock MP-5A5. The stocks and
trigger groups are interchangeable between versions, so an A2 can be easily
converted to an A5 for example and vise versa. The weapon will also operate
with no stock at all. The MP-5 was also produced in limited numbers in
10mm Auto and .40S&W calibres—the MP-5/10 and the MP-5/40. Both of
these weapons were available in options A2–A5. The MP-5 has spawned
the ultra-compact MP-5K and the silenced MP-5SD weapons.
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
MP-5A2 (9mm)
longarm/auto
5
23
-18/-/-34
4/13
2
150
auto
1029
MP-5A2 (10mm)
longarm/auto
7
23
-21/-35/-38
4/12
2
210
auto/3
1445
MP-5A2 (.40S&W)
longarm/auto
6
23
-20/-33/-37
4/13
2
175
auto/3
1425
MP-5A3 (9mm)
longarm/auto
6
24
-18/-/-34
4/13
2
150
auto
1185
MP-5A3 (10mm)
longarm/auto
7
24
-21/-35/-37
4/12
2
210
auto/3
1605
MP-5A3 (.40S&W)
longarm/auto
7
23
-20/-33/-37
4/13
2
175
auto/3
1583
MP-5A4 (9mm)
longarm/auto
5
23
-18/-30/-34
4/13
2
175
auto/3
1173
MP-5A4 (10mm)
longarm/auto
7
22
-21/-35/-38
4/12
2
210
auto/3
1620
MP-5A4 (.40S&W)
longarm/auto
7
23
-20/-33/-37
4/13
2
175
auto/3
1590
MP-5A5 (9mm)
longarm/auto
6
24
-20/-33/-37
4/13
2
175
auto/3
1173
Weapon
16
Millennium’s End
MP-5SD2
also MP-5SD3, MP-5SD5, MP-5SD6
MP-5SD2
The MP-5SD series weapons are versions of the MP-5 with integral sound
suppressors. The barrel of the MP-5SD has a number of holes that bleed
away the propellant gasses and prevent the bullet from reaching supersonic
velocity. The MP-5SD is able to use standard 9mm ammunition rather
than special subsonic ammunition. The suppressor in the MP-5SD lasts
indefinitely. Apart from the suppressor, the MP-5SD is identical to the
MP-5. The -SD2 has a fixed plastic stock. The -SD3 has a retractable
stock. The -SD5 and -SD6 have fixed and retractable stocks respectively
and differ from the -SD2 and -SD3 by having three round burst ability.
Caliber
9×19mm Parabellum
Length
78cm MP-5SD2/SD4
76cm, 59cm folded
MP-5SD3/SD5
Weight
3.3kg MP-5SD2/SD4
3.7kg MP-5SD3/SD5
Magazine 15, 30 available
Reload
2 turns
MP-5SD3
Weapon
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
MP-5SD2
longarm/auto
9
22
-17/-/-32
4/13
2
120
auto
1672
MP-5SD3
longarm/auto
9
22
-17/-/-31
4/13
2
120
auto
1722
MP-5SD5
longarm/auto
9
22
-17/-28/-32
4/13
2
120
auto/3
1864
MP-5SD6
longarm/auto
9
22
-17/-28/-31
4/13
2
120
auto/3
2020
MP-5K
also MP-5KA1, MP-5KA4, MP5KA5
MP-5K
The MP-5K is an ultra-compact version of the MP-5. It was developed in
the 1970’s to provide a weapon that was as light-weight and concealable
as possible. It differs from the MP-5 by having a barrel of only half the
length and having no shoulder stock. It can not be fitted with a MP5 standard shoulder stock either. It has a forward pistol grip to assist
steadying the weapon during automatic fire. The muzzle can not accept
MP-5 sound suppressors. It uses the same magazines as the MP-5 and the
controls are the same. The MP-5K can mount the MP-5s sight mounting
rails.
The MP-5KA1 has only rudimentary iron sights to make the
weapon easier to draw quickly. The MP-5KA4 is the same as the MP-5K
but has the ability to fire three round bursts in addition to semi and fullautomatic fire. The MP-5KA5 is the same as the -A4 but has the same low
profile sights of the -A1.
Caliber
9×19mm Parabellum
Length
33cm
Weight
2.0kg
Magazine 15, 30 available
Reload
2 turns
MP-5KA4
MP-5KA5
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
MP-5K
longarm/auto
4
21
-17/-/-32
4/13
2
125
auto
1099
MP-5KA1
longarm/auto
4
20
-17/-/-31
4/13
2
100
auto
1039
MP-5KA4
longarm/auto
4
21
-17/-28/-32
4/13
2
125
auto/3
1246
MP-5KA5
longarm/auto
4
20
-17/-28/-31
4/13
2
100
auto/3
1186
Weapon
Chapter One: Weapons
17
IMI
Israel Military Industries Ltd. Israel
Mini-Uzi
Caliber
9mm Parabellum
Length
60cm, 36cm (folded)
Weight
3.1kg
Magazine
20 (25, 32 available)
Reload
1 turn
The Uzi sub machine gun was developed in Israel by Uziel Gal during the
1950’s and was adopted by police and military of more than 90 countries,
including Israel (where it is now only found in reserves), Germany and
Belgium. The Mini-Uzi is a miniaturized version of the original, and it
operates in almost exactly the same manner as its’ parent.
The Mini-Uzi is a recoil-operated, select fire sub machine gun,
firing from a closed bolt (the only difference apart from size that it has with
the Uzi). The bolt ‘sleeves’ around the rear part of the barrel to decrease
overall length of the gun. The Mini-Uzi has a safety/fire selector switch on
the left side of the receiver, along with an automated safety on the rear side
of the handle. The charging handle is located at the top of the receiver and
doesn’t move when firing. The receiver is made from the stamped steel.
The Mini-Uzi features a side-folding stock made from steel wire that
swings to the right side of the weapon. It may be equipped with silencers.
As can be expected from a smaller, lighter weapon, the Mini Uzi has a
higher rate of fire than the Uzi.
Weapon
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Mini Uzi
longarm/auto
5
21
-18/-/-38
4/20
2
120
auto
18
Millennium’s End
Price $
1093
ASSAULT RIFLES
Assault rifles are the primary offensive weapons of modern troops. Today’s assault rifles
usually have calibers ranging from 5.45mm to 7.62mm, a magazine capacity of 20-30
or more rounds, selective full auto and single shot modes of fire, plus, in some models,
a 2 or 3 round burst mode. The effective range of fire is some 600 meters or so; the
effective rate of fire—up to 400-500 rounds per minute in full auto mode. Many assault
rifles are in fact, parts of whole families of assault firearms (from short carbines to light
machineguns—the Steyr AUG is a good example of this). Almost all assault rifles may
be equipped with a bayonet, optical or night vision scope/sight and some of them, with
an underbarrel grenade launcher or rifle grenade launcher. Todays trends in assault rifle
design are a wider usage of hardened plastics and lightweight alloys and built-in optical
scopes with a magnification of 1X to 4-6X (usually 1X or 1.5-3X).
Colt
Colt Industries Inc, USA
M-4A1 Carbine
In the 1994 the US army adopted the Colt Model 720 carbine (basically, a
shortened M-16A2 rifle) as the M-4 Carbine. This weapon was intended to
replace in service some M-9 pistols, as well as the aged M-3A1 submachine
guns and some M-16A2 rifles. The new weapon was more handy and
comfortable to carry than the long M-16A2 rifle, so the US Special
Operations Command (SOCOM) looked at a modified M-4 as a possible
universal weapon for the entire Special Operations community. For this
purpose the M-4 was modified with a M-16A3-style flat-top receiver with
an integral Picatinny-type accessory rail instead of the M-16A2/M-4-type
integral carrying handle. The other change in the M-4A1 is that the trigger
unit is modified to fire full-automatic instead of three shots bursts. The US
Naval Surface Warfare Center developed especially for the SOCOM M4A1s a SOPMOD M4 kit, that consists of the M-4A1 carbine equipped
with Rail Interface System instead of the standard handguards. The kit also
includes a variety of the add-on goodies, such as various sights (ACOG 4X
telescopic, ACOG Reflex red-dot, detachable back-up open sights), laser
pointers (visible and infra-red), detachable sound suppressor (silencer),
and a modified M203 40mm grenade launcher (with shortened barrel and
improved sights). The kit also included a detachable front grip and tactical
light.
At first sight, the M-4A1 SOPMOD is an ideal Special Operations
weapon—handy and flexible with good firepower. But the experiences in
Afghanistan showed that the M-4 has some flaws. Firstly, the shorter barrel
reduces the bullet velocity, and this significantly decreased the effective
range of the 5.56mm bullet. Secondly, the M-4 barrel and the forend
rapidly overheats. Thirdly, the shortened barrel resulted in a shortened gas
system, which works under greater pressures than in the M-16A2 rifle. This
increases the rate of fire and produces more stresses on the moving parts,
decreasing the reliability. However, when allowances are made for these
known issues, the M-4A1 is a good all round weapon suitable for many
different circumstances. Its almost infinite customization has made it very
Chapter One: Weapons
Caliber
5.56mm NATO
Length
84cm (stock
extended, 76cm
(stock collapsed)
Weight
3.6kg
Magazine
30 (20, 100)
Reload
1 turn
19
popular with BlackEagle operatives carrying out tactical operations.
Weapon
M-4A1
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
longarm/auto
8
27
-16/-/-30
4/13
2
350
auto
Price
$
869
NOTE: Bullets fired by the M-4A1 have their Delivered Damage reduced by 2 due to the shortened barrel.
FN Herstal
FN Herstal SA, Belgium
FN FAL
FN FAL
also FAL Para
Calibre
7.62 × 51mm NATO
Length
105cm FAL
95cm, 70 folded Para
Weight
4.4kg
Magazine
20, 30 available
Reload
2 turns
FN FAL Para
Introduced in 1953, the FAL (Fusil Automatique Léger) is one of the most
popular assault rifles ever developed, and certainly the most popular 7.62mm
NATO rifle. It is a well-designed gas-operated weapon that uses an unusual
tilting breech mechanism. The cocking handle is on the left side (most
assault rifles have it on the right or the top), allowing the user to keep his
or her firing hand on the pistol grip when the weapon is charged. The FAL
is generally found without the capability for automatic fire, and although it
can be modified to allow it, does not handle well when fired automatically.
This FAL is or has been in service with the armies of over seventy
nations, including many NATO members. It has been license built in a great
many nations in many varieties. Versions of the FAL made in Commonwealth
countries (e.g. Australia, Canada, UK) are made to imperial rather than
metric measurements, and parts (including magazines) from these rifles will
not work in metric specified FALs. There are almost as many variants of the
FAL as there are countries using it but the variants can be categorised into
three basic architypes. The most common type is the standard long barrel
FAL. Then there is the the FAL Para, with a shorter barrel and a folding
stock The third common type is the FAL H-Bar, a heavy barreled version
designed for use as a support weapon/machine gun.
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
FN-FAL
longarm/auto
10
27
-19/-/-35
4/11
2
650
auto
800
FN-FAL Para
longarm/auto
9
26
-19/-/-35
4/11
2
600
auto
900
Weapon
20
Millennium’s End
Price
$
Heckler & Koch
Heckler & Koch GmbH, Germany
G36
also G36E, G36K, G36KE, G36C
In the early 1990s, with the cancellation of the G11 program, the army of the
newly-unified Germany were left without a modern NATO-standard rifle.
A program was launched to develop a new rifle that would be considerably
cheaper and less radical than the G11. Heckler & Koch developed the G36
small arms system. It represented a break with the past for H&K, as it
abandoned the company’s trademark roller-delayed blowback system. The
G36 instead uses a more mainstream gas-operated rotating bolt mechanism,
similar to that used in the SA80 or the Japanese Type-89. The G36 was
adopted by the Bundeswehr in 1995 and by the Spanish army in 1999. It is
also used by internal security forces in the UK and many police forces in the
USA.
The G36 is constructed of modular components and extensive use
of polymers in made in its construction. All controls are ambidextrous and
the ejector slot has a brass deflector that makes the weapon comfortable for
left-handed shooters. The magazine on the standard model is a translucent
plastic 30 round box magazine. It has studs on the side, allowing two or three
magazines to be clipped together to speed up reloading. The magazine-well
can be replaced with a STANAG magazine-well module that takes M16 style
box and drum magazines. The pistol grip and trigger unit form the trigger
group module incorporating the fire selector. The fire selector is available
with a range of options allowing semi-automatic, two or three round burst,
or full automatic fire. There is also a civilian trigger group module, allowing
only semi-automatic fire. The sights and carry handle are another module.
They can be replaced by a Picatinny sight mounting rail, allowing the weapon
to mount a wide range of telescopic and night vision sights. The Picatinny
rail can also mount a set of iron sights. On the German army standard G36,
the sight module consists of a carry handle and two sighting systems: a 3.5×
telescopic sight and a reflex red-dot sight. The fore-end of the weapon is an
interchangeable module that can be swapped with modules of varying barrel
lengths or carrying bipods. Full length barrel versions of the G36 can fire
NATO standard rifle grenades. They can also mount the Heckler & Koch
AG36 under-barrel grenade launcher.
It is obvious from the description above, that the G36 can be fielded
in a myriad of configurations. The G36E is the export version of the G36,
differing by having a single 1.5× optical sights instead of the German army’s
version’s dual sights. The G36E is used by the Spanish army. The G36 is
available with two progressively shorter barrels lengths; the G36K and the
G36C respectively. The Spanish army also uses the export version of the
G36K, which is called the G36KE. There is also a light machinegun version
of the G36, called the MG36.
Chapter One: Weapons
G36
Caliber
5.56 x 45mm NATO
Length
100cm, 76cm folded
G36/G36E
86cm, 62cm folded
G36K/G36KE
72cm, 50cm folded
G36C
Weight
3.6kg G36
3.3kg G36E
3.3kg G36K
3.0kg G36KE
2.8kg G36C
Magazine
30 (100)
Reload
2 turns
G36E
G36K
G36C with iron sights
on Picatinny rail
21
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
G36 (Telescopic Sight)
longarm/auto
9
28
-17/-/-32
4/13
2
350
auto/2/3
1128
G36 (Red Dot Sight)
longarm/auto
9
27
-17/-/-32
4/13
2
350
auto/2/3
1128
G36E (1.5 x Optical Sight)
longarm/auto
9
28
-17/-/-32
4/13
2
350
auto/2/3
890
G36K (Telescopic Sight)
longarm/auto
8
27
-17/-/-31
4/13
2
300
auto/2/3
1128
G36K (Red Dot Sight)
longarm/auto
8
26
-17/-/-31
4/13
2
300
auto/2/3
1128
G36KE (1.5 x Optical Sight) longarm/auto
8
26
-17/-/-31
4/13
2
300
auto/2/3
890
G36C (Red Dot Sight)
longarm/auto
6
25
-16/-/-31
4/13
2
200
auto/2/3
835
G36C (Telescopic Sight) longarm/auto
6
26
-16/-/-31
4/13
2
200
auto/2/3
835
G36C (Iron Sights)
longarm/auto
6
22
-16/-/-31
4/13
2
200
auto/2/3
835
G36C (1.5 x Optical Sight)
longarm/auto
6
26
-16/-/-31
4/13
2
200
auto/2/3
835
Weapon
RSAF
Russian and Soviet State Owned Factories
AKM
AKM
Calibre
7.62 × 39mm M1943
Length
87cm AKM, AK-47
87cm, 62cm folded
AKMS, AKS-47
94cm, 70 folded
AK-103
Weight
3.2kg AKM
4.4kg AK-47
3.4kg AK-103
Magazine
30, 40, 75 available
Reload
3 turns
AK-47
22
also AKMS, AK-47, AKS-47, AK103
The gun that needs no introduction. Current estimates are that 50–90
million rifles of the Kalishnikov design have been made in the 50 years
since the AK-47 entered service—more than any other firearm in history
by an enormous margin. The world (and especially the Third World) is
practically awash with this weapon. The Kalishnikov has a reputation for
being almost indestructible and in another 50 years we will still probably
be treated to the jolly sight of illiterate young morons joyfully firing their
AKs wildly into the air. The AK has been built in dozens of countries and
is still in production now. The are slight differences between AKs made in
different countries; Romanian AKs have forward pistol grips, Polish AKs
have grenade launcher muzzles, Chinese AKs have integral bayonets. It is
still often referred to as the AK-47, even though the AK-47 was superseded
in Russian service in the 1960s by the slightly improved AKM. Most of the
AKs in service today are AKMs. In the 1970s the Soviet Union replaced
their AKMs with the 5.45mm AK-74, which was an almost identical
weapon, rebarrelled for the new ammunition.
The AK-47 has a repution for reliability in extreme circumstances.
It is easy to operate and will continue to function even after being subject
to woeful abuse. What the AK does not have is a reputation for accuracy or
good ergonomics. It is fed by a 30 round magazine, but the larger magazines
of the RPK will all work with it. Most magazines are steel, but in recent
years, magazines of brown or even translucent plastic have appeared.
The fire selector on the AK allows semi-automatic and full automatic
shooting. The fire selector lever has a reputation for being awkward and
noisy to operate. The weapon’s sights, although calibrated for shooting at
up to 1000m range, are primitive and difficult to use effectively. AK can be
modified to mount the 40mm GP-25 underbarrel grenade launcher.
The most common AK is the AKM, introduced in 1959. It is lighter,
being made of pressings rather than machined steel. The main exterior
Millennium’s End
difference is a differently sloped shoulder stock. The AKM is often fitted
with a small spoon shaped muzzle brake. Both the AKM and the AK47 had folding stock versions, the AKMS and the AKS-47 respectively.
There is light machinegun version, the RPK, which has a longer barrel
and a bipod. In the 2000s, the AK-103 appeared for export sale. This
is virtually an AK-74M, converted back to fire 7.62mm. It has plasticAKMS
furniture, including a folding plastic stock, and sports a large muzzle
brake.
AK-103
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
AK-47, AKS-47
longarm/auto
9
23
-18/-/-33
4/10
2
300
auto
240
AKM, AKMS
longarm/auto
9
23
-18/-/-33
4/10
2
300
auto
240
AK-103
longarm/auto
9
24
-18/-/-34
4/10
2
300
auto
230
Weapon
SIG
Price
$
SIG Swiss Industrial Company, Switzerland
SG 550
SG550
also SG 551, SG 552
The SG 550 is a refined version of the earlier SG 540. It has served as
the Swiss Army’s standard rifle since the late 1980s. It has also seen good
export sales and is a popular police weapon. The SG 550 has a good
reputation for accuracy, build-quality and ergonomics.
The SG 550 is fed by 20 or 30 round translucent plastic magazines,
the 20 round version being more common. The magazines have studs on
their sides and can be clipped together, side by side, to make reloading
faster. The fire selector allows semi-automatic, three round burst and
full automatic fire Police versions of this rifle commonly are restricted
to semi-automatic fire only. The SG 550 has a folding shoulder stock
and it fitted as standard with a light bipod. The receiver has mounts for
STANAG sighting devices.
The SG 550 is also available as a short barrel carbine, the SG
551 and as an even shorter ‘submachinegun’, the SG 552. The shorter
versions do not come with bipods. There is a sniper version, the SSG 550
which has a longer barrel and no iron sights.
Caliber
5.56 x 45mm NATO
Length
100cm, 77cm folded
SG 550
83cm, 61cm folded
SG 551
73cm, 50cm folded
SG 551
Weight
4.1kg SG 550
3.3kg SG 551
3.0kg SG 552
Magazine
20, 30 available
Reload
2 turns
SG 551
SG 552
Weapon
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
SIG 550
longarm/auto
10
27
-17/-/-30
4/12
2
350
auto/3
975
SIG 551
longarm/auto
8
26
-17/-/-30
4/13
2
350
auto/3
897
SIG 552
longarm/auto
8
23
-16/-/-30
4/13
2
300
auto/3
897
Chapter One: Weapons
23
Steyr
Steyr-Mannlicher GesmbH, Austria
AUG
also AUG Carbine, AUG Submachinegun
Calibre
5.56 × 45mm NATO
Length
81cm (Rifle)
69cm (Carbine)
63cm (SMG)
Weight
4.1kg (Rifle)
3.8kg (Carbine)
3.9kg (SMG)
Magazine
30, 42 available
Reload
3 turns
9mm Parabellum (SMG)
The Armee Universal Gewehr or AUG is a 5.56mm bullpup assault rifle. It is
ergonomically designed, and has modular components, allowing it to be easily
converted to a light machine gun, a submachinegun, a 9mm submachinegun
and a carbine, by simply changing barrels and breech mechanisms. The
AUG is a very successful weapon, entering service with the Austrian Army
in 1977. It has since been adopted by the armies of Australia, New Zealand,
Malaysia, Saudi Arabia and many more.
The AUG is a gas-operated, selective fire weapon. Fire selection is
by a two stage trigger and the weapon can be set by an internal switch to
either fire three round bursts or full automatic fire (but not both), in addition
to single shots. All controls are ambidextrous and the ejection port can be
easily moved from one side to the other. Normally fitted with an integral 1.5×
optical sight, the receiver module can be replaced with one that exchanges
the sight for a STANAG sight mount. The AUG has a transparent plastic
magazine.
The AUG Carbine and AUG Submachinegun are shortened versions,
differing only in having progressively shorter barrel lengths, and the SMG
using 9mm Parabellum.
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
Steyr AUG Rifle
longarm/auto
8
28
-16/-/-30
4/11
2
350
auto/3
1315
Steyr AUG Carbine
longarm/auto
7
27
-16/-/-30
4/11
2
350
auto/3
1315
Steyr AUG SMG
longarm/auto
6
27
-17/-/-31
4/12
2
200
auto/3
1550
Weapon
24
Millennium’s End
SNIPER RIFLES
The main purpose of the sniper rifle is to destroy valuable targets at extended ranges
with aimed fire, and with as few shots as possible. In most cases, ‘the target’ means a
human being (enemy soldier, armed criminal, terrorist, president etc.), and ‘as few shots
as possible’ often means ‘one shot’. The range for sniper fire may vary from 100 meters
or even less in police/counter-terror scenarios, or up to a kilometer or more in military
or special operations scenarios.
Some sniper rifles, mostly large caliber models, are also used as anti-material
weapons—to destroy, or, more often, render unusable or inoperable, targets such as
radar units, light vehicles, parked aircraft etc.
Accuracy International
Accuracy International Ltd, UK
Arctic Warfare PM
also L96A1, Arctic Warfare Magnum, AW Covert
Built by Accuracy International of Portsmouth, England, this rifle is
among the best sniper rifles in the world today. Originaly designed for
the British Army, the Arctic Warfare was adopted by them in 1986 as
the L96A1, replacing their aging L42 Enfield rifles. It gained its ‘artic’
designation due to special anti-icing features, which allow sniping
operations to be carried out under conditions as cold as -40C (-104F)!
There is also an Arctic Warfare Magnum version that fires the
high powered .338 Lapua round, and a covert model that fires subsonic
7.62mm rounds, and breaks down to fit into a medium sized suitcase.
One of the most unusual aspects of the rifles design is the stock.
Instead of a solid polymer or wooden stock, the Arctic Warfare uses a
hollow polymer stock, made from the halves, which is assembled around
an aluminium bedding block that extends the whole length of the the
stock. As standard, the Arctic Warfare is fitted with a Schmidt and Bender
3-12 x scope, but any chosen scope can be used in its place.
Arctic Warfare
Magnum
Calibre
7.62mm NATO
.338 Lapua (AWM)
Length
127cm
125cm (Covert)
Weight
6.5kg (AW, Covert)
7.4kg (AWM)
Magazine
10 (AW, Covert)
5 (AMW)
Reload
3 turns (L96, Covert)
4 turns (AWM)
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
Arctic Warfare PM
longarm
11
31
-
1/2
2
800
bolt
5364
Arctic Warfare Covert
longarm
11
30
-
1/2
2
800
bolt
11750
Arctic Warfare Magnum
longarm
11
32
-
1/3
2
1200
bolt
6926
Weapon
Chapter One: Weapons
25
Barrett
Barrett Firearms Manufacturing Company Inc, USA
M-82A1
also M-82A3
Calibre
.50 inch Browning
Length
145cm
Weight
13.5kg
Magazine
11
Reload
4 turns
Weapon
M-82A1, M-82A3
26
The Barrett M-82A1 is an anti-material rifle, designed to destroy high value targets such as radar trailers, light vehicles, helicopters etc at very long
range. The M-82A1 also can be used against enemy snipers or criminals
from standoff range or when targets are behind cover, but anti-personnel
work is not a major application for the M-82A1 (or any other .50BMG rifle
for that matter).
It is designed around the .50 inch Browning round, which is most
commonly found with the M-2HB heavy machine gun. It is a simple, rugged
weapon that works much like a recoil operated pistol. On firing, the barrel
and bolt are both blown back until the spent round has cleared the weapon,
then the barrel stops and the bolt keeps moving to finish the coking and
loading cycle. The M-82A1 is fitted with a muzzle brake and large stock pad
to protect the firer from the powerful recoil of the .50 inch round. It comes
with a bipod and a Leopold 10x scope as standard, but can be easily fitted
with other scopes as the operator desires.
The M-82A1 is in service with the US Army, Air Force, and Marines
(in a slightly modified form called the M-82A3), and is also is service
with military and police forces of at least 30 countries, including Belgium,
Denmark, Finland, France, Greece, Italy, Mexico, Portugal, Saudi Arabia,
Spain, Sweden, Turkey and the UK.
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
longarm
12
30
-30/-/-
2
2
1100
auto
8240
Millennium’s End
Knight’s Armament Company
Knight’s Armament Company Inc, USA
SR-25M
Eugene Stoner, designer of the M-16, worked with Knight’s Armament, to
design the SR-25—a 7.62mm sniper rifle version of the M-16. Up to 60%
of parts of the SR-25 are interchangeable with the M-16—everything but
the receiver, the hammer, the barrel assembly and the carrier/bolt. The
heavy 24” barrels of the Sr-25 are manufactured by Remington. The
barrel is free-floating, so handguards are attached to the front of the
receiver and do not touched the barrel. The light gas tube does not affect
accuracy.
The SR-25 has a Picatinny-weaver rail system on the top of the
receiver to accept different scope mounts or the M16A3 carrying handle
with iron sights.
After five years of shopping for a new weapon, the U.S. Navy
SEALs adopted the SR25 as their standard sniper rifle. The Navy let a
sole source contract for 300 weapons, in May 2000. Now referred to as
the Mk 11 Mod 0, this indicates not just the SR-25 rifle but a full weapon
system, including the rifle, a 10 x Leopold scope, back-up pop-up iron
sights and a lightweight military match suppressor.
Calibre
7.62mm NATO
Length
112cm
Weight
6kg
Magazine
20
Reload
2 turns
Weapon
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
SR-25M
longarm
11
31
-19/-/-
4
2
800
auto
3970
Chapter One: Weapons
27
MACHINE GUNS
The main role of all machine guns is to provide sustained firepower for troops against
enemy troops and unarmored targets. Heavy (.50/12.7mm) MGs can also deal with
lightly armored targets such as APCs, recon vehicles, helicopters.
Almost every infantry squad in the world has at least one light MG. Russian
squad usually equipped with one RPK-74 MG, US Army squads with two M249 SAWs.
Medium MGs usually are installed on vehicles (APCs, Jeeps, tanks) and used by infantry
on ground mounts at a troop and company level. Heavy MG are sometimes used as antiaircraft weapons on tanks, main weapons on APCs and recon vehicles and as company
level support weapons.
Almost all heavy and medium MGs, and many light ones, have quick
interchangeable barrels. Usually every MG comes from factory with one or two spare
barrels, which may be changed in battle environment within seconds. This feature
provides ability to sustain intensive fire for longer time while one barrel is being used,
the spare one can be cooled—intensive heating during the fire can dramatically decrease
accuracy and reduce the lifetime of the barrel.
FN Herstal
FN Herstal SA, Belgium
MAG
also M-240
M-240
Calibre
7.62mm NATO
Length
126cm
Weight
10.9kg (MAG)
11.9kg (M-240G)
Magazine
belt
Reload
3 turns
The MAG (Mitrailleur á Gaz—General Purpose Machinegun), was developed
by FN Herstal in the 1950s as a truly universal machine gun, that could be
used as a light MG on a bipod, as a medium MG on a tripod or as a vehiclemounted and coaxial MG on helicopters, armored cars and tanks. The basic
design of the MAG is no more than the time-proven Browning action—taken
from the M1918 BAR automatic rifle—turned upside down and adopted
for belt feed. The basic design used steel stampings and pressings where
possible to save on labor and costs, and the final gun had an angular, but very
business-like appearance. In no way a beauty, it is an extremely reliable and
proven design, that has seen widespread service, being adopted by several
tens of armies around the world, including the Belgian, British, Australian,
Canadian, US (in a slightly modified version called the M-240G) and many
others. It is probably the most widely used medium machine gun in the world
today.
The FN MAG is a gas operated, belt fed, air cooled automatic
weapon. It uses the long piston stroke gas system with the gas regulator,
located below the barrel. The bolt is locked using a swinging shoulder that
engages the cut in the floor of the receiver. The air-cooled barrel is quickdetachable, with the carrying handle attached to it to help handling of the hot
barrel. The rate of fire can be selected from 650 RPM to 950 RPM depending
upon the tactical situation.
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
MAG
auto
12
28
-/-/-28
14
2
750
auto
6537
M-240G
auto
12
28
-/-/-28
14
2
750
auto
6600
Weapon
28
Millennium’s End
Minimi
also M-249, M-249 Para, Mk-46 Mod 0
The Minimi light machine gun was developed FN Herstal in the early
1980s. Mass production began in 1982 in Belgium, and at about the
same time it was adopted by the US Armed forces as the M-249 Squad
Automatic Weapon (SAW). Since its introduction Minimi has seen
widespread service, and numerous variations have been developed. First,
the Para (Paratroop) version came out, with a shorter barrel and tubular
retractable butt. This gun traded off some of the range and firepower
for compactness and maneuverability. Quite recently, a Special Warfare
(SPW) version was developed, which featured a Para-type buttstock, a
barrel of intermediate length (between standard and Para models), and
a Picatinny-type rail mount, which allows a wide variety of sights and
scopes to be mounted. To save weight, the magazine feed option of the
standard and para models has been discarded. This version, in a slightly
modified form, was adopted by the US Special Forces Command as the
Mk.46 model 0 light machine gun.
The FN Minimi/M-249 SAW is an air cooled, gas operated, belt
fed, automatic weapon. The Minimi is operated using conventional gas
action with the gas piston located below the barrel, and the barrel is
locked using the traditional rotary bolt. The barrel is quick-detachable,
and has a carrying handle attached to it, to help for quick replacement
procedure. The M-249 has an alternative feed system, which allows it
to use disintegrating metallic belts as a primary feed option, or M-16type box magazines as a back-up feed option. Since the belt feed uses
additional power to pull the belt through the gun, the rate of fire with the
belt is somewhat slower (750 RPM) than the rate of fire with magazine
feed (1000 RPM). The latest SPW and Mk.46 mod.0 versions of the
Minimi have no magazine feed module as a weight-saving measure. The
belts are fed from special 200 rounds plastic boxes that can be clipped
beneath the receiver. All Minimi versions fire from open bolt to ensure
optimal barrel cooling between bursts.
A folding bipod is mounted under the gas chamber, and the gun
has provisions for tripod or vehicle mountings. The open sights are standard, with the availability of vide variety of optical and night sights for
SPW and Mk.46 versions with Picatinny rails.
Minimi Para
Calibre
5.56 × 45mm NATO
Length
104cm (Minimi)
91cm (Para )
78cm (Para folded)
91cm (Mk.46)
76cm (Mk.46 folded)
Weight
7.1kg (Minimi)
7.0kg (Para)
5.91kg (Mk.46)
Magazine
Belt, 30 (Minimi, Para)
Belt only (Mk.46)
Reload
3 turns
Mk. 46 Mod 0
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
Minimi
auto
11
26
-/-/-26
15
2
400
auto
2600
Minimi Para
auto
10
25
-/-/-26
15
2
350
auto
3000
Mk.46 Mod 0
auto
10
25
-/-/-28
12
2
400
auto
3200
Weapon
Chapter One: Weapons
29
SACO
SACO Defense Industries Inc, USA
M-2 Heavy Machine Gun
Developed at the very end of World War I, the Browning M-2 ‘Ma Deuce’
fires a .50 caliber round effectively out to ranges in excess of 2,200 meters
and can be mounted in most vehicles, on aircraft, or on a tripod. During
World War II, nearly two million M-2 machine guns of all variations were
produced.
Calibre
0.50 BMG
Length
156cm
Weight
58kg
38kg (Weapon)
20kg (Tripod)
Magazine
belt
Reload
5 turns
Weapon
M-2CQB HMG
30
The M-2 is an automatic, recoil operated, air-cooled machine gun
with adjustable headspace and is crew transportable with limited amounts
of ammunition over very short distances. By repositioning some of the
component parts, ammunition may be fed from either the left or right side.
A disintegrating metallic link-belt is used to feed the ammunition into the
weapon.
The M-2 has a back plate with spade grips, trigger, and bolt latch
release. This gun may be mounted on ground mounts and most vehicles
as an anti-personnel and anti-aircraft weapon. Over the years since its
introduction, the M-2 had been manufactured by a number of different
suppliers, most recently by Saco Defense. It can be found in armed forces all
over the world.
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
Autofire
14
30
-/-/-34
8
2
1100
auto
12270
Millennium’s End
SHOTGUNS
Shotguns are popular hunting and sporting weapons around the world, but they also
have their uses in police and military situations. Shotguns for these situations are
usually designed with one of two basic action styles—repeating ‘pump-action’ or semiautomatic. Double-barreled shotguns have also been used, but in general these are too
slow to reload for combat purposes. However, sawed-off versions of double barreled
shotguns­—with the most of the barrel and the butt removed—have seen some use on
both sides of law as a very-short range, hide-away weapons of devastating power.
The main advantages of shotguns are their versatility and short-range firepower.
Shotguns can fire multiple projectiles of various sizes, creating a lethal pattern, which
will increase chances of hitting target, or single large projectile, powerful enough to drop
down a large bear, or incapacitate a human being protected by all but the heaviest body
armor. Shotguns can also fire special purpose ammunition, such as door buster slugs, and
even high explosive and incendiary rounds, as well as less lethal ammunition, useful for
riot control and other police operations.
Benelli
Benelli Armi SpA, Italy
M1 Super 90
A semi-automatic shotgun, the M1 Super 90 is based on a recoil operated
design unique to Benelli. This design makes for a very fast action, along with
simple construction of modern materials. Loading is quick and easy, and the
Super 90 is regarded as a well built reliable weapon. It can be obtained with Calibre
either a standard (rifle) type stock, or with a pistol grip.
Weapon
M1 Super 90
12 ga 65, 70, 76mm
Length
104cm
Weight
3.4kg
Magazine
7 tube
Reload
4 turns
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
longarm
8
21
-28/-/-
4
2
80
pump
970
Chapter One: Weapons
31
Franchi
Luigi Franchi SpA, Italy
SPAS 12
Calibre
12 ga 70mm
Length
93cm
71cm folded
Weight
4.9kg
Magazine
7
Reload
4 turns
Weapon
870P
The SPAS-12 was designed in the 1970s as a special purpose, military and
police close combat weapon (SPAS stands for Special Purpose Automatic
Shotgun). It features a selective action for greater versatility, and can be
used as a gas operated semi-automatic repeater or as a manually operated
pump action repeater, depending on the mission and ammunition used.
The SPAS-12 is normally fitted with stamped metallic buttstock
that folds to the top of the receiver when not in use, and with a pistol grip
made of plastic. As an alternative, a solid plastic buttstocks with pistol
grips are available.
Since its introduction the SPAS-12 has became a very popular
police and special forces weapon, being versatile, reliable and with
good firepower. On the other hand, it is heavier than most other similar
shotguns and quite complicated, which results in relatively high prices.
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
longarm
9
21
-24/-/-
4
2
80
auto
Price
$
650
Remington
Remington Arms Company Inc, USA
870 Police
Calibre
12 ga 70mm
Length
106cm
77cm folded
Weight
3.7kg
Magazine
7 (8 available)
Reload
4 turns
Weapon
870P
32
The Model 870 Police is a very popular design, dating back to the
1950’s. It is a simple and reliable pump action design, and one that can
be commonly found in American police arsenals. The 870 is available
with extended magazines (up to 8 rounds), fixed or folding buttstocks
or with pistol grips. Usually police Remington shotguns have 14 or 18
inch barrels with cylinder or improved cylinder chokes, capable of firing
buckshot, slugs and special purpose munitions (tear gas grenades, nonlethal rubber bullets etc.).
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
longarm
9
20
-28/-/-
3
2
80
pump
396
Millennium’s End
SUPPORT WEAPONS
Although machine guns are the primary support weapon, there are occasions where
something heavier is called for. The following support weapons are in common use
by BlackEagle operatives when in the field. Note that 40mm grenades only travel at
75 meters per second, so it takes two turns for a round to reach a target at maximum
range.
Colt
Colt Industries Inc, USA
M79 ‘Thumper’
The grenade launcher of the US Army from the late 1950s to the introduction
of the M203 in the late sixties / early seventies, the M79 is still in use in
many parts of the world and is nicknamed ‘Thumper’. It has a simple, breakopen action with excellent accuracy and reliability. Essentially the M79
appears to be an oversize shotgun, with a wooden stock and a collapsible
sight. Its replacement in US service was largely due to its size and the fact
that the M203 means that a grenadier need not carry another weapon for use
in close combat.
Calibre
40x46mm
Length
74cm
Weight
2.9kg
Magazine
1
Reload
4 turns
Weapon
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
M79
longarm/artillery
10
20
-/-/-
1
2
400
single
975
M203
The M203 is the grenade launcher presently in use in the US Army, and is
an extension of the Colt M16 weapon system. The launcher mounts directly
onto the M16 (and many other assault rifles) and can only be fired safely and
accurately on the weapon. The barrel of the grenade launcher unlocks and
slides forward, allowing a round to be loaded. This action also automatically
re-cocks the weapon. The magazine of the rifle is used as a pistol grip when
firing the M203. The additional weight of the M203 adds 1 to the speed of
the weapon.
Calibre
40x46mm
Length
41cm
Weight
1.6kg
Magazine
1
Reload
4 turns
Weapon
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
M203
longarm/artillery
+1
15
-/-/-
1
2
400
single
600
Chapter One: Weapons
33
Heckler & Koch
Heckler & Koch GmbH, Germany
AG36
Calibre
40 x 46mm
Length
??cm
Weight
??kg
Magazine
1
Reload
4 turns
This is an under-barrel grenade launcher, designed to be fitted to the
H&K G36 / G36K rifles—the new rifle of the Bundeswehr. It can also be
mounted on several other assault rifles including the British L85A2 (SA80). It has its own pistol grip and has a side opening chamber, allowing it
to be used with any length of 40mm grenade. There is an optional grenade
sight that can be mounted on the rifle that increases the Inherant Accuracy
of the weapon by 3.
Weapon
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
AG36
longarm/artillery
+1
19/22
-/-/-
1
2
350
single
1500
40mm Grenade Launcher Rounds: These are 40mm grenade rounds for use in standard NATO grenade
launchers like the M203 and HK69A1.
High Explosive (HE): High explosive direct-fire fragmentation grenade round, intended for support
whilst fighting in a house-to-house environment. The round arms itself after travelling 14 metres.
Anti-Armor (AT): This round has a shaped charge for penetrating armor. The round arms itself after
travelling 14 meters.
High Explosive, Dual Purpose (HEDP): This round has a shaped charge for penetrating armor
as well as a fragmentation sleeve for anti-personnel use. The round arms itself after travelling 14 metres.
Flare: Coloured, for signalling location. The flare burns for eight seconds and is available in white,
green and red star clusters.
Illuminating: Parachute flares for illuminating areas at night. The flare ignites at a height of
approximately 170 metres and burns for 40 seconds.
Gas: CS tear gas round. The round arms after it has travelled 30 metres.
Smoke: Coloured smoke for daylight signalling of aircraft through jungle canopy, available in yellow,
green, white, violet and red. The smoke charge is suspended from a ribbon parachute that tangles in the
upper branches of trees. This is not effective for covering smoke.
Typical 40mm Grenades
Projectile
Concussive
Damage
Rating
Fragment
DD
Fragment
Eff. Range
Min/Max
Range(m)
Mass
Frag to hit
modifier
Cost ($US)
40mm High Explosive Grenade
2
8
7
14/400
0.30 kg
-20
$145
40mm Anti-Armor Grenade
2
0
0
14/400
0.30 kg
0
$160
40mm Dual Purpose Grenade
1
8
6
14/400
0.30 kg
-20
$160
40mm Flare Grenade
NA
NA
NA
10/400
0.30 kg
NA
$165
40mm Gas Grenade
NA
NA
NA
30/400
0.30 kg
NA
$180
40mm Illumination Grenade
NA
NA
NA
10/170
0.30 kg
NA
$165
40mm Smoke Grenade
NA
NA
NA
10/400
0.30 kg
NA
$160
34
Millennium’s End
PRB??
PRB??, Belgium
PRB-424 Disposable Mortar
This Belgian disposable mortar is smokeless, flashless and noiseless. It uses
a unique system called the ‘jet shot’ system, whereby a special cartridge propels the round with a rapidly moving drive rod. The cartridge has a sealed
piston attached to the drive rod that totally prevents any gases from escaping
and hence eliminates noise, muzzle-flash and smoke.
Calibre
??
Length
70cm
Weight
7.1kg
Magazine
1
Reload
N/A
Weapon
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
PRB-424
mortar
11
8
-/-/-
1
2
450
N/A
1100
Price
$
Hafla??
Hafla??, Belgium
35L Disposable Flamerthrower
The Hafla is a disposable single-shot flamethrower that was used by the
Bundeswehr (German Army). It is a 445mm tube that is cocked by unfolding
the handle at the rear, exposing the trigger. When fired it launches an
incendiary red phosphorous cartridge a distance of 70-80 metres, spreading
phosphorous over the line of flight in an area 10x15 metres. Alternatively, if
fired directly, the cartridge will detonate on impact with a burst radius of eight
metres. The phosphorous burns at 1,300°C for 120 seconds. After use, the
tube is disposed of. The phosphorous produced from firing the Hafla causes
burn damage in the same way as a White Phosphorous Hand Grenade.
Calibre
??
Length
45cm
Weight
0.62kg
Magazine
1
Reload
N/A
Weapon
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Hafla 35L
longarm
11
8
-/-/-
1
2
85
N/A
Chapter One: Weapons
280
35
HEAVY WEAPONS
Heavy weapons are not commonly encounter by BlackEagle operatives, except when
they undertake field operations. Then one of these weapons might be the key to evening
the odds a little. Rocket launchers, missiles and recoiless rifles are excellent for taking
out bunkers and other hard points, while mortars work well against dug in enemies. Of
course the same applies in reverse—try to avoid being the subject of an attack from one
of these.
Talley
Talley Industries Inc, USA
M72 ‘LAW’
Calibre
66mm
Length
67cm (Closed)
100cm (Extended)
Weight
2.5kg
Magazine
1
Reload
N/A
The M72 LAW is a lightweight, self-contained, antiarmor weapon consisting
of a rocket packed in a launcher. It is man-portable, may be fired from either
shoulder, and is issued as a round of ammunition.
The launcher, which consists of two tubes, one inside the other, serves
as a watertight packing container for the rocket and houses a percussion-type
firing mechanism that activates the rocket. Every M72-series LAW has an
integral high-explosive antitank (HEAT) warhead.
Although the M72-series LAW is mainly used as an antiarmor
weapon, it may be used with limited success against secondary targets
such as gun emplacements, pillboxes, buildings, or light vehicles. The M72
LAW has a maximum range of 350 meters against stationary targets, but an
effective range against moving targets of only 150 meters.
Weapon
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
M72 LAW
aim/rocket
7
18
-/-/-
1
2
150-400
single
975
RSAF
Russian and Soviet State Owned Factories
RPG-7
Developed from the previous RPG-2 antitank grenade launcher, the RPG-7
was adopted by Soviet army in 1961. It is still is fielded by Russia and at
least 50 other countries, and can be considered as one of the most successful
antitank grenade launchers ever made.
The RPG-7 is a shoulder fired, single-shot, smoothbore recoilless
launcher. Grenades are loaded from the front, and the rear of the barrel is
fitted with an exhaust nozzle. Because of the recoilless design, there is a
dangerous backblast zone, more than 20 meters long behind the launcher.
The PRG-7 can hit staionary targets at up to 500 meters, but moving targets
beyond 150 meters are very difficult. To hit targets at long range, the RPG-7
is usually issued with 2.7x fixed magnification sight, along with a backup
36
Millennium’s End
iron sight.
Each grenade consists of a large-caliber warhead, with the 40mm
diameter rocket engine behind and folding stabiliztator fins which extend
when the grenade is launched. Initially thought of as an anti-armor weapon,
the RPG-7 has since been adopted for several other fire-support missions
thanks to the introduction of many different types of grenades (such as an
anti-infantry HE-FRAG). The antitank grenades for RPG-7 can penetrate up
to 500mm of armor steel, or a 1.5 m thick brick wall.
The simplicity and low cost of the RPG-7, have made it popular
with movements and groups around the world. It poses a high threat to most
modern tanks, and also can serve in a number of other roles, making it a true
one-man artillery.
Weapon
RPG-7
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
aim/rocket
?
??
-/-/-
1
2
150-500
single
250
Watervliet Arsenal
Watervliet Arsenal, USA
M224 60mm Mortar
The M224 lightweight mortar is typical of any number of small calibre
portable mortars. It is designed to give infantry units some indirect fire
support. The M224 is light enough to be carried and operated by just two
people, although if large quanities of ammunition are to be used, then more
carriers are required. When not in use, the mortar splits into three seperate
loads—the tube, the bipod and sights, and the baseplate.
During normal operations, the M224 can deliver 20 rounds per
minute (without fire adjustment), but for brief periods—no more than two
minutes—up to 30 rounds per minute can be acheived.
Weapon
M224 60mm Mortar
Calibre
60mm
Length
101cm (Assembled)
Weight
21.5kg
6.5kg (tube)
6.9kg (bipod)
8.1kg (baseplate)
Reload
3 turns
2 turns briefly
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Crew
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
mortar
NA
NA
-/-/-
1/3
2
100-3500
NA
10500
Chapter One: Weapons
37
M252 81mm Mortar
The M252 mortar is a typical larger mortar mostly found in the support
platoon of an infantry company. The M252 is considerably heavier than it’s
60mm brother, but can still be carried by three people, splitting into three
seperate loads—the tube, the bipod and sights, and the baseplate.
During normal operations, the M252 can deliver 16 rounds per
minute (without fire adjustment), but for brief periods—no more than two
minutes—up to 30 rounds per minute can be acheived.
Calibre
81mm
Length
142cm (Assembled)
Weight
40.5kg
15.9kg (tube)
12.9kg (bipod)
11.6kg (baseplate)
Reload
4 turns
3 turns briefly
Weapon
M252 60mm Mortar
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Crew
req’d
Eff
range
Action
Price
$
arty/mortar
NA
NA
-/-/-
1/4
3
150-5700
NA
24750
M120 120mm Mortar
Calibre
120mm
Weight
143kg + trailer
50kg (tube)
32kg (bipod)
61kg (baseplate)
Reload
8 turns
4 turns briefly
Weapon
M120 120mm Mortar
38
The M120 is the largest mortar commonly encountered. Although heavy
mortars require trucks or tracked mortar carriers to move them, they are still
much lighter than field artillery pieces. They outrange light and medium
mortars, and their explosive power is much greater. The M120 is normally
towed by a Jeep or HMMWV in it’s own trailer (which carries 36 rounds of
ammunition).
The M120 is incapable of engaging targets closer than 200 meters.
It requires at least two, and preferably at least five crew to serve it. During
normal operations, the M120 can deliver 4 rounds per minute (without fire
adjustment), but for brief periods—no more than one minute—up to 16
rounds per minute can be acheived.
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Crew
req’d
Eff
range
arty/mortar
NA
NA
-/-/-
1/3
5
200-7000
Millennium’s End
RSAF
Russian and Soviet State Owned Factories
B-10 Recoilless Rifle
Calibre
82mm
Length
179cm
Weight
87.5kg
Magazine
1
Reload
5 turns
Recoilless Rifles are lightweight anti-armor weapons similar to both rocket
launchers and conventional anti-tank guns. They came into common use
after World War 2, and the B-10 was one of the first Soviet models. While
long since replaced in Russian (and other modern) arsenals, it was supplied
to many Third World countries, and can still be found in use today.
The projectile and propellant are supplied as a single round and
loaded into the breech. However at firing instead of all the propellant blast
driving the projectile forward, a large portion is directed backwards in the
opposite direction. Needless to say, this leaves a very large dust and smoke
cloud at the rear of the launcher which makes detecting the unit considerably
easier. The B-10 normally requires a crew of at least two, one to fire and one
to load. A third person to spot targets speeds up the process considerably.
Weapon
Subskill Used
Speed
IA
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Action
B-10 Recoiless Rifle
gunnery/gun
17
16
NA
1/5
2
200
breech
Euromissile
Euromissile SA, France
Milan
Calibre
115mm
Length
92cm
Weight
23.1kg (loaded)
16.4kg (unloaded)
Magazine
1
Reload
15 turns
The Milan is a second generation anti-tank weapon. It consists of two
main components—the launcher and the missile—these are simply clipped
together to prepare the system for use. The sight unit is a sophisticated thermal
imaging system that enables the user to see targets through smoke and fog.
On firing, the operator has only to keep the aiming mark on the target and
the Semi Automatic Command to Line of Sight (SACLOS) guidance system
will do the rest. The missile is guided for its entire trajectory automatically
using an infra-red flare. It takes six turns for the missile to reach a target at
maximum range, during which time operator must keep the target in sight.
The Milan system normally requires a crew of two, one to operate the system
and the second to spot targets and reload the launcher.
Initially developed for the French and German armies, Milan is now
in service in 41 countries all over the world.
Weapon
Subskill Used
Speed
Recoil
Fire
rate
Hands
req’d
Eff
range
Milan
aim/guided
20
-/-/-
1/16
2
400-2000
Chapter One: Weapons
39
Explosive Projectiles
Projectile
Concussive
Damage
Rating
Fragment
DD
Fragment
Eff. Range
Explosive
Delivered
Damage
Min/Max
Range(m)
Mass
Frag to
hit
modifier
M72 Anti-Tank Rocket (LAW)
20
9
21
187??
10/400
2.36 kg
-25
PG-7VN Anti-Tank Rocket (RPG-7)
24
9
23
227??
15/500
1.75 kg
-25
OG-7V Anti-Personnel Rocket (RPG-7)
15/500
2.00kg
60mm High Explosive Mortar Round
16
11
19
100/2000
2.05 kg
-20
81mm High Explosive Mortar Round
42
11
32
150/4000
4.25 kg
-10
120mm High Explosive Mortar Round
172
11
62
200/6000
16.50 kg
+20
B-10 82 mm High Explosive Round
10/200
B-10 82mm HEAT Round
167??
10/200
Milan Anti-Tank Missile
377??
400/2000
40
Millennium’s End
Chapter One: Weapons
41
GRENADES
In a combat situation, grenades are an essential means of affecting numerous targets
at once. Whether the situation is predominantly offensive or defensive, grenades can
be used to strike multiple targets, to stun and incapacitate or to obscure—all effective
elements in close-combat tactics.
Anti-Tank Grenade: No longer common in NATO forces (other squad support weapons have taken
over this role), the anti-tank grenade is still common in Eastern Europe and the Third World. The grenade
creates little fragmentation, but detonates upon impact causing a highly focussed explosion.
Fragmentation Grenade (Standard and Baseball): There are two types of fragmentation
grenade available, the standard version (which is still very common outside the first world) and the baseball
grenade (becoming particularly common within NATO). Triggering the grenade causes an explosion that
fragments the casing or a notched coil, distributing fragments over a wide area. The essential difference
between the two is size, weight and shape. The conventional fragmentation grenade is typically cylindrical
or ‘fruit’ shaped, weighs upwards of half a kilo and is not the easiest shape to throw accurately or carry
easily. In comparison, baseball grenades are lighter, safer (they generally feature a safety clip which must
be rotated prior to throwing, rather than simply pulling the pin) and much easier to throw and throw
accurately.
Gas Grenade: Used for riot control and dispersal, gas grenades are typically burning type grenade
that release either a mixture, or tear and vomit gases. The grenade burns for between 20 and 30 seconds,
releasing gas or pellets. The CS (tear) gas takes immediate effect, lasting for around fifteen minutes. The
DM (Adamsite) gas takes effect after around one minute after exposure, causing severe vomiting and
sneezing. The effects of the DM last for between 30 minutes and 3 hours, depending upon the length of
exposure.
HC Smoke Grenade: HC (Hexachloroethane) Smoke grenades release dense coloured smoke by
burning the filler. The smoke is released for 120-150 seconds, and forms a dense cloud, which is easily
noticeable fro the air, and excellent for camouflaging movement on the ground. They are available in a
variety of colours (the most common are white, red, green, yellow and violet).
Incendiary Grenade: Designed for destroying equipment rapidly, the incendiary grenade is a
Thermite grenade. This burns with an intense flame, producing it’s own oxygen (and hence will still burn
underwater). The grenade will burn for 40 seconds at 2,200oC (which is hot enough to weld steel together)
and produces molten iron as a by-product.
Stun Grenade: Designed originally for use by counter-terrorist units, stun grenades are best used
indoors to cause disorientation or distraction. They contain eight ‘thunder-flashes’, which combined give
a flash of over two million candlepower and an explosion of over 175 decibels. The grenade also creates
a small amount of smoke, which adds to the disorientating effect.
WP Smoke Grenade: This incendiary smoke grenade disperses white phosphorous over the blast
area, which ignites spontaneously upon coming into contact with air. The phosphorous burns at around
5,000oF, causing burn damage. It produces short-lasting clouds of white smoke that rise rapidly. This is
not as effective as HC smoke for producing cover.
42
Millennium’s End
Hand Grenades Table
Hand Grenades
Nation
of origin
Concussive
Damage
Rating
Fragment
DD
Fragment
Eff. Range
Fuze
Delay
Mass
Frag to hit
modifier
Mk-2 Pineapple
USA
3
14
8
4
0.60 kg
-25
Mk-3A2 Concussion
USA
10
-
-
4
0.44 kg
0
M26/M61 Lemon
USA
10
10
15
4 or Impact
0.45 kg
-20
M34 White Phos.1
USA
7
10
33
4 0.77 kg
0
M67/M68 Baseball
USA
11
12
16
4 or Impact
0.39 kg
-15
Arges HG 84
Austria
7
9
13
4
0.48 kg
35
Arges HG 86 Mini
Austria
1
9
5
4
0.18 kg
-10
CIS SFG 87
Singapore
5
8
10
4
0.30 kg
10
Cordo R-41
Spain
7
8
13
4
0.40 kg
20
CSA RG4
Czech
5
12
10
Impact
0.32 kg
-25
Iran
3
8
8
2
0.48 kg
25
USA
10
0
0
2
0.30 kg
0
Germany
4
8
10
4 or Impact
0.43 kg
40
Eurometaal NR20
Netherlands
9
8
14
4
0.39 kg
5
NORINCO Type 82
China
3
12
8
4 or Impact
0.26 kg
-25
NORINCO Type 86
China
3
8
8
Impact
0.26 kg
-10
Pakistan
7
8
13
4
0.48 kg
30
Grenade
DIO AP
Def-Tec #25 “Flash-Bang”
2
Diehl DM51
POF PHG
UK
10
10
15
4
0.40 kg
-15
SSA F-1
Royal Ordnance L2A2
USSR
3
14
8
4
0.60 kg
-25
SSA RGD-5
USSR
5
12
11
4 or 12
0.31 kg
-20
SSA RGN-86
USSR
3
9
8
4
0.27 kg
0
SSA RGO-78
USSR
4
8
9
4
0.45 kg
20
France
5
10
11
6
0.28 kg
-15
Yugoslavia
2
8
7
4
0.37 kg
20
Zavod RGN
Russia
7
12
13
4 or Impact
0.29 kg
-20
Zavod RGO
Russia
6
12
12
4 or Impact
0.52 kg
-20
Titanite LU 213
Yugoimport M75
1
2
This explosive’s fragments do Burn damage and their DD does not decrease with range.
This explosive adds ten additional columns to stun effect.
Typical Grenade Costs
Cost ($US)
Cost (€EU)
Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
Anti-Tank Grenade
$180
€ 166
$230
$121
X,U
Fragmentation Grenade, Baseball
$120
€ 110
$154
$80
X
Fragmentation Grenade, Standard
$110
€ 101
$141
$74
X
Gas Grenade
$75
€ 69
$96
$50
HC Smoke Grenade
$35
€ 32
$45
$23
Incendiary Grenade
$180
€ 166
$230
$121
$90
€ 83
$115
$60
$160
€ 147
$205
$107
Stun Grenade
WP Smoke Grenade
Chapter One: Weapons
Availability
X,U
X
43
AMMUNITION
Ammunition is obviously an important component of any firearm—without it, even the
best firearm is just a poor club. Characters will want to buy the right type of ammunition
for the siutation that they are facing. Hollowpoint ammunition is deadlier than ball, but
not very effective against armor. Armor Piercing rounds are better at penetrating armor,
but not as lethal.
The costs listed are manufacturers recommended prices, with the ammunition
made by a reputable maker. There are many other sources for such ammunition that
could be as little as half this listed price, although characters need to ask if they are
willing to stake their lives on it. An of course in less civilized parts of the world, prices
can be very different again. An African country racked by rebellion may have 7.62mm
Soviet ammunition for only a few cents each, but 5.56mm NATO may be completly
unobtainable.
Ammunition Delivered Damage Table
Name
Bullet
Type
.25 acp
.25 Automatic
.338 Lapua
.357 Mag
.357 Sig
.40 S&W
.44 Mag
.338 Lapua Magnum
.357 Magnum
.357 Sig
.40 Smith & Wesson
.44 Remington Magnum
0-10m
11-30m
31100m
101200m
201300m
301500m
501750m
7511000m
1000m+
Ball
10
10
10
-
-
-
-
-
-
Hollowpoint
12
12
12
-
-
-
-
-
-
Prefragmented
9
9
9
-
-
-
-
-
-
Armor Piercing
21/17
21/17
21/17
20/17
20/16
19/16
18/16
17/-
17/-
Ball
23/18
23/18
23/18
22/18
22/18
21/18
20/16
19/-
18/-
Hollowpoint
26/21
26/21
26/21
26/21
25/21
25/21
23/21
22/-
22/-
Subsonic AP
16
16
16
15
15
15
15
-
-
Armor Piercing
16/13
15/13
14/12
12
-
-
-
-
-
Ball
16/15
16/15
15
15/14
-
-
-
-
-
Hollowpoint
19/18
19/18
18/17
17
-
-
-
-
-
Prefragmented
14/12
14/11
12/11
11
-
-
-
-
-
Ball
16/15
16/15
15
15/14
-
-
-
-
-
Hollowpoint
19/18
19/18
18/17
17
-
-
-
-
-
Prefragmented
14/9
13/9
12/9
11/9
-
-
-
-
-
Ball or Tracer
17
16
16
16
-
-
-
-
-
Hollowpoint
20
20
19
19
-
-
-
-
-
Prefragmented
15/13
14/13
13/12
13/12
-
-
-
-
-
Ball
21/20
21/20
20
20
-
-
-
-
-
Hollowpoint
.45 acp
.45 Automatic (.45 ACP)
23/-
23/-
22/-
21
-
-
-
-
-
Prefragmented
16/14
16/14
15/14
14/13
-
-
-
-
-
Armor Piercing
16/15
15/14
14
14/13
-
-
-
-
-
18
18
17
16
-
-
-
-
-
Ball or Tracer
Hollowpoint
.50 AE
5.45x39mm
5.56mm
.50 Action Express
5.45x39mm Soviet
5.56x45mm NATO
22
22
21
20
-
-
-
-
-
+P Hollowpoint
22/21
21
21/20
20
-
-
-
-
-
Ball
22/21
22/21
21/20
20
-
-
-
-
-
Hollowpoint
26/25
26/25
25/24
24
-
-
-
-
-
Armor Piercing
15/10
15/10
14/10
13/10
12/10
11/-
-
-
-
Ball or Tracer
16/11
16/11
15/11
14/10
13/10
12/-
-
-
-
Hollowpoint
19/13
19/13
18/13
18/12
15/12
14/-
-
-
-
Subsonic Ball
12
12
12
11
11
-
-
-
-
Armor Piercing
16/10
16/10
15/10
14/10
13/10
11/-
-
-
-
Ball or Tracer
17/11
17/11
16/11
15/10
14/10
12/-
-
-
-
Hollowpoint
19/13
19/13
18/13
18/12
17/12
15/-
-
-
-
Prefragmented
14/9
14/9
13/9
12/9
12/9
10/-
-
-
-
12
12
12
11
11
-
-
-
-
Subsonic Ball
44
Millennium’s End
NOTES
Recoil +1
5.7mm
5.7x28mm FN
7.62x39mm
7.62x39mm Soviet
Armor Piercing
13/9
13/9
12/9
11/9
-
-
-
-
-
Hollowpoint
15
15
14
13
-
-
-
-
-
Subsonic Ball
12
12
12
11
-
-
-
-
-
Tracer
14/12
14/12
13/12
12/11
-
-
-
-
-
Armor Piercing
18/13
18/13
17/13
16/13
14/13
13/-
-
-
-
Ball or Tracer
19/15
19/15
17/14
16/14
15/14
14/-
-
-
-
Hollowpoint
22/17
22/17
21/17
19/17
18/15
17/-
-
-
-
Prefragmented
16/13
16/13
15/12
14/12
13/12
12/-
-
-
-
16
16
16
16
16
-
-
-
-
Armor Piercing
19/14
19/14
18/13
17/13
17/13
15/13
14/-
13/-
-
Ball or Tracer
20/15
20/15
20/15
19/15
18/15
18/15
16/-
16/-
-
Hollowpoint
24/19
24/19
23/19
23/19
22/18
22/18
20/-
19/-
-
Prefragmented
17/12
17/12
16/12
16/12
15/12
14/12
13/-
11/-
-
17
17
17
17
16
16
-
-
-
Subsonic Ball
7.62mm
7.62x51mm NATO
Subsonic Ball
9mm
9mm Parabellum
10mm
10mm Automatic
15/13
14/13
13
13/12
-
-
-
-
-
Ball or Tracer
Armor Piercing
15
15
15
14
-
-
-
-
-
Hollowpoint
18
18
18/17
17
-
-
-
-
-
+P Ball
16/15
16/15
15/14
14
-
-
-
-
-
Recoil +1
+P Hollowpoint
19/18
19/18
18/17
17
-
-
-
-
-
Recoil +1
Prefragmented
14/12
13/11
12/11
11
-
-
-
-
-
Subsonic Ball
15
15
15
15
-
-
-
-
-
Subsonic HP
19
19
18
18
-
-
-
-
-
Ball
17
17
17
16
-
-
-
-
-
Hollowpoint
21/20
21/20
20
20/19
-
-
-
-
-
Prefragmented
15/13
15/13
13/12
13/12
-
-
-
-
-
20
20
20
19
-
-
-
-
-
Armor Piercing
29 /25
29 /25
29/24
29/24
28/24
27/24
26/24
26/24
25/24
Ball or Tracer
32/27
32/27
32/27
32/27
31/27
30/27
29/26
28/26
28/26
Multipurpose
41/34
41/34
40/34
40/34
39/34
38/34
37/33
36/33
35/33
Slug
27
26
25
25
-
-
-
-
-
Hollowpoint Slug
33
32
31
31
-
-
-
-
-
AP Slug
22
22
21
21
-
-
-
-
-
000 Buckshot (10)
11
10
9
7
-
-
-
-
-
00 Buckshot (25)
10
9
7
5
-
-
-
-
-
#1 Buckshot (24)
9
8
5
3
-
-
-
-
-
Subsonic HP
12.7x99
12g 76mm
12g 70mm
12.7x99mm (.50in BMG)
12 guage 76mm
12 guage 70mm
L
#4 Buckshot (41)
7
5
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
#T Birdshot (5)
7/4
5/2
3/1
-
-
-
-
-
-
#B Birdshot (6)
6/3
4/2
2/1
-
-
-
-
-
-
#5 Birdshot (7)
4/2
3/1
1/0
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
L
#8 Birdshot (8)
3/1
2/0
1/0 N
-
-
-
-
-
-
Slug
26
26
25
24
-
-
-
-
-
Low Recoil Slug
25
25
24
24
-
-
-
-
-
Hollowpoint Slug
32
32
31
30
-
-
-
-
-
000 Buckshot (8)
11
10
9
7
-
-
-
-
-
00 Buckshot (9)
10
9
7
5
-
-
-
-
-
00 LR Buckshot (9)
10
8
6
4
-
-
-
-
-
0 Buckshot (12)
10
8
6
4
-
-
-
-
-
#T Birdshot (4)
7/4
5/
3/1
-
-
-
-
-
-
#B Birdshot (5)
6/3
4/2
2/1
-
-
-
-
-
-
#5 Birdshot (6)
4/2
3/1
1/0
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
#8 Birdshot (7)
3/1
2/0
1/0 N
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
L
L
NOTES
L
Lighter Load - reduce the listed recoil number of the weapon by 1
Chapter One: Weapons
45
Ammunition Costs
Ball
Hollow
point
Armor
Piercing
Subsonic
Ball
Subsonic
Hollowpoint
5.45x39mm
$14.00
$20.00
-
-
-
5.56 mm NATO
$11.00
$14.00
$25.00
-
$37.50*
Caliber
5.7mm FN
-
$30.00
$55.00
$42.50
-
7.62mm NATO
$17.00
$30.00
$40.00
$45.00*
-
7.62x39mm Soviet
$12.00
$18.00
$28.00
$45.00
-
9x17mm
$12.00
$18.00
-
-
-
9mm Parabellum
$12.00
$16.00
$35.00
$14.00
$16.00
10mm
$19.00
$37.50
-
-
-
.32 ACP
$14.00
$28.00
-
-
-
.338 Lapua
$150.00
$210.00
-
-
-
.357 Magnum
$18.00
$22.00
-
-
-
.357 SIG
$18.00
$25.00
-
-
-
.40 S&W
$16.00
$23.00
-
-
-
.44 Magnum
$25.00
$26.00
-
-
-
.45 ACP
$18.00
$26.00
$45.00
-
-
.50 AE
$65.00
$65.00
-
-
-
.50 BMG
$110.00
-
$150.00
-
-
Slug
00 Buck
12 guage 70mm
$40.00
$45.00
12 guage 76mm
$46.00
$49.00
NOTES: All prices per 50 rounds, MSRP, quality American or Western European
production.
*
Subsonic 5.56mm and 7.62mm ammo will not cycle the action of semi/
full auto weapons
46
Millennium’s End
Magazines
Make
Calibre
Capacity
Weight
Cost ($US)
Beretta 92
9mm Para
15
0.29 kg
$30
Beretta 92
9mm Para
20
0.40 kg
$40
Beretta 92
9mm Para
13
0.26 kg
$30
FN Five-Seven
5.7x28mm
20
0.13 kg
$40
Colt M1911A1
.45ACP
7
0.22 kg
$25
Glocks
9mm Para
17
0.25 kg
$25
Glocks
9mm Para
19
0.27 kg
$25
Glocks
9mm Para
15
0.22 kg
$25
Glocks
9mm Para
12
0.17 kg
$25
Glocks
9mm Para
10
0.14 kg
$25
.45ACP
10
0.26 kg
$50
Desert Eagle
.357Mag
9
0.35 kg
$45
Desert Eagle
.44Mag
8
0.35 kg
$45
HK USP Tactical
Desert Eagle
.50AE
7
0.35 kg
$45
Steyr M1A
9mm Para
15
0.22 kg
$30
Steyr M1A
.40S&W
12
0.17 kg
$30
Any
7
0.11 kg
$32
FN P90
5.7x28mm
50
0.46 kg
$75
HK MP5
9mm Para
15
0.30 kg
$55
HK MP5
9mm Para
30
0.53 kg
$60
Mini Uzi
9mm Para
20
0.40 kg
$35
Mini Uzi
9mm Para
25
0.40 kg
$35
Mini Uzi
9mm Para
32
0.60 kg
$39
M-4
5.56mm
30
0.48 kg
$30
M-4
5.56mm
20
0.32 kg
$28
FN FAL
7.62mm NATO
20
0.76 kg
$40
FN FAL
7.62mm NATO
30
1.15 kg
$200
Walther PPK
5.56mm
30
0.60 kg
$60
AKM
HK G36
7.62mm Soviet
30
0.82 kg
$15
AKM
7.62mm Soviet
40
1.13 kg
$22
AKM
7.62mm Soviet
75
2.10 kg
$80
SIG 550
5.56mm
20
0.34 kg
$30
SIG 550
5.56mm
30
0.48 kg
$30
Steyr AUG
5.56mm
30
0.62 kg
$35
Steyr AUG
5.56mm
42
0.67 kg
$70
7.62mm NATO
10
0.18 kg
$67
.338 Lapua
5
0.22 kg
$64
AI AW
AI AW Mag
Barrett
.50BMG
11
1.80 kg
$150
KAC SR-25
7.62mm NATO
20
0.73 kg
$130
FN Minimi
5.56mm
200
3.13 kg
$5
Beta C-Mag
5.56mm
100
2.20 kg
$300
Belt (100 Rounds)
7.62mm NATO
100
3.00 kg
NA
Bet (105 Rounds)
0.50 BMG
105
14.50kg
NA
NOTES: All prices per magazine, MSRP, quality American or Western European production. Weights given are when fully loaded.
Chapter One: Weapons
47
KNIVES
Becker
A knife is much more likely to be used as a tool than as a weapon. Nonetheless, most
operatives like to have some cold hard steel as a backup. Unlike firearms, a knife needs
no ammunition, nor will it malfunction, even under the worst of environments. Knives
can be split into two main types, folding and fixed blade. Folding blades are compact
and easier to carry unnoticed, but fixed blades are as a general rule stronger.
Becker Knife and Tool Company Inc, USA
Brute
The Brute is an inline recurved knife, designed for camp and field work,
where its large size enables it to act as a hatchet and machette substitute. It
can even be used as ahammer in a pinch.
The blade is made of high quality carbon steel, and is normally
given a black coating for minimal reflection/visablity in the field.
Length
38cm
Weight
0.60kg
Weapon
Strike
Skill
Used
IA
Damage
Type
Damage
Factor
Speed
Hands
Req
Brute
slash
swing
7
cut
2.2
3
1
stab
thrust
7
puncture
2.8
2
1
Benchmade
Price $
120
Benchmade Knife Company Inc, USA
Auto Stryker
The Auto Stryker is a folding blade knife with a Tanto style blade, ideal for
carrying around in a pocket or pack. A button lock controls the opening and
closing of the knife.
Length
17 cm (Open)
10.5cm (Closed)
Weight
0.10kg
Weapon
Strike
Skill
Used
IA
Damage
Type
Damage
Factor
Speed
Hands
Req
Auto Stryker
slash
swing
3
cut
1.3
1
1
stab
thrust
3
puncture
2.1
0
1
48
Millennium’s End
Price $
245
Nimravus
The Nimravus is a modern tip design knife, available in two styles, a
modfied Tanto (type 140) and a ‘true’ Tanto (type 141). It has a full tang
made of premium steel surrounded by a composite grip. The sheath design
uses a 3-point secure system to hold the knife in its place. The Model 140 is
used by the United States Military.
Length
24cm
Weight
0.19kg
Weapon
Strike
Skill
Used
IA
Damage
Type
Damage
Factor
Speed
Hands
Req
Nimravus
slash
swing
3
cut
1.6
1
1
stab
thrust
3
puncture
2.2
0
1
Price $
165
Camillus
Camillus Cutlery Company Inc, USA
CUDA Maxx 5.5
The Max 5.5 is a folding blade, suitable for carrying around in a pocket or
pack without getting tangled up with other equipment.
Length
14cm (Open)
?? (Closed)
Weight
0.45kg
Weapon
Strike
Skill
Used
IA
Damage
Type
Damage
Factor
Speed
Hands
Req
CUDA Maxx 5.5
slash
swing
3
cut
1.6
1
1
stab
thrust
3
puncture
2.4
0
1
Chapter One: Weapons
Price $
245
49
Emerson
Emerson ??? Inc, USA
CQC-7A
The Emerson CQC-7A is a folding knive that is the utility/outdoor version
of the CQC-7 series of knives. This knife features a reinforced spear point
blade, double V grind and is built to last.
Length
??cm (Open)
??cm (Closed)
Weight
0.45kg
Weapon
Strike
Skill
Used
IA
CQC-7A
slash
swing
stab
thrust
50
Damage
Type
Damage
Factor
Speed
Hands
Req
4
cut
1.4
0
1
4
puncture
2.0
1
1
Millennium’s End
Price $
140
Lofty Wiseman
Lofty Wiseman Ltd, UK
55/57 Machete
The machete is a traditional tool, regarded as essential for jungle survival.
This version is a well-made military machete the 55/57, which was developed
following years of research with the British SAS. It has a heavy chopping
blade, suitable for vegetation clearance (and even felling large trees), and a
finer edge for skinning and food preparation. It also has a broad, flat point,
which can be used for digging or boring holes. The blade is engineered from
440a stainless steel and is anodised black to prevent unnecessary reflection.
The handle is made of tough plastic and can withstand extreme treatment.
Length
40.5cm
Weight
1.0kg
Weapon
Strike
Skill
Used
IA
Damage
Type
Damage
Factor
Speed
Hands
Req
55/57 Machete
slash
swing
8
cut
3.0
3
1
stab
thrust
8
puncture
3.0
4
1
Chapter One: Weapons
Price $
220
51
Weapon
Wgt (kg) Hands IA
Strike
Speed
Damage Type
DF
Notes
1 use only
Generic Blunt Weapons
Bottle, unbroken
0.75
1
8
Swing
2
Impact
1.4
Baseball Bat
0.8
2
12
Swing
5
Impact
2.4
Brass knuckles
0.25
1
-
Swing
0
Impact
1.6
Chair
variable
2
12
Swing
6 or more
Impact
1.8
Club
0.5
1
10
Swing
4
Impact
2
Crowbar
2
2
9
Swing
8
Impact
2.2
Hammer
0.68
1
7
Swing
3
Impact
2.1
Nunchaku
0.75
1
8
Swing
3
Impact
1.9
Pistol butt
var
1
2
Swing
2
Impact
1.6
Pool cue
0.5
2
12
Swing
5
Impact
1.4
Thrust
4
Impact
1.2
Swing
13
Impact
1.8
Thrust
11
Impact
1.4
Rifle butt
var
2
8
Rifle muzzle
var
2
8
Thrust
11
Impact
1.5
Rock, small
0.5
1
2
Swing
0
Impact
1.2
Sai
0.75
1
11
Swing
4
Impact
1.4
Thrust
3
Impact
1.8
Swing
8
Impact
1.8
Thrust
6
Impact
1.6
Staff
1.5
2
12
Stick
0.75
1
9
Swing
5
Impact
1.4
Tonfa
0.65
1
11
Swing
7
Impact
1.6
Thrust
4
Impact
1.4
Swing
6
Impact
1.8
Two-by-four
1.33
2
12
Generic Edged Weapons
Axe
3.5
2
11
Swing
10
Cut
3.4
Bayonet, fixed
var
2
12
Thrust
10
Puncture
2.7
Bottle, broken
0.2
1
5
Swing
2
Cut
2
Thrust
0
Puncture
1.6
Swing
0
Cut
0.8
Thrust
0
Puncture
1
Car keys
Chainsaw
1
1
4.5+
2
4
Swing
10
Cut
3.6
Entrenching tool
1.5
1
5
Swing
6
Cut
2.4
Hammer, claw end
0.68
1
7
Swing
4
Puncture
1.8
Hatchet
0.5
1
6
Swing
5
Cut
2.8
Ice axe
0.6
1
8
Swing
5
Puncture
2.8
Ice pick
0.08
1
3
Thrust
0
Puncture
2
Katana
1.42
2
12
Swing
6
Cut
4
Thrust
7
Puncture
3.8
Swing
0
Cut
1.2
Thrust
1
Puncture
1.8
Swing
0
Cut
1
Thrust
0
Puncture
1.6
Knife, paring
Knife, pocket
52
0.05
0.05
0.1
1
1
3
2
Millennium’s End
-0.2 DF for polymer frame pistols
A
A
Knife, chef
Knife, boning/fillet
0.2
0.13
1
1
5
5
Swing
1
Cut
2
Thrust
2
Puncture
2.6
Swing
1
Cut
1.7
Thrust
2
Puncture
2.3
Knife, cleaver
0.4
1
5
Swing
1
Cut
1.9
Knife, bowie
0.52
1
6
Swing
2
Cut
2.2
Thrust
3
Puncture
2.9
Fork
0.05
1
2
Thrust
1
Puncture
1
Fork, carving
0.14
1
4
Thrust
2
Puncture
1.8
Machete
0.5
1
8
Swing
3
Cut
3
Thrust
4
Puncture
3
Pitchfork
1.3
2
12
Thrust
8
Puncture
2.8
Screwdriver
0.12
1
4
Thrust
1
Puncture
2.2
Shovel
1.5
2
12
Swing
8
Cut
3
Straight razor
0.04
1
4
Swing
0
Cut
1.4
Wakizashi
0.85
1
11
Swing
4
Cut
3.6
Thrust
5
Puncture
3.6
Generic Throwing Weapons
Rock, small
0.5
1
0
Throw
0
Impact
1
Rock, medium
1
1
0
Throw
1
Impact
1.6
Rock, large
2
2
0
Throw
3
Impact
2
Shuriken
0.1
1
1
Throw
0
Puncture
1.2
Stick
0.75
1
0
Throw
1
Impact
1
Throwing knife
0.25
1
2
Throw
0
Puncture
2
Chapter One: Weapons
53
EXTRA FIREARMS
Listed below are a number of other firearms that are commonly encountered by
BlackEagle operatives. A comprehensive listing can be found in the Millennium’s End
Firearms Compendium, while detailed descriptions of many more weapons can be
found in The Operatives Firearms Guide.
Weapon
Skill
IA Speed
ROF
Recoil
Range Hands Weight
Action
Caliber
Capacity
Reload Cost Notes
Machineguns
IMI Negev
A
26
11
12
~/~/-26
400
2b
8.8
Auto only
5.56mm
belt / 30B
3
9000 C,Z
Rheinmetall MG3
A
26
12
17
~/~/-35
750
2b
10.5
Auto only
7.62mm
belt
3
3692 C,Z
RSAF DShKM
A
29
14
9
~/~/-14
1100
2t
147
Auto only
12.7x107
belt
3
G,Z
RSAF KPV
A
30
14
10
~/~/-48
2000
2t
49.1
Auto only
14.5x114
belt
3
G,Z
RSAF PKM
A
27
11
12
~/~/-34
600
2b
8.4
Auto only
7.62x54
belt
2
2800 C,Z
RSAF RPK-74
A
26
9
10
-15/~/-27
400
2b
4.6
Select, Auto
Saco M60
A
26
12
9
~/~/-27
750
2b
11.1
5.45x39mm 40B (30)
3
C,F,Z
Auto only
7.62mm
belt
3
Single Action
.45 acp
7B
1
538
15B
1
449
4870 C,Z
Pistols
Colt 1991A1
S
15
0
4
-23/~/~
50
1
1.1
CZ CZ85
S
15
0
4
-20/~/~
50
1
1
Double Action 9mm
FN BDA-9C
S
14
0
4
-20/~/~
50
1
0.85
Double Action 9mm
FN HP35
S
15
0
4
-20/~/~
50
1
1
H&K P7M13
S
14
0
4
-20/~/~
50
1
H&K VP70Z
S
14
0
4
-19/~/~
50
Intratec Tec-9
S
13
1
4
-19/~/~
50
RSAF TT-33 Tokarev
S
12
0
4
-18/~/~
SIG Arms P226
S
15
0
4
SIG Arms P226
S
15
0
Star Bonifacio M43 Firestar
S
13
Taurus PT-111 Millenniun
S
13
Taurus PT-940
S
Walther P38 (P1)
7B (14)
1
500 D+
9mm
13B
1
495
1
Double Action 9mm
13B
1
1220
1
0.8
Double Action 9mm
18B
1
750
1
1.49
Single Action
9mm
20B (32)
3
260 I2, D-
50
1
0.9
Single Action
7.62x25mm 8B
2
300
-20/~/~
50
1
0.9
Double Action 9mm
15B (20)
1
805
4
-20/~/~
50
1
0.9
Double Action .357 Sig
13B
1
805
0
4
-20/~/~
50
1
0.94
7B
1
398 D+
0
4
-19/~/~
50
1
0.65
Double Action 9mm
10B
1
367 D+
14
0
4
-21/~/~
50
1
0.9
Double Action .40 S&W
9B
1
469
S
14
0
4
-20/~/~
50
1
0.9
Double Action 9mm
8B
1
1000
Walther P99
S
14
0
4
-19/~/~
50
1
0.7
Double Action 9mm
16B
1
799
Wilson Combat Protector
S
17
0
4
-23/~/~
50
1
1.25
8B
1
1795
S&W 669
S
14
0
4
-20/~/~
40
1
0.88
12B (14)
1
450
S&W Mk22 Mod 0
S
14
2
4
-20/~/~
30
1
1
Double Action 9mm
8B
1
S&W 317
S
11
0
3
-15/~/~
30
1
0.33
Double Action .22 LR
8 cylinder
6
508 D+
S&W 49 Bodyguard
S
11
0
3
-19/~/~
40
1
0.6
Double Action .38 Spl
5 cylinder
4
390 D+
Armalite AR-18
L/A 25
9
10
-16/~/-31
350
2s
3.7
Select, auto
5.56mm
30B
1
600 F,Z
Beretta AR70
L/A 26
9
11
-16/~/-29
350
2s
4.2
Select, Auto
5.56mm
30B (5-100)
1
950 M,Z
CFI SR88A
L/A 26
9
13
-16/~/-30
350
2s
4
Select, Auto
5.56mm
30B (5-100)
1
734 M,Z
Colt M16A2 Commando
L/A 24
6
4
-16/-27/~
250
2s
3.06
Select, Burst
5.56mm
30B (5-100)
1
FN FNC
L/A 26
9
11
-16/~/-29
350
2s
4.4
Select, Auto
5.56mm
30B (5-100)
1
1250 F,M,Z
H&K (UK) L85A1 (SA80)
L/A 28
8
12
-15/~/-28
350
2s
5
Select, Auto
5.56mm
30B
2
1860 B,M,Z 2
H&K G3A4
L/A 26
11
9
-20/~/-34
600
2s
5.5
Select, Auto
7.62mm
20B (5-50)
2
1451 F,Z
H&K M4-16
L/A 26
9
12
-17/~/-31
350
2s
3.76
Select, auto
5.56mm
30B (5-100)
1
M,P,Z
H&K HK53A3
L/A 23
8
12
-17/~/-30
250
2s
3.6
Select, Auto
5.56mm
25B (40)
2
1407 F,H2,Z
Single Action
Single Action
Single Action
9mm
.45 acp
Double Action 9mm
1500 D-,S,Z
Assault Rifles
54
Millennium’s End
F,H2,M,P,Z 3
Weapon
Skill
ROF
Recoil
Action
Caliber
Capacity
IMI Galil-AR
L/A 26
IA Speed
10
10
-19/~/-35
Range Hands Weight
600
2s
5.2
Select, Auto
7.62mm
20B
Reload Cost Notes
3
1200 F,C,Z
Norinco QBZ-95
L/A 25
7
11
-17/~/-31
400
2s
3.9
Select, Auto
5.8mm
30B
3
362 B,Z
RSAF AKS-74M
L/A 25
9
11
-16/~/-29
300
2s
3.93
Select, Auto
5.45x39mm 30B
3
230 Z
RSAF AK-101
L/A 25
9
10
-16/~/-29
350
2s
4
Select, Auto
5.56mm
30B
3
230 F,Z
RSAF AN-94
L/A 28
10
10
-14/~/-26
400
2s
5.2
Select, Auto
5.45x39mm 30B
3
1150 Z 1
Santa Barbara CETME C
L/A 26
9
10
-20/~/-35
600
2s
5
Select, Auto
7.62mm
20B
2
Santa Barbara CETME L
L/A 26
9
10
-16/~/-29
320
2s
3.9
Select, Auto
5.56mm
30B (5-100)
1
SIG Arms SG540
L/A 26
9
12
-17/~/-31
400
2s
4.2
Select, Auto
5.56mm
30B
2
864 F,Z
Zaklady M96 Beryl
L/A 25
9
11
-16/-27/-30
350
2s
3.9
Select, Burst
5.56mm
30B
3
325 F,Z
4.6
Semi-Auto
7.62x54
10B
3
1111
800 Z
1240 F,M,Z
Rifles
RSAF SVD Dragunov
L
30
10
4
-21/~/~
800
Franchi SPAS-15
L
20
9
4
-24/~/~
80
Mossberg 500 ATP5
L
16
7
3
-25/~/~
60
2s
4
Shotguns
2s
4.5
Semi-Auto
12g 70mm
6B
3
1200 F
2s
3.2
Pump
12g 70mm
6 tube
4
416
Submachineguns
H&K (UK) Sterling L34A1
L/A 23
8
9
-17/~/-29
80
2s
4.3
Select, Auto
9mm
34B (10)
2
1000 F,S,Z
H&K PDW (MP7)
S/A 21
1
16
-15/~/-30
80
2
1.65
Select, Auto
4.6x30
40B (20)
1
1151 F,P,Z 3
Intratec TEC-9
S/A 16
4
15
-19/~/-35
120
2
2.3
Select, Auto
9mm
20B
3
400 G,Z
Milkor BXP
L/A 25
6
18
-18/~/34
140
2s
3.21
Select, Auto
9mm
32B
1
1260 F,Z 5
Norinco Type 85S
L/A 23
5
13
-16/~/-30
75
2s
2.78
Select, Auto
7.62x25
30B
2
Star Bonifacio Z-84
L/A 23
8
10
-18/~/-32
150
2s
3.7
Select, Auto
9mm
30B (25)
2
Steyr-Mannlicher TMP
S/A 17
2
8
-19/~/-36
60
2
1.8
Select, Auto
9mm
25B
1
895 G,Z (F)
Walther MPK
L/A 22
7
8
-18/~/-31
120
2s
3.38
Select, Auto
9mm
32B
2
500 F,Z
B
Bulpup configuration in which the action and center of gravity are mounted behind the handgrip
C
Fitted with a bipod D
400 F,S,Z
1400 F,Z
Pistols are fairly cancealable by nature, but some are better or worse then others. Assigning bonuses or penalties to detection attempts to spot concealed weapons
would be appropriate. Weapons other then pistols would be D- at best.
D+: Harder to detect due to small size.
D-: Easier to detect due to large size.
F
Fitted with a folding or collapsing stock. If fired with the stock folded/retracted a -5 IA is approriate.
G
No stock fitted, pistol grips only, intended for for tripod or fixed mount. Generally impossible to safely fire unless so mounted.
H
Reduced Damage do to shorter barrel length and loss of muzzle velocity versus what is typical for that cartridge. The number after the H represents the reductions, which is
applied at all ranges
M
STANAG magazine compatible (uses the same magazine as the M16)
N
Fitted with Muzzle Compnsator, which results in reduced felt recoil
P
Fitted with a Picatinney sight rail that makes it easier to mount various optical sights.
S
Fitted with an integral noise suppressor
Z
Restricted availability, Class-3 license required in the USA
1
Fitted with an integrated 4x scope as standard (Scope type R1)
2
Comes with a 4x SUSAT scope as standard (Scope type U1)
3
Comes with a TRIJICON Reflex sight as standard (Scope type Tr5)
4
Comes with an integrated 4x scope as standard (Scope type R4)
5
Comes with a TRIJICON OEG Reflex sight as standard (Scope Type Tr1)
Chapter One: Weapons
55
CHAPTER TWO
EQUIPMENT
Branding
We live in a world where good ideas rarely stay unique for long. What you have also
defines what you are and at times there can be no greater tag-hag than the BlackEagle
Operative. In putting together a listing of equipment for operatives, we’ve used the
following guidelines:
Most of the items of equipment listed here are made by more than one company,
producing the item to broadly similar specifications with minor and / or cosmetic
variations. In such cases, product branding has been ignored, and the generic items
listed are based upon the most popular choice.
Some unique (or relatively unique) products have been included. In such cases,
the brand is considered important and this is referred to specifically.
56
Millennium’s End
SIGHTS, SCOPES, GOOGLES AND ACCESSORIES
Although telescopic sights have been around since the 19th century, most of the major
changes in sighting technology have occurred in the last forty years—especially in the
last twenty. Telescopic sights allow the weapon user to engage distant targets with much
greater precision than the naked eye allows. Indeed modern sight capabilities are now
exceeding that of the ammunition—hits at over 500 meters with 5.56mm ammunition
have regularly been reported in Afghanistan and Iraq, but the lethality of the ammunition
at that range is often low.
Sights also address two other tactical problems—rapid target acquisition and
operations in darkness. Laser sights and aimpoints let the user get their weapon on target
quickly, while night vision scopes and goggles allow the operative to see and aim in the
dark.
However, although scopes can allow targets to be hit at greater distances, the narrow field of view (and in the case of many night vision scopes, the poor quality image)
make spotting targets more difficult. This is reflected in penalties to both the Initiative
and Perception of the user. Certain tactical scopes are designed to make pointing a weapon at a target faster, and this gives bonuses to Initiative, while laser dot sights reduce
penalties for hip firing, and make acquiring aiming bonuses faster.
Night vision goggles amplify the existing ambient light to allow seeing and shooting in bad light situations. In the dark they reduce the Darkness ‘to hit’ modifier based on
the generation of the light amplifying unit. 1st Generation scopes reduce the Darkness
modifier to -30, 2nd generation to -20, 2nd Plus Generation to -10 and 3rd Generation
scopes completely negate the darkness penalty. 1st and 2nd Generation scopes cannot be
used in normal or Bad Light situations. 2nd Plus and 3rd Generation scopes can be fitted
with a filter to allow then to be used in normal or Bad Light Situations, but they suffer
a Bad Light penalty of -20. Night vision goggles also reduce the wearers field of view.
Under normal circumstances, a person would have a 190° field of view. Night vision
goggles reduce this to 40° or less, so perception penalties are appropriate under most
circumstances.
Aimpoint
Aimpoint AB, Sweden
Aimpoint LPI
This is a visible light laser sight designed to withstand the hard conditions
and heavy recoils that go with military use. It can be fitted beneath, alongside
or over the barrel of most longarms, or on pistols. It is activated by a pressure
switch that can be mounted on the weapons trigger, or as an alternative, by
a toggle switch.
Dimensions 4.4x2.4cm
Weight
0.13kg
Battery
3v lithium (15hrs)
Cost
Chapter Two: Equipment
57
Comp M2
Dimensions 13x5.5x5.5cm
Weight
0.20kg
Battery
3v lithium (1000hrs)
Mag
none (1x)
IA
+10
Initiative
+2
Cost
$US400
The CompM2 was first introduced in 2000, and nearly 300,000 CompM2
sights are now in use by armed forces around the world. The aimpoint shown
within the scope allows the user to rapidly acquire a target and know that
where the red dot is pointed, theirs rounds will go. The red dot is projected
inside the scope, and so is not visable to an opponent. One of the most useful
features is that it can be used in conjunction with Night Vision Goggles. It
is also completely submersible and will withstand pressures up to 2.5 atmospheres allowing it to be taken as deep as 25 meters underwater.
The CompM2 is the standard sight for the U.S. Army and U.S. Air
Force (where it is known as the M68/CCO), as well as the armed forces of
many NATO countries.
Trijicon
Trijicon Inc, USA
ACOG TA1
Dimensions 15x7.5x2.4cm
Weight
0.28kg
Mag
3x
IA
+12
Initative
-1
The Trijicon ACOGs is a compact telescopic sight designed for use in any
situation including low light or night. The ACOG is designed to provide the
best of two worlds, with a 3.5x magnification and a red dot system to speed
close in aiming. Although the ACOG was designed to work with the M-16
series of weapons, it can easily be adapted to fit any other 5.56mm rifle. No
batteries are required for operation.
Perception -11
Cost
58
$US950
Millennium’s End
Reflex
The Reflex sight is designed to be mounted on the receiver of any modern
rifle. It provides for quicker target acquisition and aiming with a large red
dot. Due to the large size of the aiming point at range there is a -2 ‘to hit’
penalty per 5 meters beyond 25 meters away that the target is if the Relfex
sight is being used.
Dimensions 10.5x3.5x4.0cm
Weight
0.13kg
Mag
none (1x)
IA
+10
Initiative
+2
Cost
$US450
EO Tech
EO Tech Inc, USA
Holosight
The HOLOgraphic Weapon Sight (HWS) uses holographic technology to
project sights onto the unit. When used in close wuarters battle environments,
this delivers a boost to speed and gains in accuracy gains. Unlike many other
aimpoint systems, it is completely invisable to opponents.
The HWS mounts to any universal Picatinny mounting rail (and also
supports standard Weaver type mounts). The HWS can also be mount on any
modern rifle, attaching to either a fixed carry handle or flattop receiver, and
with no modification to the weapon required.
Chapter Two: Equipment
Dimensions 10.5x4.5x5.5cm
Weight
0.25kg
Mag
none (1x)
IA
+??
Initiative
+?
Cost
$US415
59
Leitz
Ernst Leitz (Canada) Ltd, Canada
Elcan
The Elcan is a compact optical sight designed for use at short to medium
ranges under rigerous military conditions. While the design is optimized for
placement on a M-16 (modified by the removal of the carrying handle), the
Elcan can be easily fitted to almost any longarm. The Elcan is tough, reliable
and will work under almost any environmental condition from sub zero artic
to the mid-day desert sun. It features an illuminated reticle for low light use
and has a good field of view.
Dimensions 16x7x7cm
Weight
0.40kg
Mag
3.5
IA
+12
Initiative
-3
Perception -6
Cost
$US415
Leupold
Leupold & Stevens Inc, USA
Mk 4 M1
Dimensions 33x5x5cm
Weight
0.60kg
Mag
10x
IA
+12
Initiative
-3
Perception -29
Cost
$US1300
The Mk 4 M1 is a precision scope designed for use at long to extreme ranges.
Milled from solid aluminium, it has larger than normal adjustment knobs
that provide both visual and audible feedback for each change made. As
standard, it is fitted with a flip up cover for the end piece to keep the delicate
glasswork clean and safe. Because of the extreme magnification offered, the
Mk4 M1 has a very limited field of view. When used in sniping operations,
the user should be acoompanied by a dedicated spotter. The Mk4 M1 can be
fitted to almost any scope mount. Because of the high power of this scope,
any shots fired after the first have a -30 aiming penalty.
Mk 4 MR/T M1
The Mk 4 MR/T was developed for the US Army’s Special Purpose Rifle, an
M-16 style sniper rifle. This rugged scope features an easily adjustable 3 to
9 times zoom, but is small enough to leave plenty of room on the rifle mount
for other accessories. It will fit almost any modern rifle scope mount and can
be easily removed where necessary. Because of the high power of this scope,
any shots fired after the first have a -30 aiming penalty.
60
Millennium’s End
Nightforce
Nightforce USA Inc, USA
NSX 5.5-22x56mm
Developed for extremely long range shooting, the NXS provides broad
magnification and range, combined with a large field-of-view. Originally
designed to work with the 0.50 BMG round, the NXS will also work with
other large calibre long range rounds like the .338 Lapua. The optics are anti
glare coated and the large thick aluminium casing makes it durable against
the worst that the weather can throw at it. Because of the high power of this
scope, any shots fired after the first have a -30 aiming penalty.
Schmidt & Bender
Dimensions 39x3x3cm
Weight
0.90kg
Mag
5 - 22x
IA
+13
Initiative
-2/-3
Perception -19/-34
Cost
$US415
Schmidt & Bender GmbH & Co. Kg, Germany
3 - 12x50 Police Marksman II
The Police Marksman II is a large telecopic sight designed for sniping at
both close and long ranges. It features a variable illuminted reticle for use in
poor or no light, and is easily adjustable with all controls cleverly separated
and color coded for safe and quick handling in high-stress situations.
There is also a convenient ‘standby’ position that switches off the reticle
illumination, while allowing the shooter to quickly return to the pre-selected
brightness level. A special reticle is available to enable to scope to work
with 0.50 calibre BMG. Because of the high power of this scope, any shots
fired after the first have a -30 aiming penalty.
Dimensions 34x5.5x5.5cm
Weight
0.85kg
Mag
3 - 12x
IA
+12
Initiative
0/-3
Perception -1/-25
Cost
$US2199
$US2299 (0.50 BMG)
Chapter Two: Equipment
61
ITT
ITT Defense Inc, USA
AN/PVS-7D
Weight
0.70kg
Mag
None
NV Gen
Gen 3
Initiative
-1
The AN/PVS-7D is a lightweight, high performance passive third generation image intensifier system. The goggle assembly is a headmounted selfcontained night vision system containing one biocular unit consisting of
an objective lens assembly, an image intensifier tube, a housing assembly,
and a binocular eyepiece assembly. The housing is mounted to a face mask
assembly which is held by head straps to the user’s head. The assembly
incorporates a small infrared lamp which provides illumination, to permit
close-in-viewing.
Perception -10
Cost
$US3700
AN/PVS-14
Weight
0.45kg
Mag
None
NV Gen
Gen 3
Initiative
-1
The AN/PVS 14 system uses a single third generation image intensifier,
which is mounted in a monocular (unlike the AN/PVS-7 which uses a binocular type mount). This ‘single tube / single eyepiece’ approach to night
vision is based on the concept that independent use of each eye maximizes
the ability of the user to operate under a wide range of low light conditions.
The user retains their full peripheral vision in the unaided eye in conjunction
with the 40° field of view offered by the night vision device. The monocular
can be hand held, attached to a PVS-7 style head or helmet mount, or it can
be installed on an optional dual-carriage head-mount providing a dual eye
configuration.
Perception -5
Cost
62
$US3400
Millennium’s End
RSAF
Russian and Soviet State Owned Factories
Night Vision Binoculars
The former Soviet Union has a large number of factories still turning out
examples of older weaponry and equipment. Included among that are these
night vision bonoculars. Although nowhere near as powerful, capable or
lightweight as their newer counterparts, they have two big advantages—they
are cheap and they are readily exportable
Weight
1.20kg
Mag
None
NV Gen
1
Initiative
-2
Perception -25
Cost
$US350
Weight
1.05kg
Mag
None
NV Gen
1
Initiative
-2
Night Vision Monoculars
These monoculars are very similar to their binocular counterparts, both in
price and capability.
Perception -20
Cost
Chapter Two: Equipment
$US370
63
#
Name
Cost
IA
Magnification
Perception
Penalty
Initiative
Modifier
Weight
Notes
(kg)
Adco (Ad)
1
Mirage Ranger
2
T-10 Sniper
179
10
1x
–
+2
0.14
I,R?
12
10x
-28
-3
0.61
H
1
5000XD
255
10
1x
–
+2
0.17
I,R7
2
5000XD2
330
11
1x
–
+1
0.26
I,R3
3
Comp XD
279
10
1x
–
+2
0.14
I,R7
4
Comp MXD
360
10
1x
–
+2
0.15
I,R7
Aimpoint (A)
Bausch & Lomb (B)
1
Elite 3200
250
12
2-7x
-/-27
-/-3
0.34
-/H
2
Elite 3200
270
12
5-15x
-19/-37
-2/-4
0.68
H
3
Elite 3200
300
12
3-9x
-6/-28
-1/-3
0.36
-/H
4
Elite 3200
240
12
4-12x
-13/-31
-1/-3
0.42
-/H
5
Elite 4200
315
12
2.5-10x
-8/-29
-1/-3
0.45
-/H
6
Elite 4200
290
12
1.5-6x
-/-24
-/-2
0.43
-/H
7
Elite 4200
420
12
4-16x
-14/-33
-1/-3
0.62
-/H
8
Elite 3000
593
12
3-9x
-8/-29
-1/-3
0.63
-/H
9
Elite 4000
1858
13
10x
-29
-3
0.63
H
Bushnell (Bu)
1
Banner
239
12
3-9x
-4/-27
-/-3
0.3
-/H
2
Banner
269
12
4-12x
-11/-29
-1/-3
0.42
-/H
3
Banner
299
12
6-18x
-23/34
-2/-3
0.51
H
4
Banner Compact
129
12
4x
-13
-1
0.28
5
Buckhorn
179
12
4x
-4
–
0.26
6
Buckhorn
199
12
1.5-4.5x
-/-17
-/-2
0.3
7
Buckhorn
249
12
3.5-10x
-/-25
-/-3
0.39
-/H
8
Holosight
563
11
1x
–
+1
?
I,R1
I,R?
Colt Optics (C)
1
C-More Tactical
444
10
1x
–
+2
0.34
2
Tactical Elite
469
12
6x
–
–
0.64
-30
-3
1.8
G1
4x
-5
–
0.85
G3
1x
–
+2
0.29
I,R?
Davidson (D)
1
AN/PVS-2
649
11
4x
Delft (De)
1
MUNOS
12
Elbit (E)
1
Falcon Mk2
10
EurOptiks (Eu)
1
4x25K
795
12
4x
-1
–
0.4
2
8x55K
925
12
8x
-22
-2
0.57
H
3
Super
1495
13
3-12x
-5/-29
-1/-3
0.68
--/H
4
EDP
1995
13
4-16x
-18/-32
-2/-3
0.82
H
Fixed Optical Sights of Various Weapons (F)
1
64
H&K 36 and
+10
1x
Millennium’s End
–
+2
I.R?
#
Name
Cost
variants
IA
Magnification
Perception
Penalty
Initiative
Modifier
+12
3.5x
-13
-1
Weight
(kg)
2
H&K G36E
–
12
1.5x
-8
-1
3
Steyr AUG
–
12
1.5x
-4
–
4
Rh-Alan APS95
–
12
1.5x
-7
-1
5
STK SAR21
–
12
1.5+
-6
-1
6
Reflex (Various)
–
10
–
–
+2
7
WSG2000
12
4-12x
?
?
Notes
I,R?
I
Hall & Watts (H)
1
RV20
10
1x
–
+2
0.25
2
Wildcat
12
3.4x
–
–
0.64
3
Blackcat
12
3.4x
-20
-2
0.9
G2
H
4928
I,R?
Hensoldt (He)
1
PSG
1325
12
6x
-19
-2
0.58
2
ZF4
725
12
4x
-14
-1
0.35
3
ZF10
910
12
10x
-18
-2
0.43
4
FERO-Z24
12
4x
-9
-1
0.3
1x
–
+1
0.2
I,R4.2
H
Hesco Sights, USA (Hs)
1
Mepor-21
335
11
1
AN/PVS-14
3399
12
x
-5
-1
0.39
G3
2
F7000A
12
4x
–
–
1.2
G3
3
F7000A1
12
6x
-11
-1
2
G3
4
F7201A
12
2.5-10x
-14
-2
1.32
F,G3,H
ITT (I)
6229
Kahles (K)
1
KZF84-6
1165
12
6x
-17
-2
0.5
H
2
KZF84-10
1199
12
10x
-27
-3
0.51
H
-6/-29
-1/-3
0.6
I
-10/-29
-1/-3
0.45
-/H
-3
–
0.43
F
Leatherwood (La)
1
Sporter
349
12
3-9x
Lieca (Lc)
1
Ultravid
819
12
3.5-10x
Leitz (L)
1
Elcan
699
12
3.1x
Leupold (Le)
1
Bench Rest-D
530
12
24x
-35
-3
0.43
F,H
2
Bench Rest-D
550
12
36x
-36
-4
0.44
F,H
3
Compact
245
12
2-7x
-/-23
-/-2
0.23
-/H
4
Compact
270
12
3-9x
-6/-26
-1/-3
0.25
-/H
5
Fixed
210
12
4x
-17
-2
0.3
H
6
Fixed
275
12
6x
-17
-2
0.3
H
7
Handgun
160
12
2x
-19
-3
0.17
H
8
Handgun
215
12
4x
-31
-4
0.2
H
9
Handgun
310
12
2.5-8x
-27/-36
-4/-5
0.31
F,H
10
LPS
800
12
1.5-6x
-/-24
-/-2
0.45
-/H
Chapter Two: Equipment
65
#
Name
11
LPS
12
Cost
IA
Magnification
Perception
Penalty
Initiative
Modifier
Weight
Notes
850
12
3.5-14x
-12/-33
-1/-3
0.62
-/H
Mk4 M1
1050
12
10x
-29
-3
0.6
H
13
Mk4 M1
1050
12
16x
-33
-3
0.62
H
14
Mk4 M3a
975
12
10x
-29
-3
0.6
H
15
Scout
210
12
2.5x
-18
-2
0.21
H
16
Tactical
350
12
6x
-23
-2
0.32
H
17
Tactical
600
12
4.5-14x
?/-31
?/-3
0.38
-/H
18
Tactical M3
630
12
3.5-10x
-19/-32
-2/-3
0.41
H
19
Vari-XII
215
12
1-4x
-/-12
-/-1
0.3
F
20
Vari-XII
230
12
2-7x
-/-22
-/-2
0.3
F,-/H
21
Vari-XII
240
12
3-9x
-8/-26
-1/-3
0.3
F,-/H
22
Vari-XII
330
12
4-12x
-17/-29
-2/-3
0.4
F,H
23
Vari-XII
350
12
6-18x
-26/-33
-3
0.4
F,H
24
Vari-XIII
325
12
1.5-5x
-/-17
-2
0.3
F,-/H
25
Vari-XIII
350
12
1.75-6x
-/-22
-2
0.3
F,-/H
26
Vari-XIII
360
12
2.5-8x
-3/-26
-/-3
0.3
F,-/H
27
Vari-XIII
370
12
3.5-10x
-11/-29
-1/-3
0.4
F,-/H
28
Vari-XIII
420
12
4.5-14x
-20/-32
-2/-3
0.4
F,H
29
Vari-XIII
435
12
6.5-20x
-26/-35
-3
0.5
F,H
30
Vari-XIII
450
12
8.5-25x
-29/-36
-3/-4
0.47
F,H
31
LG-35
235
11
1x
–
+1
0.14
I,R4
1
AN/PVS-10
12
8.5x
-33
-3
2.2
G3,H
2
AN/PVS-10HP
12
12.5x
-35
-3
2.5
G3,H
3
AN/PVS-12
12
4x
-11
-1
1.2
G3
4
AN/PVS-13
12
6x
-20
-2
1.9
G3,H
5
AN/PVS-17
12
2.5x
–
–
0.9
G3,R2
6
M845 Mk2
4599
12
1.5x
-10
-1
1.3
G2+
7
Ranger M993
5199
12
4x
–
–
1.2
G3
8
Ranger M995
6995
12
6x
-7
-1
1.7
G3
-26/-36
0.75
0.48
H
(kg)
Litton (Li)
McMillan (Mc)
1
Vision Master
1250
12
2.5-10x
Millett (Me)
1
SP-1
150
11
1x
+1
–
–
I,R3
2
SP-2
150
10
1x
+2
–
–
I,R5
-14/-31
-1/-3
0.52
-/H
0.85
H
H
Nikon (Ni)
1
AO
578
12
4-12x
1
NXS
1200
13
3.5-15x
2
NXS
1400
13
5.5-22x
Nightforce (N)
-19/-34
-2/-3
0.9
Norinco (No)
66
1
N420
53
11
4x
-11
-1
?
2
N3956
232
12
3-9x
-5/-34
-1/-3
?
Millennium’s End
-/H
#
Name
Cost
IA
Magnification
Initiative
Modifier
Weight
Notes
-20
-2
1.8
G2
-5
–
0.33
Perception
Penalty
(kg)
Optic-electronic Corporation (O)
1
NVS-700
4295
12
3.7x
1
ZFM 4x25Z
12
1
Kite
12
4x
-20
-2
1.2
G2,H
2
Maxi-Kite
12
6x
-31
-3
1.5
G2,H
1
1L29
I
2
Photonic (P)
4x
Pilkington (Pi)
Russia - various manufacturers ( R)
469
12
4x
–
–
0.8
LO-1
12
4x
-12
-1
0.6
3
1LH84
11
3.7x
-10
-1
1.3
G2+
4
PSO-1
12
4x
-9
-1
0.58
I
5
PSO-2
12
7x
H
Raytheon (Ra)
1
AN/PAS-13
18695
12
1x
-17
-2
2.04
H,T
2
AN/PAS-19
24395
12
1x
-9
-1
1.8
T
–
–
1.45
G3
-/H
Sfim Ods (S)
1
Dante
12
4x
Schmit & Bender (Sb)
1
ZF
940
12
1.5-6x
-/-19
-/-2
0.45
2
ZF
630
12
4x
-8
-1
0.4
3
ZF
700
12
6x
-17
-2
0.49
H
4
ZF
800
12
8x
-22
-2
0.51
H
5
ZF
850
12
10x
-27
-3
0.59
H
6
ZF
1080
12
2.5-10x
-/-26
-/-3
0.61
-/H
7
ZF
1200
12
3-12x
-1/-25
-/-3
0.58
-/H
8
Police/Military
950
12
6x
-19
-2
0.48
H
9
Police/Military
950
12
10x
-29
-3
0.51
H
–
+1
0.15
I,R5
Sightron (Si)
1
S33-5
219
10
1x
Springfield Armory (Sp)
1
Government
380
12
6x
0.42
H
2
Government
670
12
10x
0.8
H,I
3
Government
750
12
4-14x
0/9
-/H,I
Swarovski (Sw)
1
AV
799
12
4-12x
-11/-30
-1/-3
0.38
-/H
Tasco (T)
1
Accu-Dot
99
10
1x
–
+2
0.13
F,I,R5
2
Optima 2000
349
10
1x
–
+2
0.01
I,R7
3
Optima 2000
349
11
1x
–
+1
0.01
I,R3.5
4
Pro Point 3
189
10
1x
–
+2
0.16
I,R5
5
Pro Point 5
239
11
1x
–
–
0.23
I,R4
6
Pro Point 6
10
1x
–
+2
0.16
I,R10
Chapter Two: Equipment
67
#
Name
7
Pro Pistol
8
Super Sniper
Cost
400
IA
Magnification
Perception
Penalty
Initiative
Modifier
Weight
Notes
12
2x
-15
-2
0.21
F
12
10x
-27
-3
0.74
F,H
(kg)
Trijicon (Tr)
1
Armson OEG
136
11
1x
–
+2
?
I,R?
2
Accu-Point
450
12
3-9x
-6/-29
-/-3
0.36
-/H
3
ACOG
893
12
4x
–
–
0.28
4
ACOG
1022
12
3x
-11
-1
0.41
5
Reflex
352
10
1x
–
+2
0.11
I,R12.5
1
Government
1200
12
10x
-29
-3
0.68
H
2
Programmer
895
12
10x
-29
-3
1.28
H
–
–
0.417
I
Unertl (Un)
United Scientific Instruments (U)
1
SUSAT
~750
12
4x
US Optics (Us)
1
SN-1
12
17x
-31
-3
0.74
H
2
SN-3
12
2.6-12x
-/-28
-/-3
0.6
-/H
3
SN-4
12
1-4x
-/-9
-/-1
0.4
4
SN-6
12
10x
-28
-3
0.5
H
Varo (Now Litton) (V)
1
AN/PVS-4
2
AN/TVS-5
3
Aquila 3000
4
Aquila 3500
3627
11
3.7x
-20
-2
1.5
G2,H
11
6.2x
-20
-2
3
G2,H
6995
12
4x
–
–
1.1
G3
7495
12
6x
-15
-2
1.8
G3
Ziess (Z)
1
Diatal
650
12
6x
-20
-2
0.38
H
2
Diatal
700
12
8x
-25
-2
0.52
H
3
Diavari
1800
12
1.5-6x
-/-20
-/-2
0.56
-/H
4
Diavari
1250
12
2.5-10x
-7/-23
-1/-2
0.75
-/H,I
5
Diavari
1100
12
3-9x
-1/-26
-/-3
0.43
-/H
6
Diavari
1300
12
3-12x
-14/-30
-1/-3
0.8
-/H,I
Magnification—As per standard Millennium’s End rules, the actual range to the target is divided by the magnification power of the
optical sight to determine what “to hit” overlay is used.
Perception—The narrow field of view, and in the case of starlight scopes the generation, make it difficult to locate objects while looking
through the sight.
NOTE: Some range induced Perception penalties may be reduced or eliminated by the use of high powered scopes.
Initiative—Getting on target with a scoped weapon is usually more difficult then with a normally sighted weapon so there are often
associated Initiative penalties. Red dot sights are often just the opposite, being faster then normal sights and thus getting a Initiative bonus.
NOTE: Variable Power scopes are listed with all statistics for the lowest and highest power settings only. For intermediate settings, players
and GMs will have to extrapolate.
F = Fragile—Some optical sights cannot stand up to the punishment of combat. Any time these sights or the weapons they are mounted
on get knocked around there is a 30% chance (the GM should determine secretly) that the reticle is knocked out
of alignment resulting in a -20 “to hit” penalty until repaired.
68
Millennium’s End
G = Generation of Imagine Intensification—Light amplifying night vision amplify ambient light to allow seeing and shooting
in bad light situations. In the dark they reduce the Darkness “to hit” modifier based on the generation of the light amplifying unit. 1st
Generation scopes reduce the Darkness modifier to -30, 2nd generation to -20, 2nd Plus Generation to -10 and 3rd Generation complete
negates the Darkness penalty. 1st and 2nd Generation scopes cannot be used in normal or Bad Light situations. 2nd Plus and 3rd Generation
scopes can be fitted with a filter to allow then to be used in normal or Bad Light Situations, but they suffer the full Bad Light penalty (-20)
in both cases.
H = High Power Penalty—Because of the high magnification and narrow field of view of some optical sights, they suffer the HipFiring penalty (-30) to any shot after the first in the same turn.
I = Illuminated Reticle—Some scopes and all red dots have battery powered reticles which improve the chance to hit in low light.
Reduce the Bad Light modifier by 10 (to -10). On the downside the illuminated reticle can be seen from the target side of the sight (possibly
deserving perception modifiers for the opposition).
NOTE: The Trijicon Reflex illuminates the reticle with fiber optics and not batteries so does not have any of the side effects.
R = Red dot size (in MOA)—Due to the large size of the aiming point at range there is a -2 “to hit” penalty per 5 meters beyond 25
meters. Reduce penalty by 1/3 for red dots with dot under 5 MOA.
T = Thermal—No Bad Light or Darkness “to hit” penalties. GM’s call on effects on concealed targets.
Chapter Two: Equipment
69
WEAPON ACCESSORIES
These items won’t make or break an operative, but they can be the difference between
getting the first or the last shot off. All operatives should have a small arms cleaning kit,
and it should be used every day in the field. There is no acceptable excuse for a dirty
weapon causing a jam.
Bandoliers: A bandolier is a convenient way to carry loose rounds for firearms (especially large
calibre rounds, which frequently do not come in a magazine). Bandoliers are typically made of canvas
or woven nylon, with a buckle fastening. There is also a zip or press-stud cover to protect against rain.
Three types are available:
Rifle Rests in action
The rifle rest provides the
shooter with a stable platform from which to shoot.
When firing multiple shots
from a weapon mounted on
a rifle rest, the rapid-fire
penalty is halved
However, GMs may
wish to limit the field of fire
for such shots, due to the
limited manoeuvrability of
the weapon whilst on the
mounting.
Speed Loaders in
action
Revolver speed loaders
enable a revolver to be reloaded in the same time as
an auto-loading pistol (2
x 2 second turns). Shotgun
speed loaders enable shotguns to be reloaded at the
rate of four cartridges per 2
second round.
The Small Arms
Cleaning Kit in action
In the field, all weapons
should be routinely cleaned
daily, whether they have
been used or not. This
minimises the chance of
any malfunction. Operatives
who do not carry out such
preventative maintenance do
so at their peril, particularly
in environments such as hot
or humid climates.
70
Grenade Bandolier: Appropriate for carrying 40mm grenade launcher rounds or hand
grenades (holds 10 rounds).
Shotgun Bandolier: This is for carrying shotgun cartridges (holds 20 rounds).
Rifle Bandolier: This is for carrying either rifle / machinegun cartridges (holds 40 rounds).
Tactical Retention Lanyard: The Tactical Retention Lanyard is a coil-cord lanyard that attaches
to the holster and the users weapon. It is designed to prevent the loss of the sidearm during heavy activity
or marine operations. It is usable with any sidearm having a lanyard loop. The lanyard is specially
engineered to have a breaking strength of 45 kilograms to prevent serious user injury if it gets caught or
trapped.
Rifle Rest: This is a mounting that enables a rifle to be attached to any standard camera tripod or
monopod, to hold the weapon for an indefinite period of time. Used by marksmen, such as police
sharpshooters, it is adjustable for any type of rifle and has arm supports for the shooter. This enables a
shooter to maintain a ‘ready’ position for lengthy periods of time, without tiring the arms.
Speed Loaders: Speed loaders are devices that speed the reloading of weapons firing rounds that
would normally be needed to be loaded individually into the weapon (such as revolvers and shotguns).
They are specific to the weapon for which they are intended, due to variations in cylinder size, and the
arrangement and calibre of ammunition.
Moon Clips: Faster than a traditional speed loader and less bulky, moon clips consist of a
metal plate that holds the cartridge cases in place and is inserted into the chamber. All the empty
rounds stay together as the clip is ejected still holding the cartridge cases. The clips come with
a case extractor for removing the empty brass.
Revolver Speed Loader: This is a small, cylindrical plastic clip that holds the rounds in
place, ready to be dropped into the cylinder. The user simply empties the cartridge cases from
the cylinder and inserts the cartridges using the speed load, depressing the clip to release the
rounds into the cylinder.
Shotgun Speed Loader: This is a tube holding four shotgun cartridges, available for all
common pump-action and semi-automatic shotguns. The tube is inserted into the magazine well
and the cartridges are levered into place.
Speed Loader Belt Pouch: This is a leather or nylon belt pouch for holding revolver
speed loaders. It holds two loaded cylinders and can be attached to either a belt or LBE utility
belt.
Magazine Pullers: This is a rubber clip that attaches to the base of a magazine. There is a
loop built into the clip that makes removing the magazine from the holder that bit faster.
Small Arms Cleaning Kit: A small arms cleaning kit is a field kit for cleaning and maintaining
pistols, submachineguns, rifles, machineguns and shotguns. It contains various lubricating, preserving
and cleaning agents, as well as items such as a bore cleaner for a simple pull-through clean of the barrel
and chamber. It is packed in a waterproof plastic box (80x50x20mm) for easy carrying.
Millennium’s End
Weapon Accessories
Cost ($US)
Cost (€EU)
(Cost $AU)
Cost (L&P)
Weight (kg)
Bandolier, Grenade
$20
€18
$25
$13
0.10 kg
Bandolier, Rifle
$20
€18
$25
$13
0.10 kg
Bandolier, Shotgun
$20
€18
$25
$13
0.10 kg
Tactical Retention Lanyard
$23
€21
$29
$15
0.15 kg
$240
€220
$307
$161
0.50 kg
$30
€27
$38
$20
0.05 kg
Rifle Rest
Speed Load Belt Pouch
Speed Loader, Revolver
$8
€7
$10
$5
0.01 kg
Speed Loader, Shotgun
$40
€37
$51
$27
0.05 kg
Magazine Puller
Small Arms Cleaning Kit
$3
€3
$4
$2
0.01 kg
$30
€27
$38
$20
0.05 kg
Chapter Two: Equipment
Availability
71
MINES
With the possible exception of the Claymore, mines are not a weapon used in a typical
Black Eagle operation. Land mines are also (in theory) banned by a world wide treaty.
However ten’s of millions of mines were laid before the treaty came into force, and
it’s not just the ‘bad guys’ who don’t follow the rules. This means that operatives will
encounter (and occasionally find a use for) mines. Mine fall into four basic types, listed
below.
Mines in action
Spotting a buried mine
(without a detector) is a task
requiring a Perception roll
(modified appropriately by
the lighting conditions at
the time).
A character tripping
an anti-personnel mine at
walking pace or slower
will realise this from the
pressure. To attempt to leap
clear requires an Agility roll
at –40. Failure means that
they take normal damage.
To remove a buried
mine requires a successful
Demolitions/EOD roll.
Anti-Personnel Mine: Anti-personnel mines are extremely common throughout all conflict areas
of the world, due to their relative cheapness, simplicity to deploy and devastating effects. In a military
purpose they are used primarily to defeat and demoralise enemy personnel, but also to protect antitank minefields from personnel intrusion (i.e. to ensure that the anti-tank mines get the vehicles). Antipersonnel mines are buried in the ground, with the triggering prongs protruding. Typically they work
with a pressure fuse, triggered by between three to ten kilograms of pressure on ones of the three prongs.
They work upon the same principle as a fragmentation grenade, with a high-explosive filler (usually
Composition B) detonating and causing the case to fragment. They also have anti-handling devices,
which make them difficult to remove once placed. Other types of AP mine, include ‘toe poppers’,
designed to cripple the target and the ‘bouncing betty’, which uses a spring to launch the explosive into
the air, covering a much greater area.
Characters who lay anti-personnel mines should be aware of the consequences, including
possible innocent or civilian casualties, and breaches of the Rules of War (which can quickly result in a
loss of ‘protected’ status should they become prisioner).
Anti-Tank Mine: Similar to anti-personnel mines, but larger, anti-tank mines are designed to defeat
or disable enemy armoured vehicles, through either a belly-kill or track breaking. They are large (25cm
diameter), typically in the shape of a flat cylinder and work upon the same pressure fuse principle as the
anti-personnel mine. Like anti-personnel mines, they also have anti-handling devices. The difference is
that they use a shaped charge to penetrate the vehicle’s armour.
Directional Mine: A directional mine is an anti-personnel device that uses a shaped charge to
disperse over 500 steel balls in a 60-degree fan-shaped arc. It is typified by the M18A1 Claymore Mine
(US) or the MOC-50 Mine (Russian). It is a rectangular cast iron box with twin metal spikes on the base
that allows it to be inserted into the ground for stability. The mine comes with a disposable plunger-type
electric detonator, attached to the mine by a five-metre length of cable. The person detonating the mine
obviously remains behind or to the side of the mine. The primary intended use of a directional mine is in
ambush, rather than booby trap situations. They may also be used with a blasting cap and detonator, as
with a normal explosion.
Limpet Mine: Limpet mines are hand-deployed explosives, used on land but more commonly in
marine sabotage operations. They are less random than magnetic or sonic mines, but do require the
saboteur to place them. There are many kinds of different sizes available; details are given here for what
is considered a typical mine, the MkI Limpet Mine, used by the US Navy SEALs. The mine is a large
disc, with a shaped plastic explosive charge (to increase penetration). On the underside are six permanent
magnets. The safe and arm device, the firing device or the anti-removal device initiates the mine. The
number required depends upon the size of the ship, however as a rule of thumb, one will sink a small
yacht, two a boat up to 1000 tons, three will sink or severly damage any ship up to 10,000 tons.
72
Millennium’s End
Mines
Item
Anti-Personnel Mine
Cost ($US)
Cost (€EU) Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
Weight (kg)
Availability
$150
€138
$192
NA
3.63 kg
X
$80
€74
$102
NA
0.10 kg
X
Bouncing Betty
$250
€230
$320
NA
2.80 kg
X
Anti-Tank Mine
$750
€690
$960
$500
12.60 kg
X
Directional Mine
$600
€552
$768
$400
2.00 kg
L
Limpet Mine
$250
€230
$320
$168
4.77 kg
L
Toe Popper
Land Mine Damage
Mine
Concussive
Damage
Rating
Fragment
DD
Fragment
Eff. Range
Fuze/
Trigger
Frag to hit
modifier
‘Claymore’ Anti-Personnel Mine1
40
15
50/10
Manual
+20
‘Bouncing Betty’ Anti-Personnel Mine
26
9
25
Tripwire
-20
‘Toe Popper’ Anti-Personnel Mine
2
8
0
Pressure
-25
1The maximum effective range affects only the 60-degree arc to the front of the mine; the maximum effective range to the sides and rear is 10m.
Chapter Two: Equipment
73
DEMOLITIONS, EXPLOSIVES AND PYROTECHNICS
The equipment presented here is relatively detailed. Many games simply list a generic
item of equipment such as a ‘Combat Engineer’s Demolitions Kit’, containing everything
in one bag. However, you don’t want to be carrying stuff you don’t need, and that’s why
each item is listed so that you can pick and choose as required. For those who don’t
want to bother with the specifics, some pre-assembled, general kits are included (such
as breaching charges).
Most of the devices listed here are based upon ‘typical examples’ of what is
available to operatives. Each nation has its own variations on the equipment listed here,
both military and civilian. However, the prices will be approximately the same, even
though, for example, a US M4A1 Pull / Release Igniter is not the piece of kit used in
Russia (generally). For simplicity, assume they are the same.
Preparing pyrotechnics also requires certain tools, especially pliers and a knife,
to shape and prepare the charges and link the elements in the chain. Should these
not be available, the difficulty of the task increases. The broad principle of creating
an explosion goes through four phases. These phases are equally applicable to selfcontained pyrotechnics such as grenades and mines, as to custom-created explosions.
This is particularly the case when a grenade or mine is used as a booby trap. To generate
an explosion requires each of the appropriate elements to be in place:
The chain starts with the detonator or another device such as a pull-wire,
attached to the igniter.
The igniter lights the fuse or transfers an electric current through either
detonator cord or electrical wire.
The fuse or wire is connected to the explosive by a blasting cap.
The blasting cap generates a triggering explosion in the explosive.
Blasting Cap: Blasting caps transfer the ignition from the fuse to the explosive, creating the explosion.
At least one is required to set off an explosion, although where explosives are placed in close proximity
to one another, explosions will trigger them. The surest way to make sure that the explosives all go off is
to link them. Blasting caps come in two varieties, electric and non-electric, depending upon the method
of ignition used for the explosion.
Booby Trap Kit: This kit contains all the items (excluding explosives and blasting caps) for creating
a simple booby trap. It consists of a spring-loaded electric pull-type detonator, attached to a hair-trigger
pin. The pin is attached to a trip wire or cord (both included); when the wire is pulled the detonator is
activated.
Breaching Charge: This is a pre-made pyrotechnic rig designed for breaching standard doors or
windows, used by those with only a rudimentary knowledge of demolitions. It consists of a metre-anda-half loop of detonator cord linking segments of plastic explosive (totalling 0.3 kg of explosive). The
plastic explosives have adhesive surfaces and are taped to a wall, door or window. When triggered by
an electric detonator and blasting cap (not included) they create an explosion which is directed inwards,
blowing a hole or the door / window inwards. Breaching charges can be manufactured or modified by
anyone with the right equipment and knowledge of explosives, in order to create explosions to breach
armoured doors and windows.
Detonator Cord: Also called primer cord, detonator cord appears to be a thin nylon rope, but actually
contains a plastic explosive core. It is used to link chains of explosives, so that a single detonator will set
off all charges simultaneously. Like plastic explosive, it requires another explosion to trigger it (e.g. a
blasting cap). Due to it’s flexible shape it can be used to wrap around objects such as small pipe or trees.
However, due to the thin layer of explosive it requires additional plastic explosive to supplement it’s
power where the cutting of larger objects is required.
74
Millennium’s End
Detonators: The detonator starts the ignition process and is one of the most important parts of the
explosive kit. Unless the detonator is caught within the explosive area, they are re-usable. A detonator may
be linked to the explosive by wire, or may be situated with the explosive and linked direct to a blasting
cap.
Electric Detonator: The oldest of the variations, consisting of a small hand crank and plunger.
It is attached to electrical wire that transfers the electric current generated to the explosives. The
user cranks the handle a few times and then pushes the plunger to start ignition.
Instant Detonator: A combination between a detonator, a fuse and a blasting cap, and is
typified by the M2A1 detonator. The detonator is embedded into the explosive and a T-ring is
pulled. This ignites an eight second fuse that triggers the explosive.
Radio Detonator: Remote-controlled, battery-powered devices that generate an electric
current upon receipt of a radio signal. Some are supplied with their own transceiver; others may
be used with a programmable hand transceiver.
Timed Detonators: Adjustable, digital devices (such as the M1 Timer / Detonator), which
can have a time delay set from 10 seconds to 48 hours. Upon the clock elapsing, an electric
current is generated.
Electrical Wire: This is a 100-metre spool of standard electrical wire used to carry ignition from the
detonator to an electric blasting cap. Ignition is almost instantaneous. It can be used with any kind of
detonator.
Explosives: The broad principle of creating an explosion goes through four phases. These phases
are equally applicable to self-contained pyrotechnics such as grenades and mines, as to custom-created
explosions. This is particularly the case when a grenade or mine is used as a booby trap. The chain starts
with the detonator or another device such as a pull-wire, attached to the igniter. The igniter lights the
fuse or transfers an electric current through either detonator cord or electrical wire. The fuse or wire is
connected to the explosive by a blasting cap, which generates a triggering explosion in the explosive. To
generate an explosion requires each of the appropriate elements to be in place. Preparing pyrotechnics also
requires certain tools, especially pliers and a knife, to shape and prepare the charges and link the elements
in the chain. Should these not be available, the difficulty of the task increases.
Dynamite / Gelignite: Dynamite is the common name for Trinitrotoluene (TNT), which
is a yellow crystalline compound made by combining a porous substance (such as sawdust or
wood pulp) with nitro-glycerine and an antacid such as calcium carbonate. Gelignite is similar
to dynamite, being made with gelled nitro-glycerine, potassium nitrate and wood pulp / gun
cotton, and is more commonly used underwater. Dynamite and similar nitrous explosives are
not very stable. They are sensitive to heat, extremely flammable and in liquid forms are highly
volatile (even shaking them can cause an explosion). However, they still remain in commercial
use over a hundred years after their discovery, despite the use of plastic explosives. The explosive
is typically detonated with a burning fuse, but can also be detonated by electric current. Dynamite
comes in half-kilo sticks, which are yellow / brown in colour. It is not easy to smuggle (since it
is hard and easily recognisable), but is generally commercially available. Similar explosives can
also be manufactured (given the right materials and a suitable knowledge of chemistry!).
Plastic Explosive: There are different kinds of plastic explosive in use around the world,
each with a different trade name. The most common names in use are C4 (US), Semtex (a generic
name for Eastern European explosives, particularly of Czech origin) and plastique. However,
the basic characteristics of the explosive are pretty similar. There are also various explosives
available commercially of similar power, under an assortment of trade names. In the USA and other
countries, such explosives can be purchased legally upon production of suitable identification.
However, in some cases it may prove possible to trace the sale of such explosives. The explosive
has the consistency of putty, and can be cut, shaped or moulded by hand as required. It is very
stable and can only be set off by another explosion in close proximity (it is said that it is so safe
that you can actually eat it!). Plastic explosive usually comes in half-kilo blocks, which are grey
in colour (but can in fact be any colour). Plastic explosive can also be moulded into shapes to
disguise it (one story tells of a terrorist carrying it through customs disguised as the soles of his
Chapter Two: Equipment
75
shoes). It can be detected by scent, and has a slight smell of almonds. To give an idea of the
explosive’s power, half a kilo is enough to blast a 30cm square hole in 10 mm thick steel plate.
Fuses: These are conventional fuses are ignited by either an igniter or a flame and are used to carry the
ignition to the explosive, transferring with a normal (non-electric blasting cap). The fuse is covered with
plastic and will burn underwater. Once ignited, detonation of the explosive can only be prevented by
severing the fuse. The basic difference is the speed at which they burn: time fuse burns at 1cm per second
(a 15 metre coil burns in 25 minutes), whilst instant fuse burns at 59 metres per second. Time fuse (such
as M700 Time Fuse) comes in 15 metre coils. Instant fuse comes in 100 metre coils.
Igniters: These igniters are used to ignite a fuse or can be placed directly into the explosive. The
difference between them is that a pull igniter is a single direction igniter (it ignites when pulled), whilst
pull / release igniters are bi-directional (they ignite when pulled or tension is released). Both igniters
work underwater, and are usually triggered by removing the safety pin and pulling the ring. A pull igniter
(such as the M60 Fuse Igniter) is typically used in simple booby traps. A pull / release igniter (such as
the M4A1) can be used in more sophisticated booby traps, such as trip wires, detonating when pulled or
cut.
Simulators: A simulator is a device used in training to acclimatise troops by simulating the sound of
combat. It can also be used to distract, create confusion or to lead the opposition into believing that they
are under fire from another location / superior numbers. A simulator requires assembly with triggering
devices such as a trip wire or a pull / release detonator. A radio detonator may also be used to trigger a
simulator (see above). The various types of simulator are as follows:
Booby Trap Simulator: Allows training in the installation and use of booby traps. The
simulator itself is a cylinder about 10cm in length and 2cm in diameter.
Ground Burst Simulator: Used to create battle noises and flashes during training. It
produces a flash and loud report, and also a high-pitched whistle for 2-4 seconds. It is about
20cm in length and 5cm in diameter.
Grenade Simulator: Similar to the ground burst simulator, but smaller and does not
produce a whistling noise.
Explosive Simulator: Used in training to resemble and kind of explosion, but most
typically booby traps and land mines.
Surface Trip Flare: This device resembles a hand grenade or anti-personnel mine. It is
used to warn of infiltration into an area and is triggered by a spring / pressure fuse in the same
way that a mine is. However, there is no damage inflicted; it propels an illuminating flare into
the air, burning at 50,000 candlepower. Typically they are deployed like anti-personnel mines.
However, they may also be used as signals or booby traps.
Thunder Flash: Thunder flashes are individual sound and flash devices that can be used to
distract or disorientate. They generate a smaller explosion than a stun grenade (a Nico Sound
and Flash Grenade actually contains eight thunder flashes), but nevertheless still produce a
powerful explosion.
Trip Wire: Trip wire is fine plastic or sometimes metal wire for creating booby traps. It comes in 100
metre spools.
76
Millennium’s End
Demolitions, Explosives and Pyrotechnics
Item
Cost ($US)
Blasting Cap, Electric
Cost (€EU)
$12
Blasting Cap, Non-Electric
€11
Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
$15
$8
Weight (kg)
Availability
0.10 kg
L
$12
€11
$15
$8
0.10 kg
L
Booby Trap Kit
$150
€138
$192
$101
0.80 kg
L
Breaching Charge
$960
€883
$1229
$643
0.45 kg
L
Detonator Cord
$960
€883
$1229
$643
5.00 kg
L
Detonator, Electric
$120
€108
$154
$80
0.50 kg
L
Detonator, Instant
$90
€81
$115
$60
0.05 kg
L
Detonator, Radio
$135
€124
$173
$90
0.30 kg
L
Detonator, Timed
$135
€124
$173
$90
0.25 kg
L
Dynamite
$30
€27
$38
$20
0.50 kg
L
Fuse, Instant
$125
€115
$164
$84
3.00 kg
L
Fuse, Time
$125
€115
$164
$84
3.00 kg
L
Gelignite
$30
€27
$38
$20
0.50 kg
L
Igniter, Pull
$30
€27
$38
$20
0.07 kg
L
Igniter, Pull / Release
$45
€40
$58
$30
0.08 kg
L
Plastic Explosive
$600
€552
$768
$402
0.50 kg
X
Plastic Explosive, Commercial
$600
€552
$768
$402
0.50 kg
L
Simulator, Booby Trap
$80
€72
$102
$54
0.10 kg
L
Simulator, Explosive
$80
€72
$102
$54
0.10 kg
L
Simulator, Grenade
$80
€72
$102
$54
0.10 kg
L
$110
€101
$141
$74
0.20 kg
L
Thunder Flash
$50
€45
$64
$34
0.01 kg
L
Wire, Electrical
$75
€69
$96
$50
5.00 kg
Wire, Trip
$10
€9
$13
$7
0.40 kg
Simulator, Ground Burst
Explosives Concussion Ratings
Explosive
Concussive
Damage
Mass
(kg)
Ammonium Nitrate
5
0.25
Black Powder
6
0.25
Blasting Cap
5
0.10
C-4 Plastic Explosive
15
0.25
Dynamite, 1 stick
10
0.22
Nitroglycerin
17
0.25
PETN
18
0.25
RDX
18
0.25
TNT
11
0.25
Chapter Two: Equipment
77
BODY ARMOR
Body armor can—literally—be a life safer for a BlackEagle operative. Body armor
comes in two basic types. Discrete armor that is designed to be worn under regular
clothing, and Tactical armor that is designed to be worn above clothing. Most body armor is made out of Kevlar, and then this basic protection is upgraded with steel plates,
ceramic inserts and other such stiffeners. All of these make body armor bulky, heavy
and uncomfortable to wear. This is partially reflected in the speed penalties listed, but
should also be covered by good role playing.
Ballistic armour is rated generally against the National Institute of Justice (NIJ)
Threat Standard. This rates the protective quality, classifying it as (in order, progressively more protection) I, IIA, II, IIIA, III or IV. The NIJ standard is recognised worldwide as the toughest standard by police and government agencies. As a general rule,
the higher the armor class, the better protection it provides, but the heavier and less
comfortable it is.
Ballistic Vests: There are various kinds of ballistic vest pattern and configuration. However, the
basic style is for panels of soft armour plate (SAP) ballistic nylon / Kevlar, with a removable cover. Most
basic vests are available to protect to NIJ IIA, II and IIIA; NIJ I is considered largely an inadequate level
of protection, and few manufacturers make vests to this standard. The protective rating of IIIA vests can
be improved by adding hard armour plate (HAP). HAP is a ceramic plate inserted in a pocket on either
the front or rear (or both) of the vest, increasing the protective rating to III or IV. Alternatively, anti-stab
panels can be inserted, providing protection against puncture wounds. Vest covers are typically available
in Woodland DPM, Desert DPM, black, white, blue and biscuit. Marine vests are also available in high
visibility orange. All are made of flame-retardant fabric and are available in a female cut.
Covert Undervest: This vest can be worn under a t-shirt without being immediately obvious
as anything other than a vest.
Covert Overvest: Although covert, this vets is worn externally as an outer garment. It is
typically disguised as a quilted body-warmer, a lightweight rain jacket or even an executive
waistcoat.
Police Overvest: This is an overtly worn vest, as used typically by police units. There is
also a panel at the front, which can be pulled down to protect the groin.
Assault Overvest: This is an overt vest, typically worn by police SWAT units. It is essentially
the same as a Police Overvest, except that it has additional collar and shoulder protection. It can
be combined with a tactical vest system, enabling additional carrying pouches to be attached
(see Carrying Equipment).
Military Overvest: An overt vest for soldiers on active duty, it provides chest and shoulder
protection (but not collar protection).
Marine Overvest: The Marine Overvest combines a ballistic vest with a life jacket, and is
intended for naval and coastguard units. The vest is designed to drain of water rapidly and has
buoyancy panels built into the jacket, an attached whistle and a pocket for a strobe light.
Combat Swimmer Vest: This is a military vest designed for immersion in water for
extensive periods. The Kevlar cells are sealed to ensure that they are completely waterproof.
Search Suit: This is a full-body ballistic suit, as used by demolitions experts or those
involved in mine clearance. Whilst not overly heavy, it is bulky and prohibits rapid movement.
It covers the arms, shoulders, chest, ribs, abdomen and legs. It is used with a full-face helmet
(see Helmets).
Vest Inserts: These are items for inserting inside vests or wearing over the vest to increase its armour
capabilities. In all cases for ballistic inserts the maximum protection provided by the insert alone is NIJ
IIIA. When combined with a IIIA vest the insert can provide level III or IV protection.
Anti Stab Panels: These inserts provide additional protection against penetration from
bladed weapons. Police patrol officers in situations commonly use them where they are less
likely to encounter firearms.
Groin Protector: A shaped Kevlar section to cover the abdomen and groin area, designed
to be worn under clothing.
78
Millennium’s End
Hard Armour Plate: This is a 250x300mm armour plate, inserted into the chest and / or
back pocket of a ballistic vest. NIJ IV plates can withstand multiple strikes from rifle ammunition
(tested against 7.62mm and 5.56mm calibres). A special Shotgun Plate is also available.
Quick-Fit Plate Harness: This is a ceramic chest / back plate, designed to be fitted to
provide additional protection to a vest without insert pockets. It provides level IIIA protection on
its own, but when combined with a level IIIA vest will provide level III or IV protection.
Trauma Packs: Even a ballistic strike on a vest that is successfully prevented from penetrating
causes blunt trauma damage. Trauma packs are soft, padded inserts that can be inserted behind
any soft armour system to reduce the blunt trauma. These generally reduce the impact by a factor
of around two thirds.
Upper Arm Protectors: Detachable upper arm protection, to be worn in combination with
a ballistic vest. The protectors cover the biceps, triceps and deltoids with NIJ IIIA protection by
attaching to the vest shoulder and elastic and velcro around the bicep. The addition of 125 x 200
mm rifle plates take protection levels to NIJ IV.
Ballistic Helmets. There are a number of designs of ballistic helmet available. All helmets provide
protection to NIJ level IIIA. They are available in different styles for different purposes. A waterproof
cover can be attached to any of the helmet systems shown here, and is available in a number of DPM and
plain patterns. All helmets have an impact liner to cushion against trauma, and have a four-point harness
with chinstrap.
Assault Helmet: This is a standard Kevlar helmet but with a wider cut to enable ear defenders
and a gas mask to be worn underneath.
Combat Helmet: This is a standard military combat helmet.
Ballistic HALO Helmet: This is similar to the standard military combat helmet, but
provides insulation for high altitude parachute jumps, and can accommodate two communications
systems.
Mine Clearance Helmet: The mine clearance helmet is worn with a Search Suit (see
earlier), and has a clear, full-face visor.
Rifle Protection: These are additional plates that can be added onto the front and rear of a
standard ballistic helmet to provide protection to NIJ III.
Riot Face Shield: This is a clear plastic visor that can be attached to any of the ballistic
helmets to provide full-face protection from flying fragments. The shield provides fragmentation
protection to a level equivalent to NIJ II. It comes with an elasticated fabric cover, which can be
used to prevent glare off the visor when it is in the flipped up position.
Other Ballistic Protection. Ballistic shields are items designed to provide ballistic protection, but
which are not worn.
Ballistic Blanket: Used for protecting areas from blast, the ballistic blanket is 1.3 x 1.8 metres in size
and provides protection up to NIJ IIIA standard.
Ballistic Clipboard: Originally designed for police at vehicle checkpoints in Northern Ireland, the
ballistic clipboard is a normal clipboard, 390x310mm, made of hard ballistic nylon.
Ballistic Shields: Used by police typically in riot situations, ballistic shields come in three sizes,
small (0.56x0.51m, 2.6kg), medium
(1.22x0.51m,
9.5kg)
and
large
Body Armor Coverage
(1.83x0.58m, 14kg). The medium and
large shields have an armoured visibility
panel. The large shield can additionally be
Vest
Available
Up-gradable
Protection Levels
folded to 1.15m.
Areas Protected
Covert Under-vest
IIA, II, IIIA
No
Shoulders and chest / ribs
Covert Over-vest
IIA, II, IIIA
No
Shoulders and chest / ribs
Police Over-vest
IIA, II, IIIA
Yes
Chest / ribs
Assault Over-vest
IIA, II, IIIA
Yes
Collar / neck, shoulders,
chest / ribs and groin
Military Over-vest
IIA, II, IIIA
Yes
Shoulders and chest / ribs
Marine Over-vest
IIA, II, IIIA
No
Chest / ribs
Combat Swimmer Vest
IIA, II, IIIA
Yes
Shoulders and chest / ribs
Chapter Two: Equipment
79
Body Armor Ratings
Item
Speed
Zones
Modifier Covered
AV
CN
Armor
Type
Cost
($US)
Cost
(L&P)
Weight
(kg)
Vests and Jackets
Ballistic Raincoat, I
5
3-16,19
7
6
Flexible
$950
$637
4.20 kg
Ballistic Raincoat, IIA
6
3-16, 19
7
7
Flexible
$1210
$810
4.60 kg
Ballistic Suitvest, IIA
2
3-8
7
7
Flexible
$600
$400
1.60 kg
Ballistic Assault Overvest, II
6
3-8
7
7
Flexible
$720
$482
2.90 kg
Ballistic Assault Overvest, IIA
8
3-8
8
7
Flexible
$790
$530
2.30 kg
Ballistic Assault Overvest, IIIA
9
3-8
8
8
Flexible
$870
$583
3.80 kg
Ballistic Combat Swimmer Vest, II
6
3-11
7
7
Flexible
$940
$640
2.35 kg
Ballistic Combat Swimmer Vest, IIA
8
3-11
8
7
Flexible
$1030
$690
2.00 kg
Ballistic Combat Swimmer Vest, IIIA
9
3-11
8
8
Flexible
$1130
$757
3.15 kg
Ballistic Covert Overvest, II
4
3-11
7
7
Flexible
$550
$369
1.80 kg
Ballistic Covert Overvest, IIA
5
3-11
8
7
Flexible
$600
$400
1.60 kg
Ballistic Covert Overvest, IIIA
6
3-11
8
8
Flexible
$650
$416
2.10 kg
Ballistic Covert Undervest, II
2
3-8
7
7
Flexible
$520
$348
1.60 kg
Ballistic Covert Undervest, IIA
3
3-8
8
7
Flexible
$620
$407
1.40 kg
Ballistic Covert Undervest, IIIA
4
3-8
8
8
Flexible
$710
$476
1.90 kg
Ballistic Marine Overvest, II
6
3-11
7
7
Flexible
$1150
$770
2.35 kg
Ballistic Marine Overvest, IIA
8
3-11
8
7
Flexible
$1230
$824
2.00 kg
Ballistic Marine Overvest, IIIA
9
3-11
8
8
Flexible
$1360
$911
3.12 kg
Ballistic Military Overvest, II
6
3-11
7
7
Flexible
$890
$596
1.80 kg
Ballistic Military Overvest, IIA
8
3-11
8
7
Flexible
$985
$660
1.60 kg
Ballistic Military Overvest, IIIA
9
3-11
8
8
Flexible
$1085
$727
3.15 kg
Ballistic Police Overvest, II
6
3-11
7
7
Flexible
$220
$148
1.80 kg
Ballistic Police Overvest, IIA
8
3-11
8
7
Flexible
$300
$200
1.60 kg
Ballistic Police Overvest, IIIA
9
3-11
8
8
Flexible
$375
$250
2.10 kg
Ballistic Search Suit
10
3-21
8
8
Flexible
$6000
$4000
10.95 kg
Rigid
$175
$117
0.11 kg
Vest Upgrades
Anti-Stab Panels (when used with
Police / Assault / Military Overvest or
Combat Swimmer Vest, only against
attack with a bladed weapon)
+1 *
4-5,7-8
Hard Armour Plate, III (when used with
Police / Assault / Military Overvest or
Combat Swimmer Vest)
+1 *
4-5, 7-8
14
7
Rigid
$250
$168
3.65 kg
Hard Armour Plate, IV (when used
with Police / Assault / Military
Overvest or Combat Swimmer Vest)
+1 *
4-5, 7-8
15
6
Rigid
$430
$288
6.15 kg
Shotgun Plate
+1 *
4-5, 7-8
14
7
Rigid
$270
$180
2.20 kg
Trauma Pack
+0 *
3-8
+0 *
+2 *
$30
$20
0.25 kg
* In addition to that of the armor it is combined with.
80
Millennium’s End
Shields
Ballistic Blanket
-
8
8
Flexible
$1755
$1175
16.35 kg
Ballistic Clipboard
-
11
4
tvpRigid
$150
$100
1.35 kg
Ballistic Shield, Large
-
12
4
Rigid
$1855
$1242
14.00 kg
Ballistic Shield, Medium
-
12
4
Rigid
$1540
$1032
9.50 kg
Ballistic Shield, Small
-
12
4
Rigid
$1400
$938
2.60 kg
Quick Fit Plate Harness, III (when
combined with any vest, Class IIA or
higher)
-
4-5, 7-8
14
7
Rigid
$380
$255
1.80 kg
Quick Fit Plate Harness, IV (when
combined with any vest, Class IIA or
higher)
-
4-5, 7-8
15
6
Rigid
$430
$288
2.95 kg
Ballistic Helmet, Assault
-
1
11
4
Rigid
$300
$200
1.50 kg
Ballistic Helmet, Combat
-
1
11
4
Rigid
$300
$200
1.09 kg
Ballistic Helmet, HALO
-
1
11
4
Rigid
$600
$400
1.45 kg
Ballistic Helmet, Mine Clearance
-
1-2
11
4
Rigid
$180
$120
1.09 kg
Rifle Protection (when combined with
any Ballistic Helmet)
-
1
14
7
Rigid
$225
$151
0.05 kg
Riot Face Shield (when combined
with any Ballistic Helmet)
-
2
10
3
Rigid
$80
$54
0.07 kg
Motorcycle Helmet
-
1
6
2
Rigid
$150
NA
1.40 kg
Heavy Denim Jacket
-
3-8, 12-15
1
1
flexible
$100
NA
1.00 kg
Heavy Leather Jacket
-
3-8, 12-15
2
2
flexible
$250
NA
2.50 kg
Attachable Upgrades
Helmets
Other Armor
Incidental Armor Table
Total
Value
AV
Total
Value
AV
Cinderblock
14
11/3
Steel 20 ga.
6
4/2
Concrete 5cm
16
12/4
Steel 10ga.
8
6/2
Concrete 10cm
30
22/8
Steel 0.5cm
16
12/4
Pine 2.5cm
4
3/1
Steel 1cm
28
21/7
Pine 5cm
7
5/2
Steel 2cm
46
32/12
Pine 10cm
12
9/3
Glass, windows
1
1/0
Pine 20cm
20
15/5
Glass, laminate (auto)
8
6/2
Oak 2.5cm
6
4/2
Glass, windscreen (auto)
12
8/4
Oak 5cm
10
7/3
Glass, bulletproof
14
10/4
Oak 10cm
18
13/5
Oak 20cm
32
24/6
Armor Material
Armor Material
Chapter Two: Equipment
81
TACTICAL HARNESSES AND HOLSTERS
Harnesses, holsters and vests are designed to conveniently carry a characters equipment.
Load bearing equipment (LBE) is in common use with military forces around the
world, although in recent years tactical vests have started to take over. A number of
different styles of holsters are available for many different tactical situations. A discrete
concealed holster is of more use in an urban situation, while in a tactical situation, a
holster that allows for fast access to your weapon is of more importance.
Holsters: There are almost as many kinds of holster as there are firearms, with a host of manufacturers
supplying the military and civilian markets. Some are more suited to carrying weapons covertly, some for
smaller back-up weapons, and others for simply carrying the weapon where overtly showing the gun is
not a problem. Holsters come in different sizes for each weapon. Materials also vary with differing kinds
of leather and synthetic materials being used. Many holsters are now made from Cordura (nylon) with
foam padding, which serves to hold the weapon securely and comfortably and also to smooth the profile.
The choice of holster is largely a matter of individual preference and the requirements of the environment
in which the operative is working. The types generally available are as follows:
Ankle holster: A small holster intended for carrying small calibre back-up weapons
discretely. Not available for weapons above 15cm in length.
Berns-Martin Triple Draw holster: A spring-loaded holster designed primarily for
revolvers, intended to give the user added speed in the draw.
Duty / Pancake holster: This is a typical law enforcement holster. The pistol is carried at
the belt line but is secured in the holster with a thumb-break to prevent snatching.
Hip holster: A standard military / uniformed police style holster for carrying large pistols
overtly. The pistol is suspended from the belt.
Horizontal shoulder holster: This is a variation on the vertical shoulder holster whereby
the weapon is stored horizontally under the arm, for concealment and speed of draw. The bottom
of the holster is fixed to the waistband with a strap and clip to enable a smooth and fast draw.
Paddle holster: This is a standard holster for carrying a pistol semi-concealed—often
favoured by plain-clothes police. The pistol is carried on the belt line with the butt raised above
it, and the holster is adjustable in position. This keeps the pistol in a comfortable position, which
is ideal for driving or for times when the weapon is frequently taken off.
Spring clip holster: This is a slimmer version of the Berns-Martin, not quite as fast to draw
from, but with better concealment.
Suppressed pistol holster: Similar to the vertical shoulder holster, this enlarged version
is worn over clothes and enables a pistol to be carried with the suppressor fitted.
Tactical holster: This is intended for tactical situations where body armor or a jacket is
worn. The pistol is strapped to the thigh as well as being suspended from the belt; this ensures
that it is clear of all clothing and armor.
Thunderwear holster: Developed for carrying a concealed pistol whilst wearing minimal
clothing, the Thunderwear holster is a soft denim holster worn over the underwear (but
underneath outer clothing). In the front are two pockets, one for the weapon and the other for a
spare magazine. When sitting down the weapon fits comfortably between the legs. The holster
does not prohibit rigorous activity, and is designed for the most comfortable, concealed carry.
Vertical shoulder holster: A holster preferred by those for whom concealment is not a
primary objective. The pistol is suspended vertically, with the butt upwards.
Load Bearing Equipment (LBE): How troops carry their kit has changed markedly over the last
couple of decades. There has been a gradual movement away from traditional web-gear towards the more
modern assault vest systems. However, web gear is still in use in a great many militaries. LBE is a system
of attaching carrying equipment to linked shoulder straps and a belt. It comes in a variety of patterns,
which may be customized by the wearer according to individual taste, requirements and preference.
The fundamental item is the utility belt, from which all items are either suspended or attached. Shoulder
straps, an assortment of magazine and general-purpose pouches can be added for those needing to carry
bulkier equipment. For those whose needs include carrying full survival gear (tent etc.) then a frame
pack or a butt pack can be attached, and this has a quick-release catch for dropping in tactical situations.
Magazine holders are specifically-designed carrying pouches for holding automatic and semi-automatic
82
Millennium’s End
weapon magazines, as an alternative to LBE pouches or additional to them. As such, they come more or
less specific to the size of the weapon’s magazine but are broadly divisible into pistol and rifle size. Other
equipment can be attached to / suspended from LBE, including knife sheaths, pistol holsters, water bottles
and first aid kits. Items comprising the LBE are as follows:
Utility Belt: This is the basic belt onto which the LBE system of pouches is attached.
Shoulder Straps: These are optional shoulder straps that attach to the utility belt, for attaching
heavier equipment to the LBE system.
Belt Pouch: (250x125x80mm) Capable of holding up to three rifle magazines and one grenade
each, or other equipment. The grenade pockets are an integral part of the pouch.
Shoulder Strap Chest Pouch: (200x80x60mm) Capable of holding up to three rifle
magazines and one grenade each.
Grenade Pouches: These are additional pouches for carrying grenades safely. Each pouch
holds one grenade.
Frame Pack: A military rucksack, specifically designed to be attached to the LBE, with a
padded frame for ease of carrying.
Butt Pack: A smaller pack attached to the LBE at the lower back.
Pistol Magazine Holder: This holds two semi-automatic pistol magazines. There are two
varieties: the first can be attached to a shoulder holster; the second may be either worn on a belt
or an LBE utility belt. Up to two holders may be worn on a shoulder holster (one on the holster
itself, and the other under the opposite arm), although they dramatically reduce how concealable
it is.
Rifle Magazine Holder: This holds four magazines, storing them flat, and can be attached
to LBE gear across the chest or the back.
Tactical Vests: Tactical vests are the latest evolution of LBE, and there is a wide variety available on
the market. The key difference to LBE is that the tactical vest has most of the carrying system integral
to it, with numerous pockets in a waistcoat-style array. Tactical vests are ideal for carrying numerous
small items of equipment in a compact and practical way, and are better suited to operating in a tactical
environment. They can be worn on their own or over body armour, and comes generally in navy, green,
black or a variety of different DPM patterns. Vest systems are usually not interchangeable between
manufacturers (unlike LBE). They feature a core assault vest, for which some manufacturers also make
additional accessories that can be attached. Certain designs of tactical vest can however be combined with
an LBE Utility Belt. Versions of tactical vests with integral body armour are available—these are covered
within the section on body armour.
Assault Vest: The core item to a tactical vest system, intended for carrying the most necessary
kit in a tactical situation (magazines and grenades, as well as numerous small pockets).
Magazine Pouch: Pouches designed to be attached to tactical vest systems. Each holds two
pistol or rifle magazines.
Grenade Pouch: This is as above for magazine pouches, but each holds one grenade.
Radio Pouch: A pouch designed specifically for holding a hand transceiver. The transceiver
is linked to a worn headset and microphone by a lead.
Pack: This is a 30-litre pack that attached to the tactical vest system.
Magazine Holder: As for LBE, except these are specifically designed for the tactical vest
system. They are worn across the front or back.
Flotation Vest: A specific assault vest intended for Marine Special Forces. It is basically the
same as the assault vest (above), but additionally contains flotation panels.
Aircrew Vest: Specifically intended for aircrew, this vest is designed to fit over rigid or
flexible body armour, and also allow communications links and breathing equipment to be used
comfortably. It also has an attachment for a helicopter winch.
Chapter Two: Equipment
83
Holster Effects
Holster
Speed
Perception
Modifier
Other effects
Ankle Holster
+5
Berns-Martin Triple Draw Holster
-3
Duty Holster
+1
Hip Holster
+0
Horizontal Shoulder Holster
+1
Paddle Holster
+1
Spring Clip Holster
-1
Supressed Pistol Holster
+5
Not concealable, except under
heavy outdoor clothing.
Tactical Holster
+0
Not concealable, except under
heavy coat.
Thunderwear Holster
+3
Vertical Shoulder Holster
+3
Coordination -25 roll to snatch from
front or side; -10 from rear.
-10 if <20cm in length
-10 if <20cm in length
Tactical Harnesses and Holsters
Item
Holster, Ankle
Holster, Berns-Martin Triple-Draw
Cost ($US)
Cost (€EU)
Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
Weight
$27
€25
$35
$18
0.15 kg
$125
€115
$160
$84
0.30 kg
Holster, Duty
$59
€54
$76
$40
0.20 kg
Holster, Hip
$12
€11
$15
$8
0.20 kg
Holster, Horizontal Shoulder
$40
€37
$51
$27
0.22 kg
Holster, Paddle
$29
€27
$37
$19
0.15 kg
Holster, Spring Clip
$85
€78
$109
$57
0.25 kg
Holster, Suppressed Pistol
$45
€41
$58
$30
0.27 kg
Holster, Tactical
$57
€52
$73
$38
0.30 kg
Holster, Thunderwear
$65
€60
$83
$44
0.62 kg
Holster, Vertical Shoulder
$29
€27
$37
$19
0.22 kg
LBE Belt Pouch
$42
€39
$54
$28
0.05 kg
LBE Butt Pack
$70
€64
$90
$47
0.30 kg
LBE Chest Pouch
$42
€39
$54
$28
0.05 kg
LBE Frame Pack
$40
€37
$51
$27
0.50 kg
LBE Grenade Pouch
$20
€18
$26
$13
0.03 kg
LBE Magazine Holder, Pistol
$20
€18
$26
$13
0.02 kg
LBE Magazine Holder, Rifle
$35
€32
$45
$23
0.05 kg
LBE Shoulder Straps
$40
€37
$51
$27
0.05 kg
LBE Utility Belt
$85
€78
$109
$57
0.10 kg
Tactical Vest Magazine Holder, Pistol
$20
€18
$26
$13
0.02 kg
Tactical Vest Magazine Holder, Rifle
$35
€32
$45
$23
0.05 kg
$45
€41
$58
$30
0.05 kg
$100
€92
$128
$67
0.35 kg
Tactical Vest Magazine Pouch
Tactical Vest Pack
Tactical Vest Radio Pouch
$20
€18
$26
$13
0.05 kg
Tactical Vest, Air Crew
$160
€147
$205
$107
0.30 kg
Tactical Vest, Assault
$385
€354
$493
$258
0.45 kg
Tactical Vest, Flotation
$176
€161
$225
$118
0.50 kg
$25
€23
$32
$17
0.03 kg
Tactical Vest, Grenade Pouch
84
Millennium’s End
Availability
R
U
NAVIGATION AND SIGNALLING
Distinct from the gear that characters need to survive in an at least tolerable manner in
the wild, is the kit to aid them in moving around and finding / being found by others. This
includes a range of kit from high technology gear like GPS receivers to one of the oldest
signalling devices known to man, the heliograph. The distinction between this and the
communicating devices is that these are not devices for exchanging written or spoken
words. At the very best they can be used for Morse Code.
Compasses: There are four different types of compass available. Analogue versions are generally
liquid-filled (to give better balance to the arrow).
Military Compass: This is a standard military compass, with phosphorescent points and
letters, in a rugged case. It enables direction finding only.
Silva Compass: A standard orienteering compass with a clear, plastic base, enabling direction
finding and positioning / bearing.
Electronic Compass: A simple version of a GPS unit, the electronic compass has features
such as course memory, a back light, automatic route reversal and a course / distance clock. The
rechargeable battery has a life of around 200 hours constant use.
Button Compass: Designed principally as an escape and evasion tool for military forces and
aircrew, this compass is just 10mm in diameter, small enough to be concealable internally. It is
useful only for direction finding.
Flare Launchers: As with much survival equipment, there are a number of flare launchers available
on the market. Three commonly-available / used kinds of flare launcher are shown here:
15mm Flare Launcher: For firing 15mm signal flares, the flare launcher propels the flare
approximately 60 metres vertically and burning at 35,000 candlepower, enabling the signal to be
visible from up to 12 miles / 19 kilometers. The launcher is hand-sized, with a triple head that
enables three flares to be loaded. Flares are available in red, green or white.
Heckler and Koch Emergency Flare Launcher: This is a small and highly portable
flare launcher made by one of the most renowned firearms manufacturers in the world. Only 9cm
in length, it fires 19mm flares, which are available in red, green and white. The flares reach a
height of about 66 metres. It can be cocked and fired in one hand.
Heckler and Koch P2A1: The HK P2A1 is a conventional, single-shot break-open flare
pistol, firing 26.5mm flares. Flares available include signal (coloured), illumination and parachute
flares. The flares reach an altitude of 305 metres, with a burn time of 6 to 25 seconds.
Flares: With the exception of hand flares, these are the signals for use in the flare launchers shown
above.
15mm Flares: These are for use in standard 15mm launchers. They are available in red, green,
white, and yellow.
HK 19mm Flares: Designed to be fired from the HK EFL. They are available in green, red
and white.
HK 26.5mm Flares: These are for use in the HK P2A1 launcher. They are available in green,
red or white.
Hand Flares: Standard highway flares for marking a route for others to follow or avoid. The
flare is 200mm long with a 15mm diameter and is activated by unscrewing the cap and striking
the fuse on an abrasive surface (like a match). Each flare burns for approximately 20 minutes.
They also work under water, with a reduced burn time.
GPS Devices: GPS devices are satellite navigational equipment, which enable the user to identify
their exact position on the planet. There are currently two systems: (i) the American Global Positioning
System (GPS), a network of 12 navigational satellites, and (ii) the Russian Global Navigation Satellite
System (GLONASS). A third system (the European GALILEO system) is due to come online in 2008.
From any point on the planet it is possible to be within line of sight of on average eight satellites. Through
triangulation, this allows you to establish your precise position (depending on the accuracy of the unit and
Chapter Two: Equipment
85
fix obtained). GPS units are increasingly common and a wide variety are now available. The main types
are shown below; specialist marine and aviation versions are also available, but have highly specific
uses.
Military GPS Receiver: Military GPS units are far more rugged than civilian versions,
able to withstand submersion in water, and functioning in temperatures as low as -20°C and
humidity as high as 100%. They are also far more accurate (generally to within a metre or less).
It typically takes less than 90 seconds to obtain a first fix, and less than 60 seconds thereafter.
The unit can store details of waypoints, and up to 25 user-definable reversible routes. It can run
for up to 27 hours using a Lithium battery, or ten hours using eight conventional AA batteries.
Recreational GPS Receiver: Designed principally for walkers, hikers, campers and
others who have a recreational use for GPS, this unit is lighter in weight and less rugged than
military models. It does not feature radio direction finding, or have a targeting interface, but
otherwise has similar features and functions to the military model described above. Positioning
is accurate to within between three and fifteen metres—adequate for recreational use. The unit
comes with a mounting bracket with suction cups to attach to the windscreen of a car, and a
power cable with cigarette lighter attachment. It can also be connected to a Personal Digital
Assistant to provide better map information. Maps of North America (including cities) are preloaded; further maps can be downloaded from the Internet, for which a data cable is provided.
Vehicle GPS System: Vehicle GPS systems are a completely different type of unit. They
use satellite navigation predominantly at street level, and are generally systems that are integral
to the dashboard of the vehicle (many are integral within and load data through the car CD
player). The unit shows the vehicle’s location on a moving map, along with points of interest
to the motorist or tourist (hotels, banks, petrol stations etc.). The main function of the unit is
to calculate fastest routes and give spoken directions to the driver whilst driving. Map data
is provided annually by the manufacturer on CDs. Versions are also available showing the
locations of all fixed speed traps (speed cameras) in a country.
Casio Protrek GPS Watch: This device from Casio is aimed at the market for backpackers
and outdoor types who use the Global Positioning System to track their location. It is a rather
bulky digital wrist- watch, which while it has all the standard features of a digital watch,
additionally has a GPS receiver built in. It can mark the wearer’s location, either by the second
on in an on-demand fix, give landmark points and has a route memory.
Heliograph: Otherwise known simply as a signalling mirror, the heliograph is made of steel (to
prevent breakage) and is 100x75 mm in size. With good visibility on a clear, sunny day, it can be seen at
distances up to 30 km / 18.5 miles.
Strobe Lights: Intended for signalling at night, the strobe light projects a pulsating high-intensity
blue light, which is visible for many miles. Where it is important that the light not be visible to the naked
eye, the light comes with an infrared lens cover, which can be seen through standard infrared imaging
equipment.
Hand Strobe Light: This version is similar to a small torch, approximately 150mm in
length and 20mm in diameter, intended for hand signalling.
Helmet Strobe Light: This is a military specification strobe light such as the SDU-5E
or MS-2000(M). It is very rugged, flat in configuration (50 x 90 x 25 mm) and has blue and
infrared covers and can be attached to the various types of aircrew and naval helmets to assist
with search and rescue. The unit runs on two AA batteries.
Whistle: Important for communicating between team members where radios are not available, and also
useful for locating individuals in a search and rescue operation, the whistle has a range of up to 1km /
0.75 miles on a clear, still day. There is always a whistle attached to a life preserver.
86
Millennium’s End
Navigation and Signalling Equipment
Item
Compass, Button
Cost ($US)
Cost (EU)
Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
Weight (kg) Availability
$3
€3
$4
$2
0.01 kg
$135
€ 124
$173
$90
0.05 kg
Compass, Military
$30
€ 28
$38
$20
0.02 kg
Compass, Silva
$20
€ 18
$26
$13
0.02 kg
Flare Launcher, 15mm
$41
€ 38
$52
$27
0.25 kg
Flare Launcher, HK EFL
$80
€ 74
$102
$54
0.22 kg
$100
€ 92
$128
$67
0.52 kg
Flare, 15mm Signal
$14
€ 13
$18
$9
0.10 kg
Flare, Hand
$20
€ 18
$26
$13
0.55 kg
Flares, HK 19mm
$25
€ 23
$32
$17
0.15 kg
Flares, HK 26.5mm
$30
€ 28
$38
$20
0.17 kg
Flares, HK 26.5mm Parachute
$30
€ 28
$38
$20
0.17 kg
Flares, HK 26.5mm Signal
$30
€ 28
$38
$20
0.17 kg
GPS Receiver, Military
$400
€ 368
$512
$268
0.20 kg
GPS Receiver, Recreational
$275
€ 253
$352
$184
0.20 kg
$1,600
€ 1,472
$2,048
$1,072
0.60 kg
$500
€ 460
$640
$335
0.05 kg
$30
€ 28
$38
$20
0.10 kg
$150
€ 138
$192
$101
0.11 kg
$45
€ 41
$58
$30
0.46 kg
$4
€4
$5
$3
0.00 kg
Compass, Electronic
Flare Launcher, HK P2A1
GPS System, Vehicle
GPS, Casio Protrek Watch
Heliograph
Strobe Light, Hand
Strobe Light, Helmet
Whistle
Chapter Two: Equipment
87
WILDERNESS SURVIVAL AND OUTDOOR GEAR
Survival gear is usually the first item of kit that an operative drops when the situation
‘goes tactical’. However, it’s important to remember that giving adequate thought to
what kit is required can be an important aspect of making an arduous and challenging
environment tolerable.
Key things to pay attention to around survival kit are what is carried and where
it is carried. Essentials should be either worn or part of the ‘belt kit’ (the lightest load
that an operative will carry. Non-essentials are anything that will not be needed outside
of the next six hours or so, and these can be carried in the rucksack, so that they can be
dropped if things get a little desperate.
Boots in action
Inappropriate
footwear
can lead to all sorts of
minor problems that can
then turn into major issues.
Bear these in mind when
role-playing such situations.
Trench foot may seem like
an anachronism but is a
realistic danger where the
feet are enclosed and cold
/ wet for long periods of
time. Wet boots need to be
dried regularly, and bear in
mind that leather does not
dry quickly. And don’t forget
the issue of grip. Where
characters attempt actions
such as sprinting across
a terrazzo floor in combat
boots, carrying equipment,
it is not unrealistic or unfair
to ask players to make
appropriate Agility rolls,
modified by their footwear
and the conditions. The
Endurance
secondary
attribute determines how
long a character can walk.
Suffering from problems
with
inadequate
or
problematic footwear should
cause characters to make
premature rolls against
their Endurance (i.e. before
they would normally have
to if they were burdened) or
make such rolls at a penalty,
according to GM discretion.
88
Balaclavas: A balaclava is an extremely practical item of clothing for cold weather, but is also
favoured by criminals and law enforcement / military agencies alike for protecting anonymity (as well as
adding to the psychological factor). Two types are available: the standard woollen ski balaclava, intended
predominantly for keeping the head and face warm in extremely cold weather, and the Nomex balaclava
(used by anti-terrorist units). Both offer protection against cold weather, but the Nomex version less so.
However, it does have the advantage that it also provides limited protection against flames and heat.
Batteries: These are generic sized batteries for use in standard portable equipment. It is always
sensible to carry a few spares as a contingency. Most batteries available have an indicator of remaining
strength (operated by pressing the finger against a button at the top and bottom). A distinction should
be made between these batteries and the specialised rechargeable batteries used in equipment such as
mobile phones, video cameras, etc. Specialised batteries are specific to the item of equipment used.
Batteries lose their charge if they get cold, and they need to be kept inside clothing and close to the body
in cold temperature. Each of the versions shown below is available in a rechargeable model, although
rechargeable versions generally do not last as long. Battery costs and weights are per cell. A battery
charger for charging rechargeable batteries is available as either a standard plug-in or vehicle cigarette
lighter socket version.
Boots: No matter what they say about armies marching on their stomachs, the physiological fact is that
it’s the feet that do the walking. Choice of appropriate footwear for a combat mission can be essential.
It is also important that characters are able to stay on their feet at crucial times, and provide protection
against the elements to their feet. Equally, an inappropriate choice can lead to unnecessary noise when
stealth is essential.
Canvas Jungle Boot: This is a high, lightweight canvas boot with a rubber sole. It is
intended for survival use in warmer and wetter climates where the feet need to breathe if possible,
and the boots require good drainage.
Combat Boot: A standard, hard plastic soled leather boot. This is good for all-purpose use,
and offers limited protection against water penetration.
Rubber Boot: This is a soft-soled boot with flexible uppers. It is intended for increased
agility and grip, and is ideal for short assault actions, but not survival use.
Safety Boot: Similar to the combat boot, this boot additionally offers metal toecaps and / or
metal sole plates, to protect the vulnerable areas of the feet.
Thermal Boot: Another variation on the basic combat boot, the thermal boot incorporates a
man-made thermal lining that offers protection in temperatures down to -25ºC.
Camouflage Compact: This is a small, flat plastic case containing a mirror in the lid and four blocks
of grease paint in camouflage colours. It is an essential part of individual camouflage, applying the paint
to the face and hands, enabling the individual to blend into their background. One pack contains ten
applications for face and hands.
Chemical Light-Stick: This is a plastic tube, usually between twelve and fifteen centimetres long.
Bending the tube, which makes it glow, activates it. The light lasts for about six hours and is available in
a variety of colours, including a version that emits infrared light only. It is also available in a long-lasting
(12 hour) version.
Millennium’s End
Cordless Compressor: This briefcase-sized rechargeable compressor is for inflating car tyres or
other inflatable equipment speedily up to 100 psi. It includes a built-in work light, a pressure gauge, a
selection of adaptors and a carrying handle. It can be recharged at a conventional socket or via a 12 volt
vehicle socket (such as a cigarette lighter).
Fatigues: Military style uniform / working dress, made of hardwearing material. The distinction
between fatigues and ordinary clothing is that fatigues are made of harder-wearing material, and have
numerous pockets, attaching loops, etc. There are a vast range of different patterns and styles of fatigues
available. Each nation’s military has it’s own pattern of disruptive pattern material (called DPM hereafter—
‘camouflage’), as well as working dress, but in essence they are broadly similar and differences are a
matter of personal preference. Fatigues consist primarily of a cap or beret, jacket / smock, shirt, t-shirt,
trousers, belt, underwear, and boots.
Equatorial: The equivalent of British Army Numbers 7 and 9 dress: a wide-brimmed or floppy
hat, lightweight loose-fitting trousers, canvas and rubber boots, loose-fitting long-sleeved shirt
and jacket, with t-shirt or vest.
Temperate: The equivalent of British Army Numbers 2, 8 and 14 dress: as the basic fatigues
above.
Temperate Coveralls: The equivalent of British Army Number 12 dress: overalls, flameresistant coveralls, etc. over the standard temperate fatigues.
Cool Temperate: The equivalent of British Army Number 13 dress, adding a sweater to the
temperate fatigues.
Cold Weather: The same as cool temperate fatigues, with thermal inserts for the jacket,
woolly hat, thermal gloves (see above) fleece lined boots, and thermal underwear.
Snow Coveralls: This is a white jacket, trousers and over-shoes, worn over cold weather
fatigues to provide camouflage against snow. Snow coveralls are typically made of Gore-Tex, a
water-resistant but breathable fabric.
Nomex Assault Suit: This is a loose-fitting assault suit is used commonly by special forces antiterrorist units and police SWAT specialists in tactical situations. It is similar to a standard jump suit and
is worn over light clothing, but has additional pockets for storing equipment, and a hood. The ankles and
cuffs are elasticated.
Flashlights: There are broadly three kinds of quality flashlight of use to characters: Mag-Lite, marine
and military flashlights. For general use, Mag-Lite flashlights are preferred, due to their ruggedness,
precision manufacturing and power. The larger versions also double as an effective club if required.
Camouflage
Compact in action
When used as part of
an overall scheme of
camouflage (e.g. a ghillie
suit and attached foliage
etc.), this allows an
individual to attempt a
Hiding \ Concealment skill
roll. If successful, this will
result in penalties to anyone
attempting to observe them
whilst they are static or
moving slowly.
Fatigues in action
Failure to have the correct
clothing can lead to
penalties to Survival skill
rolls in adverse weather, at
the GM’s discretion. It can
also lead to fatigue, which
might prevent characters
pushing themselves beyond
their limits, especially when
carrying too much gear.
Additionally, inappropriate
colour clothing can lead
to either penalties when
Hiding or bonuses to enemy
Perception skill rolls. Add
25% to the prices shown
where fatigues are required
in unusual, uncommon or
highly specific patterns.
Mag-Lite Flashlights: There is a broad range of flashlights available, ranging from key-ring
size to full size. All Mag-Lite flashlights feature an adjustable beam and have a spare bulb in
the tail. The most popular kinds are dealt with here. The AA Mini-Mag-Lite is a pocket light, is
145mm long and requires two AA cells. The Mag Charger is a full size light, requiring 4 D Cells
(rechargeable) and is 315mm long. The cells last for 1.5 hours of continuous use and produce a
beam 800-metres wide. The Standard Mag-Lite flashlights are 2 to 4 cell (C or D) and vary in
length between 225mm and 370mm. The most commonly used light is the 2C.
Mag-Lite Accessories: Mag-Lite also produce a belt holder for the larger lights (consisting
of a loop through which the light is suspended). A strobe attachment can also be purchased
(called a BadgeLite), which screws into the base of the light and is a strobe pulsating at 140 times
per minute. It is available in blue, green, amber, red or clear.
Marine Flashlight: Similar to a large hand lamp, this light is waterproofs with a rubberised
coating to resist corrosion, and has a button to enable Morse signalling.
Small Military Flashlight: The standard infantryman’s hand lamp, some prefer this
flashlight to the Mag-Lite torches, since although it is not adjustable, it can be clipped onto web
gear or a helmet band, freeing the hands for other purposes.
The right clothes for
the job
BlackEagle has a policy
that operatives engaged
in
non-paramilitary
operations
(such
as
investigations and close
protection duty) should
not wear cammoflaged
clothing. This is to prevent
the operatives from being
classed as combatants with
the accompanying legal
duties. In effect, operatives
performing these duties
should
wear
either
Flint and Steel: The most basic means of making a fire in any conditions, the flint and steel includes civilian clothing, or plain
a small magnesium bar, which assists greatly in igniting kindling.
unadorned fatigues.
Gaiters: Gaiters are a covering for the lower leg and ankle, sealing the gap between the trouser leg and
the boot. This is important in all climates, preventing or reducing the intrusion of solids into the foot and
leg areas. Gaiters protect from sand and grit in boot and insects and leeches on legs. They cannot however
Chapter Two: Equipment
89
Ghillie Suit &
Blanket in action
When used as part of
an overall scheme of
camouflage (e.g. with
camouflage paint applied
to the face and hands,
and attached foliage etc.),
this allows an individual
to attempt a Hiding/
Concealment skill roll. If
successful, this will result
in penalties to anyone
attempting to observe them
whilst they are static or
moving slowly.
If the wearer is
in the vicinity of a fire
or incendiary explosion,
the suit may catch fire. In
such cases, the GM should
require an Agility roll to
shed the suit before any
damage is taken. This roll
should be modified by
the wearer’s stance and
the amount of equipment
carried.
prevent the intrusion of water into boots in cases where the feet are constantly immersed in water (such
as in jungle climates)
Gas Camping Stove, Small: A small butane gas stove, suitable for cooking whilst camping. It
requires a butane gas cylinder for power. One cylinder will operate for three hours at maximum power or
seven hours at minimum power. The cartridge is self-sealing, enabling it to be removed from the stove.
Ghillie Suit / Blanket: This is a complex overall-type garment, made of rags and burlap sewn into
place on a grid / matrix of a Nomex flight suit. It is worn over DPM fatigues and with attachments of foliage
to disrupt the outline of the body and make it indistinguishable from the background. Obviously, this is
only useful in environments where there is some matching foliage as part of the background camouflage
(i.e. it is difficult to pretend to be a bush in the middle of a snow covered field!). It includes a body suit
and a mesh helmet / head cover. It is particularly used for covert sniping operations. The ghillie blanket
is basically the same as the suit, except in a blanket shape (3 x 3 metres), and is draped over equipment.
Ghillie suits are intended for use in cool-temperate forest, since one of their main disadvantages is that
they can get hot if worn for prolonged periods. They are also heavy and a considerable fire hazard.
Insect Repellent: Insect repellent is essential for wilderness travel in most warm, humid or low-lying
areas. One stick will last for approximately two weeks (applying four times a day). Whilst some special
forces may shun the use of items that alter your personal scent, using insect repellent is an essential basic
comfort.
Insignia and Logos: Insignia or logos can be added to any uniform or casual clothing in order to
increase authenticity, or enable impersonation of corporate personnel or officials. Where such insignia are
uncommon, it should be borne in mind that the person producing the insignia must be able to see what
they are copying. Additionally, some insignia may be rare or difficult to obtain. The types of insignia and
logos commonly used include:
Rank / Name Tag / Unit / Qualification: These are tags and flashes denoting the military
unit to which the person belongs, their rank, etc. These may also show specialist qualifications
(such as parachutist jump wings or pilot flight wings).
Company / Corporate Logo: Displaying the company for whom the individual works.
Blood Type: Blood type patches are Velcro patches for attaching to a uniform in combat (to
speed identification). These are often attached to the boots.
Retroflective Tape: Special Velcro patches of tape that is visible under visible and IR light,
only in the direction from which the light originates (there is a low scatter of reflected beams). It
is used to identify members of your team, especially in dark / nigh combat situations.
Jerry Cans: Jerry cans are a useful means of transporting large volumes of liquid (usually fuel or
water). There are four sizes commonly used: five-litre (plastic), 25 litre (plastic or metal) and 50 litre
(plastic). Each has a robust top and a detachable nozzle to aid with pouring. Weights listed are as empty;
as a rough guide, add 1kg per litre of liquid.
Matches: A box of 50 wind and waterproof matches, sealed in protective varnish. Each burns for
approximately 12 seconds.
Overboots and Mukluks: Overboots are a covering for mountaineering boots, intended to protect
against penetration by snow. They are made of a 5mm layer of neoprene (the same waterproof material
used for SCUBA suits), lined with towelling or fleece. They completely cover the boot and come up to the
mid-calf, negating the need for gaiters. They are intended to be worn with either crampons or snowshoes,
and protect against both the cold and wet. Mukluks are boot coverings similar to overboots, based on the
traditional Eskimo foot protection. They are made of lightweight, flexible, waterproof material (such as
nylon), with a rugged rubber sole. They have a tie-cord at the top, acting in a similar way to gaiters, and
prevent snow getting to the feet, whilst also reducing the chances of trench foot.
Parachute Cord: Although principally designed for attaching parachutes to the harness, para cord
is also a useful piece of survival equipment. It is lightweight, very strong and can be used for making
shelters, attaching equipment and so on. Details are shown for a 10-metre length.
Parkas: A parka is a high quality weatherproof three-quarter-length jacket for those who either work
90
Millennium’s End
outside or elect to go outside in all weathers. The jacket can be buttoned and zipped closed for protection
from wind and rain, and also has a number of large pockets. A parka can be worn over cold weather
fatigues.
All Weather: Designed for use in temperate and rainy climates. Made of Gore-Tex (a
breathable fabric that is water-proof). The jacket has a quilted lining that can be removed in
warmer weather, but is required when the temperature is between 15ºC and -10ºC.
Arctic: Designed for use in the coldest climates. The exterior is made of waterproof polyester,
with a heavy quilted lining and a fleece-lined hood. Additionally, the sleeves have elasticated
cuffs to reduce heat loss. It is intended for use when the temperature is between 0ºC and -30ºC.
Gore-Tex Trousers: These high quality waterproof over-trousers are elasticated at the waist
and cuffs. There is also a zip from the ankle to the knee.
High Visibility: Intended for use where it is important that the wearer is seen, this version
is a combination of the all-weather and arctic parkas, with a waterproof polyester exterior and
a detachable quilted lining. It is intended for use when the temperature is between 10ºC and 10ºC. The hood is detachable (since workers requiring high-visibility clothing often work in an
environment where hearing is imperative and wearing a hood is unsafe).
Poncho: A lightweight nylon cape with a hood, designed as a lighter alternative for troops to wearing The Poncho in action
a parka, where protection against the cold is not important. The poncho normally comes in olive drab or A poncho can be useful in
equatorial and temperate
DPM.
climates for protection
Rations: Ration packs are available commercially or as military issue, but they share the principal of against the rain, preventing
packing as much nutritional content into as small a space as possible. Unlike its military counterpart, equipment and clothing
the MRE (‘Meal, Ready to Eat’, also known as ‘Meals Rejected by Ethiopians’ and three lies in one) the from getting too wet. Its
focus of the civilian rat pack is on high calorie, ready food, to maintain morale in the wilderness. The main disadvantage is that
it inhibits quiet movement.
pack is contained in a light cardboard box 20x12x12cm in size.
Operatives attempting to
Anti-Diarrhoea Tablets: Important when you have consumed water that hasn’t Creep whilst wearing a
been purified or when your culinary skills fail you. Whilst the effects of this may be less in poncho should suffer a
environments where the water is purer (such as mountain environments), this is an essential item penalty. The extent of this
depends on how heavy the
in areas such as jungle.
Electrolyte Drink Sachets: The body quickly uses vital supplies of minerals and nutrients rainfall is and any other
whilst in the wilderness, and it is essential that these be replaced regularly through liquid intake. conditions (such as wind)
These sachets are of electrolyte / isotonic drinks such as Gatorade, Lucozade or Isosport and can that might impair the ability
be dissolved in drinkable water to replace these minerals. The price is for a pack of 20 sachets. of others to hear them.
Ration Pack: A standard ration pack contains food for one person for 24 hours, packaged
in one carton. A typical pack can be assumed to contain instant black or white coffee or tea (4
sachets), Sugar (8 sachets), chocolate bar, Kendal mint cake (2 bars), ready meals (3 – foilwrapped or in a ring-pull tin, which is pre-cooked and can be eaten hot or cold), matches (as
above), solid fuel tablets (3), meat stock cubes (4 - useful for flavouring foraged food or making
hot drinks).
Water Purification Tablets: No water in the wilderness can assumed to be immediately
drinkable, and whilst water purification tablets don’t leave the water palatable (it invariably
tastes slightly of chlorine), they do leave it safe for cooking and drinking.
Rechargeable Lantern: This lantern is a multi-purpose work light, 300mm in length, with a
carrying / hanging handle at the top. It has twin fluorescent tubes providing the main light source, but
also has a (white light) spotlight, and flashing red and amber lights. It contains two rechargeable D cells,
which can be recharged in the lanterns whilst it is connected to the mains.
Shamag: The traditional Middle-Eastern headdress, the shamag is ideal for the conditions of the
region. Essentially a long head cloth, wound around the head, it provides protection from the sun, wind
and cold, and can be pulled up over the face to protect against airborne particles such as sand in windy
conditions.
Sleeping Bags: Required for temperate and colder climes, there are two basic types: standard and
arctic. Both types have a hood to protect from the elements and are designed to accommodate a fully
clothed occupant. They are also tapered towards the feet to reduce the overall weight. Arctic sleeping
bags have an inner lining for added warmth, and are suitable in temperatures as low as –30ºC.
Chapter Two: Equipment
91
Sleeping Bags in
action
Although
basically
a
morale (and therefore
roleplaying)
issue,
in
certain circumstances it is
not unfair to request that
characters make Survival
skill rolls if sleeping
without any means of
keeping themselves warm.
This is entirely at the GM’s
discretion.
Snow Shoes in
action
Snowshoes enable the
wearer to maintain a
walking rate of 75% of
normal speed in freshly
fallen or loose snow.
Without the snowshoes they
would be reduced to 25%
of their normal speed.
Sunglasses in action
In certain circumstances
(e.g. driving into the sun
when the road is wet, or
flying into the sun) vision
can
be
substantially
impaired. GMs may wish
to assign penalties in such
circumstances,
unless
characters are wearing
appropriate
eyewear.
Of course, these glasses
have no effect in reducing
the glare from short and
particularly bright lights
(e.g. stun grenades or
explosions).
Snow Shoes: These are lightweight magnesium snowshoes, ideal for walking on fresh or loose snow
without sinking in. They work simply on the principle of distributing the wearer’s weight across a broader
area.
Sports Wrist Watch: Intended for sports and outdoor use, various models are available by
manufacturers such as Tag Heuer, Rolex, G-Shock, Seiko, Casio, Camel, Adidas and other companies.
All are precision timepieces, with features including waterproofing, shock proofing, rotating bezel for
time calculation and luminous features for night / low light use. Some are entirely analogue, whilst others
also include a digital watch with features such as a stopwatch.
Sunglasses: These are high quality sunglasses, such as Ray Ban by Bausch and Lomb. The lenses
dramatically reduce reflection and glare, as well as shielding the eyes from harmful ultra-violet radiation.
They are available in a wide variety of styles.
Tents: Tents vary according to the size required. All versions supplied by L&P are made of lightweight,
sealed nylon, which provides good protection from water. The key differences between the different types
of tent are the sizes and weights, depending upon how many people they are intended to be occupied
by. Whilst these tents do provide good shelter in temperate and cool temperate conditions, they are not
suitable for operations in jungle (too wet and cannot camp on the floor) or mountain / arctic conditions
(where the wind may be too extreme for the tent to remain anchored).
Water Bottles: Even where water supplies are plentiful, you still need water bottles to carry clean
water.
Water Bottle, Small or Large: These flasks are made of heavy duty plastic, which is
virtually unbreakable. They come in two standard sizes: small (0.5 litre) and large (1 litre). They
also come in a variety of colours, including matt olive or black. The weights given below are for
empty bottles (remember that 1 litre of water weighs 1kg).
Camelbak Hydration System: CamelBak hydration systems are an innovative way of
carrying drinking water. The water is stored in a flexible, Cordura (nylon) container that is worn
over the shoulders. The water vessel is therefore flatter and easier to carry because the load is
dispersed. The wearer is able to drink cool water from a tube, without removing the CamelBak
system. It can also be refilled, without taking it off. There is a bleed off valve that allows air to
be removed from the CamelBak, removing the ‘sloshing’ noise that a part filled canteen creates.
The system is becoming so popular with soldiers, that to see a canteen is becoming increasingly
rare. There are many different kinds of CamelBak system, ranging from the ‘PakTeen’ (1.5-litre,
belt-kit bottle), through to the ‘Viper’ (3.1 litre bottle, with side pockets. They are available in
an assortment of colours, from traditional black, olive, woodland DPM and desert DPM, right
through to high-visibility colours (orange and lime green). A selection of the most common
types requested by operatives are listed here.
Waterproof Map Case: Made of woven nylon, with a clear plastic inner, this map case completely
protects maps from the vagaries of the elements. It can be rolled up for easy storage.
Wind-proof Lighters: There are many different makes of wind-proof lighters, fuelled by either
butane gas or naphtha (a petroleum distillate). The most popular and reliable petrol lighters are the Zippo
and Ronson lighters, and there are a thousand and one piezo-electric gas lighters available. The key
difference between a petrol and gas wind-proof lighter is that the petrol version produces a flame, whilst
the gas version uses a powered gas jet to super-heat the material into combustion.
92
Millennium’s End
Fatigue
Plain (Khaki,
Olive, Black
or White)
Types
Woodland
DPM
Desert
DPM
Jungle
DPM
ü
ü
Urban DPM
Equatorial
ü
Temperate
ü
ü
Temperate Coveralls
ü
ü
ü
Cool Temperate
ü
ü
ü
Cold Weather
ü
Snow Coveralls
ü
Nomex Assault Suit
ü
ü
ü
ü
ü
Wilderness Survival and Outdoor Equipment
Item
Cost ($US)
Cost (EU)
Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
Weight (kg) Availability
Balaclava, Nomex
$45
€ 41
$58
$30
0.10 kg
Balaclava, Ski
$35
€ 32
$45
$23
0.10 kg
Battery Charger
$16
€ 15
$20
$11
0.10 kg
Battery, 9-volt
$1
€1
$2
$1
0.09 kg
Battery, AA
$1
€1
$1
$1
0.06 kg
Battery, AAA
$1
€1
$1
$0
0.03 kg
Battery, C
$1
€1
$1
$1
0.10 kg
Battery, D
$1
€1
$2
$1
0.11 kg
$105
€ 97
$134
$70
1.52 kg
Boots, Jungle
$75
€ 69
$96
$50
0.85 kg
Boots, Rubber
$113
€ 104
$145
$76
1.20 kg
Boots, Safety
$68
€ 63
$87
$46
1.65 kg
$180
€ 166
$230
$121
2.00 kg
Camouflage Compact
$18
€ 17
$23
$12
0.02 kg
Chemical Lightstick
$18
€ 17
$23
$12
0.10 kg
Cordless Compressor
$65
€ 60
$83
$44
6.50 kg
Fatigues, Cold Weather Plain
$263
€ 242
$337
$176
6.30 kg
Fatigues, Cold Weather Urban DPM
$263
€ 242
$337
$176
6.30 kg
Fatigues, Cool Temperate Plain
$165
€ 152
$211
$111
4.30 kg
Fatigues, Cool Temperate Urban DPM
$165
€ 152
$211
$111
4.30 kg
Fatigues, Cool Temperate Woodland DPM
$165
€ 152
$211
$111
4.30 kg
Fatigues, Equatorial Desert DPM
$158
€ 145
$202
$106
2.80 kg
Fatigues, Equatorial Jungle DPM
$158
€ 145
$202
$106
2.80 kg
Fatigues, Equatorial Plain
$158
€ 145
$202
$106
2.80 kg
Fatigues, Nomex Assault Suit
$250
€ 230
$320
$168
1.60 kg
Fatigues, Snow Coveralls
$113
€ 104
$145
$76
1.71 kg
Fatigues, Temperate Coveralls Plain
$113
€ 104
$145
$76
1.71 kg
Fatigues, Temperate Coveralls Urban DPM
$113
€ 104
$145
$76
1.71 kg
Boots, Combat
Boots, Thermal
Chapter Two: Equipment
93
Fatigues, Temperate Coveralls Woodland DPM
$113
€ 104
$145
$76
1.71 kg
Fatigues, Temperate Desert DPM
$165
€ 152
$211
$111
4.30 kg
Fatigues, Temperate Plain
$165
€ 152
$211
$111
4.30 kg
Fatigues, Temperate Urban DPM
$165
€ 152
$211
$111
4.30 kg
Fatigues, Temperate Woodland DPM
$165
€ 152
$211
$111
4.30 kg
Flashlight, Mag Charger
$185
€ 170
$237
$124
0.90 kg
Flashlight, MagLite 2C
$27
€ 25
$35
$18
0.60 kg
Flashlight, MagLite 2D
$38
€ 35
$49
$25
0.75 kg
Flashlight, MagLite 3C
$38
€ 35
$49
$25
0.75 kg
Flashlight, MagLite 3D
$44
€ 40
$56
$29
1.00 kg
Flashlight, MagLite 4C
$50
€ 46
$64
$34
1.00 kg
Flashlight, MagLite 4D
$55
€ 51
$70
$37
1.25 kg
Flashlight, MagLite AA
$16
€ 15
$20
$11
0.20 kg
Flashlight, Marine
$55
€ 51
$70
$37
0.75 kg
Flashlight, Small Military
$20
€ 18
$26
$13
0.20 kg
MagLite Belt Holder
$10
€9
$13
$7
0.02 kg
BadgeLite
$75
€ 69
$96
$50
0.01 kg
Flint and Steel
$25
€ 23
$32
$17
0.05 kg
Gaiters
$15
€ 14
$19
$10
0.10 kg
Gas Camping Stove, Small
$30
€ 28
$38
$20
0.36 kg
Gas Cylinder, Butane
$15
€ 14
$19
$10
0.23 kg
$825
€ 759
$1,056
$553
10.00 kg
$1,100
€ 1,012
$1,408
$737
7.50 kg
$10
€9
$13
$7
0.00 kg
Insignia, Blood Type
$5
€5
$6
$3
0.00 kg
Insignia, Company
$15
€ 14
$19
$10
0.00 kg
Insignia, Rank / Unit
$30
€ 28
$38
$20
0.02 kg
Insignia, Retroflective Tape
$10
€9
$13
$7
0.00 kg
Jerry Can, 25-litre, metal
$25
€ 23
$32
$17
0.50 kg
Jerry Can, 25-litre, plastic
$12
€ 11
$15
$8
0.25 kg
Jerry Can, 50-litre, plastic
$15
€ 14
$19
$10
1.00 kg
Jerry Can, 5-litre, plastic
$10
€9
$13
$7
0.20 kg
Matches
$2
€2
$3
$1
0.00 kg
Mukluks
$40
€ 37
$51
$27
0.20 kg
Overboots
$35
€ 32
$45
$23
0.00 kg
$1
€1
$1
$1
0.05 kg
Parka, All Weather
$165
€ 152
$211
$111
3.00 kg
Parka, Arctic
$218
€ 201
$279
$146
6.00 kg
Parka, High Visibility
$180
€ 166
$230
$121
3.75 kg
Poncho
$30
€ 28
$38
$20
0.50 kg
Ration Pack, 24-Hour
$20
€ 18
$26
$13
0.42 kg
Electrolyte Drink Sachets
$10
€9
$13
$7
0.01 kg
Anti-Diarrhoea Tablets
$12
€ 11
$15
$8
0.02 kg
Water Purification Tablets
$20
€ 18
$26
$13
0.02 kg
Ghillie Blanket
Ghillie Suit
Insect Repellent
Parachute Cord
94
Millennium’s End
Rechargeable Lantern
$32
€ 29
$41
$21
0.78 kg
$5
€5
$6
$3
0.20 kg
Sleeping Bag, Arctic
$350
€ 322
$448
$235
2.68 kg
Sleeping Bag, Standard
$143
€ 132
$183
$96
1.72 kg
$80
€ 74
$102
$54
1.80 kg
$300-2000
€ 275-1850
$385-2600
$200-1650
0.10 kg
$50-500
€ 45-460
$65-650
$34-340
0.10 kg
$240
€ 221
$307
$161
11.10 kg
$60
€ 55
$77
$40
3.00 kg
$900
€ 828
$1,152
$603
35.00 kg
Tent, Two Man
$75
€ 69
$96
$50
3.10 kg
Water Bottle, Large
$15
€ 14
$19
$10
0.20 kg
Water Bottle, Small
$10
€9
$13
$7
0.10 kg
CamelBak System, PakTeen, 1.5-litre
$44
€ 40
$56
$29
0.20 kg
CamelBak System, ThermoBak, 2-litre
$52
€ 48
$67
$35
0.42 kg
CamelBak System, ThermoBak, 3-litre
$60
€ 55
$77
$40
0.51 kg
CamelBak System, TransFormer, 3.1-litre
$150
€ 138
$192
$101
1.50 kg
CamelBak System, Viper, 3.1-litre
$90
€ 83
$115
$60
0.71 kg
Wind-Proof Lighter, Gas
$25
€ 23
$32
$17
0.03 kg
Wind-Proof Lighter, Petrol
$30
€ 28
$38
$20
0.05 kg
Shamag
Snow Shoes
Sports Wrist Watch
Sunglasses
Tent, Four Man
Tent, One Man Bivouac
Tent, Ten Man Field
Chapter Two: Equipment
95
MEDICAL SUPPORT
The unfortunate reality for characters is that they often work in an environment where
personal injury is almost guaranteed at some point. While most people worry about
their cholesterol and love handles, characters get to fret about the many ways man has
developed to do away with his fellow man. Most teams like some peace of mind, and
balanced teams should have as many characters able to administer first aid as possible;
this chapter provides the equipment to make sure they can. None of this will supply a
field hospital but it a number of levels of kit are available.
A wounded person has the greatest chance of survival if they make it hospital in
less than an hour. This period is sometimes called the golden hour and the kits shown
are designed to stabilise and prepare for movement, not to treat the wound at the scene.
Teams that are operating away from Med-Evac facilities are not specially catered for;
the levels of equipment required are prohibitively expensive and bulky. The equipment
shown is designed mainly to deal with traumatic injury; medical emergencies like heart
attacks are not what characters generally worry about.
Paramedic Kit: The Paramedic kit is the most comprehensive of set of medical supplies that characters
will probably need to carry. The kit is carried and used by two people, a paramedic or doctor and an
assistant. Although the Paramedic kit can be carried in the boot of most cars it will take two people to
carry it to the scene. It is normally supplied packed in two backpacks for ease of carriage. One backpack
contains a standard team first aid kit. The other contains the following supplies:
Endotracheal tubes, assorted (5): Allows the paramedic to secure the airway of an
unconscious or apnoeic (not breathing) patient.
Laryngoscope, adult (2): The device needed to insert an endotracheal (ET) tube. A spare
is provided in case the primary fails.
Intubation stylet: A device to assist in difficult intubations (insertion of ET tube).
Magill’s forceps: A special pair of forceps designed to assist in difficult intubations and to
extract foreign bodies from the trachea (windpipe).
ET Tape: For securing ET tubes in place once they are inserted.
Bag, valve, mask: A bag that allows an apnoeic patient to be ventilated, either via the mask
(which is detachable) or via an ET tube. The device has a port to attach supplemental high flow
oxygen.
Stethoscope: For listening to chest sounds and taking blood pressure.
Sphygmomanometer: For taking blood pressure.
Intravenous cannulae, peripheral, assorted sizes (12):Allows intravenous
access for giving drugs and fluids.
Sharps bin: For disposing of used needles and syringes.
Syringes, assorted sizes (12): For giving drugs and taking blood.
Solution giving sets (4): Used to give intravenous fluids.
Intravenous fluids, crystalloid (2 x 500ml bags): Fluids use in the emergency
treatment of blood loss and for the dilution of drugs.
Intravenous fluids, colloid (2 x 500ml bags): Fluids used for the emergency
treatment of blood loss.
Heavy-duty shears: For cutting off clothing to allow access to wounds.
Upper limb splint, inflatable (2): For supporting broken arms.
Lower limb splint, inflatable (2): As above but for legs.
The following items can be added to the Paramedic kit but do not come as standard.
Oxygen Kit: An oxygen cylinder and clear oxygen therapy mask. The cylinder is good for
about 25 minutes at high flow, 60 minutes at medium flow and 180 minutes at low flow.
ECG / SpO2 Monitor: This is a device for monitoring the heart rate and rhythm of a
patient (ECG - electrocardiogram) and the level of oxygen in the blood (SpO2 - saturation of
96
Millennium’s End
peripheral oxygen). It is battery powered and good for about six hours of continuous use.
Automated External Defibrillator (AED): This is an emergency treatment device
that can restart the heart in some cases of cardiac arrest. Once applied it will automatically
analyse the heart rhythm and defibrillate if necessary. It requires no specialist medical training
to use. Battery powered and good for six hours of monitoring or 50 shocks.
* Does not include the separate Team First Aid Kit.
Personal First Aid Kit: A Personal First Aid kit is designed for use by the person who carries it on
himself or herself. That means that when someone gets injured the person who renders first aid reaches
for the casualty’s kit rather than using supplies from their own. This is logical because it means that
individuals always have access to basic first aid equipment and don’t run out because they’ve used all the
stuff from their own kit on someone else. This represents a typical Personal First Aid kit, which would be
expected to contain the following items. It measures approximately 10cm x 15cm x 5cm.
Sterile dressing with conforming bandage (two, 275mm x 200mm): A
dressing combined with a bandage allowing it to be securely strapped to a wound. Designed
for use on torso and leg wounds.
Sterile dressing with conforming bandage (one, 100mm x 120mm): As
above but smaller, designed for use on head, neck and upper limb wounds.
Crepe bandage (one, 7.5cm x 4.5m): A standard bandage useful for strapping limbs
and joints.
Waterproof adhesive dressings, sterile, assorted (20): Sticking plasters for
minor cuts and abrasions.
Triangular bandage (2): For making slings for injured limbs and dressings for head
wounds.
Safety pins, assorted sizes (4): For fixing dressings in place and closing bandages.
Cleaning wipes, individually wrapped (6): For cleaning the area around a
wound.
Disposable gloves, latex (one pair)
Burn dressing (one, 20cm x 45cm): A wound dressing pre-impregnated with a special
coolant gel.
Aspirin, 300mg (20): Useful minor painkiller. Can be replaced by the operative’s minor
analgesic of choice.
Team First Aid Kit: Most teams have an individual designated as a first aid provider. This kit is
designed for them to use on others, either to supplement the individual’s first aid kit or to treat someone
without a kit. The Team First Aid Kit is usually stored in a vehicle in urban environments and carried
with the team in the field. It can be supplied in either a bag or a backpack. It contains:
Sterile dressing with conforming bandage, four, 100mm x 120mm.
Sterile dressing with conforming bandage, six, 150mm x 200mm.
Sterile dressing with conforming bandage, six, 275mm x 200mm.
Sterile dressing with conforming bandage, four, 325mm x 250mm.
Eye pad with conforming bandage, four, 75mm x 50mm.
Crepe bandage, eight, 5cm x 4.5m.
Crepe bandage, eight, 7.5cm x 4.5m.
Triangular bandage, eight.
Burn dressing, two, 10cm x 10cm.
Burn dressing, two, 10cm x 40cm.
Burn dressing, two, 20cm x 45cm.
Burn dressing, face (2).
Burn dressing, hand (4).
Burn blanket, one.
Sterile swabs (four packs of five, 7.5cm x 7.5cm): For cleaning wounds and to
act as dressings.
Cleaning wipes, individually packed, (20).
Waterproof adhesive dressings, sterile, assorted (100).
Safety pins (12).
Chapter Two: Equipment
97
Resuscitation mask, disposable (2): A device allowing a rescuer to give mouth-tomouth ventilation without risking exposure to body fluids or vomit from the victim.
Disposable gloves, latex, (10 pairs).
Heavy-duty shears: For cutting off clothing to allow access to wounds.
Minor analgesics, assorted types, (100).
act as dressings.
Cleaning wipes, individually packed, (20).
Waterproof adhesive dressings, sterile, assorted (100).
Safety pins (12).
Resuscitation mask, disposable (2): A device allowing a rescuer to give mouth-tomouth ventilation without risking exposure to body fluids or vomit from the victim.
Disposable gloves, latex, (10 pairs).
Heavy-duty shears: For cutting off clothing to allow access to wounds.
Minor analgesics, assorted types, (100).
Having appropriate medical gear to carry out the task in many cases is essential, and even where it isn’t,
it makes the task a lot easier. This should be reflected by not attracting penalties for using the wrong
equipment / improvising. Additionally, the following points need to be considered.
Dessings (Bleeding Wounds)
Application gives a bonus of +10 to any attempt to control bleeding,
treat shock or stabilise a wound.
Dressings (Burns)
Immediate application will decrease the decline rate of a wound by
one hour and speed healing. Treat the heal rate as one column to
the left of the original wound. Applies only to burns. Same benefits as
a dressing to the treatment of shock and stabilisation.
Intravenous Fluids
Administration can offset the loss of blood from a wound. Each unit
of blood lost can be replaced by a litre of other fluid, effectively
extending the life of a bleeding character.
Splinting Broken Limbs
Can significantly reduce the pain and suffering that this injury causes.
Any wound stabilisation roll or shock roll has a bonus of +15.
Oxygen
Can significantly help in the treatment of wounded people. In the
treatment of shock oxygen (at any flow rate) gives a bonus of +25
to the roll. Its use in the stabilisation of wounds gives a bonus of +20
to the roll. When used in bleeding characters oxygen helps to offset
the effects of blood loss. Slow blood loss by four times for high flow
oxygen, three times for medium flow and twice for low flow. This
effect lasts only as long as the oxygen supply does, as soon as the
oxygen runs out blood loss rates return to normal. Doesn’t actually
slow bleeding or replace blood but it does make the blood that’s left
go further and do its job better.
Medical Equipment
Item
Cost ($US)
Cost (EU)
Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
Weight (kg) Availability
AED
$2,500
€ 2,300
$3,200
$1,675
3.00 kg
L
ECG / SpO2
$1,000
€ 920
$1,280
$670
0.70 kg
L
Oxygen Kit
$280
€ 258
$358
$188
8.00 kg
L
Paramedic Kit
$700
€ 644
$896
$469
10.00 kg
L
Personal First Aid Kit
$20
€ 18
$26
$13
0.50 kg
L
Team First Aid Kit (Backpack)
$350
€ 322
$448
$235
4.00 kg
L
Team First Aid Kit (Bag)
$200
€ 184
$256
$134
2.50 kg
L
98
Millennium’s End
GENERAL EQUIPMENT
This can be split into two areas—items designed to carry equipment safely and securely,
and items designed to imobilize. Most operatives are keen to ensure that their valuable
equipment is not tampered with, or damaged by the elements. A wide range of carry bags
and cases can help here, although even the best provide only limited protection against
a determined foe.
Restrains and road blocks need to be used with care and discretion. Operatives
are not law enforcement officals, and are vulnerable to all kinds of acusations over loss
of liberty, false arrest and much more.
Aluminium Equipment Box: A box with a metal exterior, used for transporting photographic or
video equipment, weapons or any other item requiring significant protection. The box is 50x35x20cm in
dimension. The interior is comprised of high-density latex foam, shaped into compartments for holding
the desired items. The foam can be rearranged as required. The box locks either with twin, three reel
combination locks, keys or both, and has a carrying handle and shoulder strap. The box is available in
either a metallic or painted finish.
Attaché Case: The standard ‘bag’ for the modern businessperson, attaché cases come in a variety of
colours, finishes, materials and sizes (aluminium, leather or high impact plastic are the most usual). Size
generally varies from around 50x30x7 cm up to 80x50x20 cm. The case locks with either twin three reel
combination locks or keys. Most standard versions can be forced easily if the intruder has no qualms about
damaging the case (more secure versions are on the market which require more specialised forced entry.)
Their principal use is for storing documents or cash, but the larger versions can easily accommodate most
items, including firearms. Various standard modifications to attaché cases are available from specialist
manufacturers, including
Concealed compartments.
Bullet-proofing: Inserted Kevlar plating in the lid.
Enhanced security features: Such as anti-jemmy strips and reinforced locks.
Dry Bag: This is a heavy-duty plastic holdall, which can be sealed completely to ensure that its contents
remain completely dry. The bag has an air / gas / waterproof zip and contains numerous flotation cells (to
prevent the bag sinking, should an individual cell be punctured). There is also an oral inflation tube for
topping up the air in the cells. Dry bags hold approximately 50 litres of equipment and are generally either
black, olive green, or camouflage in colour. They come in various shapes, the most typical being standard
backpack shaped and weapons bags. Marine Special Forces, such as the US Navy SEALs, Royal Marine
Special Boat Squadron and other units whose role demands that they are able to enter by sea or river,
carrying equipment, commonly use them.
Money Belt: This woven nylon belt has numerous flat pouches that enable the wearer to keep important
possessions safe whilst travelling. It is ideal for holding small amounts of cash, credit cards and important
documents, as well as personal effects such as cigarettes, lighter, etc. The belt has a secure plastic clip
fastener and is adjustable to fit a range of waist sizes. The belt also comes with a detachable pouch for
holding a mobile telephone. Whilst money belts are worn beneath clothes for maximum security (the
theory being ‘If they can’t see it then they can’t steal it’), filling the pouches to capacity obviously will
reduce the effectiveness of this (unless it is worn beneath very baggy clothes).
Pelican Equipment Cases: Pelican equipment cases are a range of durable resin carrying cases for
transportation of delicate equipment (such as electronics, photographic gear, weapons, etc.). The inside of
the case contains pre-scored blocks of durable foam that can be arranged as required to provide maximum
protection for the contents. There are nine different cases of varying size. Features include:
Airtight.
Water-tight: To thirty feet depth.
Chapter Two: Equipment
99
Resistant to temperature extremes.
Pressure valve: To prevent the contents being damaged by changes in air pressure, such
as those caused by altitude;
Float in water (even when fully loaded);
Robust hinges and catches: To prevent them opening accidentally.
Lockable: For additional security.
The models are as follows:
Model 1200: 269x 244 x 125mm
Model 1300: 269 x 244 x 175mm
Model 1400: 338 x 322 x 150mm
Model 1500: 463 x 382 x 172mm
Model 1550: 513 x 419 x 213mm
Model 1600: 582 x 519 x 225mm
Model 1650: 788 x 519 x 288mm*
Model 1700: 925 x 438 x 150mm*
Model 1750: 1300 x 438 x 150mm*
*includes wheels for easy transportation
Portable Roadblocks: These are four-pronged steel spikes arranged in a pyramid shape, each spike
being approximately 5cm in length. They are deployed simply by scattering them on the road in the path
of vehicles—when the vehicle attempts to pass over them they puncture the tyres. An alternative version
is a portable roadblock chain. This is essentially the same, but with the roadblocks linked into a 5-metre
chain, for stretching across the road. The chains may be joined together for increased length.
Restraints in action
Escapologists
aside,
getting out of restraints
for most people is an extremely difficult task. It is
possible to do so either by
someone else picking the
lock, cutting the restraint
or picking the lock yourself.
Picking a lock on
cuffs whilst restrained is
difficult: a -30 modifier to
the Lockpicking roll. Obviously, if an unrestrained
person does this then there
is no penalty.
Cutting a chain
requires a pair of heavyduty bolt cutters. Cutting
the bracelets quickly
however is not recommended since this requires
a blowtorch (which could
be rather painful). Several
hours with a high quality
metal hacksaw blade is
the only way.
100
Restraints: Operatives use a number of restraining devices. All with the exception of flexi-cuffs come
with a leather belt case for ease of carrying and are made from extremely strong steel. The most common
five kinds are as follows:
Flexi-Cuffs: Flexi-cuffs are strips of lightweight but extremely strong plastic, approximately
5mm wide and 2mm thick. The strip is wrapped around the subject’s hands and tightened to lock
with a plastic ratchet fitting, which cannot then be loosened. They can be used as an effective
restraint for hands or feet (but if used for feet, this will render the subject virtually immobile).
Handcuffs, Chain: Standard handcuffs linked by 75mm of chain.
Handcuffs, Hinged: These are the same as standard ‘cuffs, except that the chain is replaced
by heavy-duty metal hinges to restrict mobility.
Handcuff Case: A leather belt case for carrying standard hinged or chain handcuffs.
Leg irons: Elliptical shaped cuffs designed to fit around the ankles, with a 350mm chain.
Belly Chain: Standard cuffs with an extra long chain that can either be wrapped around the
body or looped through the chain of leg irons.
Thumb-cuffs: Compact cuffs for minimal restraint around the thumbs only.
Rucksack/Backpack: This is a civilian rainproof backpack for carrying all types of equipment. As
such, it is distinct from the packs in LBE or tactical vests. The main area of the bag stores around 30
litres of equipment (approximately 48x25x25 cm), whilst additional items may be stored in the pockets.
Straps are fitted at the bottom for carrying a sleeping bag. The rucksack may be carried on it’s own or
attached to the LBE frame pack to form a complete equipment carrying system. It is available in a variety
of colours.
Sports Holdall: A rainproof woven nylon bag with numerous pockets, designed for carrying sports
clothing and equipment. Holdalls come in a variety of sizes, but basically they are either large (30 litre)
or small (15 litre).
Suit Cases: Standard, hard-sided plastic suitcases, designed for carrying clothes. They are available in
a large range of colours and sizes. Larger models have a pulling handle and wheels. Standard sizes are as
follows:
Millennium’s End
Small: 400 x 300 x 150mm
Medium: 600 x 400 x 180mm
Large: 700 x 550 x 200mm
Extra Large: 1000 x 700 x 250mm
General Equipment
Item
Aluminium Equipment Box
Cost ($US)
Cost (EU)
Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
Weight (kg) Availability
$29
€ 27
$37
$19
2.00 kg
$113
€ 104
$145
$76
1.50 kg
Dry Bag, Equipment
$40
€ 37
$51
$27
2.00 kg
Dry Bag, Weapons
$40
€ 37
$51
$27
1.75 kg
Money Belt
$60
€ 55
$77
$40
0.30 kg
Pelican Case Model 1200
$39
€ 36
$50
$26
0.91 kg
Pelican Case Model 1300
$49
€ 45
$63
$33
1.14 kg
Pelican Case Model 1400
$73
€ 67
$93
$49
1.82 kg
Pelican Case Model 1500
$109
€ 100
$140
$73
3.18 kg
Pelican Case Model 1550
$138
€ 127
$177
$92
4.55 kg
Pelican Case Model 1600
$164
€ 151
$210
$110
5.91 kg
Pelican Case Model 1650
$254
€ 234
$325
$170
7.96 kg
Pelican Case Model 1700
$197
€ 181
$252
$132
6.82 kg
Pelican Case Model 1750
$229
€ 211
$293
$153
13.18 kg
Portable Roadblock Chain
$350
€ 322
$448
$235
12.50 kg
Portable Roadblocks
$15
€ 14
$19
$10
0.50 kg
Belly Chain
$80
€ 74
$102
$54
0.77 kg
$1
€1
$1
$1
0.00 kg
Handcuff Case
$10
€9
$13
$7
0.05 kg
Handcuffs, Chain
$35
€ 32
$45
$23
0.35 kg
Handcuffs, Hinged
$40
€ 37
$51
$27
0.40 kg
Leg Irons
$50
€ 46
$64
$34
0.60 kg
$8
€7
$10
$5
0.10 kg
$165
€ 152
$211
$111
2.00 kg
Sports Holdall, Large
$53
€ 49
$68
$36
0.40 kg
Sports Holdall, Small
$30
€ 28
$38
$20
0.25 kg
Suitcase, Extra Large
$40
€ 37
$51
$27
1.75 kg
Suitcase, Large
$30
€ 28
$38
$20
1.40 kg
Suitcase, Medium
$25
€ 23
$32
$17
1.10 kg
Suitcase, Small
$20
€ 18
$26
$13
0.85 kg
Attaché Case
Flexicuffs
Thumb-cuffs
Rucksack
Chapter Two: Equipment
101
PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
By the very nature of BlackEagle operations, operatives will be putting themselves in
the way of harm in some way, shape or form. Operatives being the pros that they are,
they will minimise all potential risks ask much as possible, through the selection of
appropriate equipment from this section.
Chemical Defence
Suit in action
The Chemical Defence
Suit is large and bulky
to carry and hot and
uncomfortable to wear for
extended periods of time.
It will provide effective
protection against chemical
attacks absorbed through
any means. After use, the
wearer needs to scrub the
suit down thoroughly to
remove any contaminants.
Chemical Defence Suit: This heavy duty suit comprises a jacket with hood, trousers, shoe covers
and gloves, woven from cloth and wool, with inserts to protect the wearer from the effects of chemical
agents on the battlefield, such as nerve and blood agents. It must be used in conjunction with a gas mask.
All components fit together tightly and all openings to the suit can be sealed.
Ear Defenders: Lightweight ear defenders, designed to be worn under a balaclava or Kevlar helmet.
Their specific purpose is to reduce the aural effect of stun grenades on the user, allowing them an edge in
combat. The earpieces can also accommodate either a headphone or headset.
Ear Plugs: These are small latex foam plugs that are compressed and then inserted into the outer
ear, where they expand to block loud noises. They are sufficient to protect ears from the sound of loud
machinery, and gunfire. Usefully, they still permit the wearer to hear conversation above the noise (albeit
that the conversation may need to be slightly louder than normal).
Gas Mask: There are various models in use around the world, but the basic purpose remains the same.
The gas mask (such as the US M17 / M17A1 mask) is a protective mask against gases that cause harm
Ear Defenders in
when inhaled. Combined with a chemical defence suit (q.v.) it can also be used against nerve and blood
action
agents. The filters in the mask require replacement after around a year of constant use. There is also an
Where the wearer is within
attachment to most masks that enables the wearer to drink from a canteen without removing the mask.
the concussive area of any
explosion, the concussion
Gloves: Just like boots, gloves come in all shapes and sizes, for varying purposes. The basic purpose
damage only is halved.
is to protect or disguise the hands, whether it is from heat, moisture, transfer of toxic or bio-hazardous
For concussion grenades,
substances, or simply to avoid leaving fingerprints.
provided that the wearer
does not actually observe
Latex: Ultra-thin, disposable surgical latex gloves, intended principally for medical use. They
the flash from the explosion
have however found their way into various other uses: they are useful for handling heat-sensitive
(e.g. they look away / close
explosives and also for wearing when fingerprints cannot be left (but perhaps the wearer does
their eyes) the ear defenders
not wish to be seen to be wearing gloves).
halve the delivered damage
Leather: These are high quality, thin leather gloves, enabling the wearer to perform relatively
from the explosion that is
dextrous operations, whilst retaining the ability not to leave fingerprints, or simply to protect the
applicable to the wearer.
hands from the elements. The wearer can carry out activities such as firing a weapon, but more
delicate operations (such as picking a lock) are not possible.
Gas Mask in action
Nomex / Kevlar: Lightweight gloves with Kevlar backs, designed for police and military
Provided the wearer gets
use. They offer limited protection for the backs of the hands (but not sufficient to be classed as
the mask on properly in
armour), protection for the palms, good grip and the use of weapons. They also offer protection
time, the mask will protect
to the palms, which can be important when rappelling or abseiling. Special operations forces and
against all chemical attacks
police SWAT teams particularly favour them.
delivered by inhalation
Rappelling: Tough leather gloves with reinforced palms, designed for rope handling and
(provided they are not
specifically rappelling / fast-roping.
combined with another
Thermal: Padded, wind-proof gloves with a Gore-Tex outer designed purely to protect the
agent absorbed through
wearer from the elements. They do not permit any activity requiring dexterity beyond that to
other means, such as the
hold an item (such as a ski stick). They additionally have tie cords to enable them to be tied
skin).
around the wrist, since losing a glove in cold weather can be catastrophic.
Gloves in action
Whilst even Nomex / Goggles: Protecting the eyes is very important, whether it is from small flying fragments, smoke or
Kevlar gloves do not offer bright light.
protection enough to be
classed as armour, the
Desert Goggles: These are made of clear polycarbonate, with a toughened lens designed to
purpose of gloves is to act
protect the wearer to international safety standard level. They specifically protect against flying
as protection for the wearer.
fragments and spray mist. The lens is surrounded by flexible plastic for comfort and there are
This may be as:
ventilation holes to prevent the goggles misting over. The goggles are held in place by a thick
102
Millennium’s End
elastic strip. They also feature a detachable tinted ultra-violet shade.
Safety Goggles: Safety goggles are similar to desert goggles, except that they do not feature
the tinted shade. They are suited well to tasks involving cutting or spraying, but also firing a
weapon.
Ski Goggles: These are similar to safety goggles but are additionally tinted and shielded from
ultra-violet radiation (basically the same as desert goggles, but the shade is not removable).
Skydiving Goggles: Lightweight, wrap-around anti-fog goggles to protect parachutists’
eyes from the wind, cold and particles. They are also available in tinted versions to protect from
glare.
Mace: Mace is a personal protection spray consisting of pepper and tear gases combined with an
ultraviolet marking dye. The gases cause a number of effects, including involuntary closing of the eyes,
coughing, choking, profuse tearing and burning eyes. The ultraviolet dye is a permanent marker that can
only be removed with special cleaning agents. It is designed to mark the mace victim after the attack so
that they can be detected using an ultraviolet light. The canister is small and can easily be carried in a
pocket or purse. It contains sufficient gas for five one-second bursts. A burst has a range of two to three
metres.
Personal Attack Alarm: This is a small battery-powered (9 volt) attack alarm measuring
57x67x21mm. The purpose of the alarm is to distract an assailant and summon assistance using its
120-decibel alarm. The alarm has a belt clip on the back, a test button on the side and a trigger pin on
the top, attached to a 20cm cord and key clip. Pulling the cord (thereby dislodging the pin) triggers it.
Alternatively, pressing and holding the test button will also activate it. If the pin is removed, it can be
replaced. The alarm is also supplied with a wall mounting which the belt clip fits to. The wall mounting
has a double-sided adhesive plate on the back. By mounting the alarm thus and clipping the key clip to
the door (it can be circled around an object such as a door handle or chain and clipped back onto the cord)
this can provide a simple but highly effective intruder alarm.
A barrier (e.g. protecting
against infectious material)
An intervening material
(e.g. to protect against
friction whilst rappelling),
or;
An insulator (e.g. to protect
against cold).
It should be remembered
that the hands are an
important part of the body
and to immobilise or impair
them can be detrimental to
conducting many tasks.
Goggles in action
Goggles allow operatives
to work effectively in
environments such as desert
and snow, without suffering
penalties due to the glare or
particles.
Operatives also
need to ensure that they
wear eye protection when
using power tools, to
Personal Protective Equipment
Item
Chemical Defence Suit
Cost ($US)
Cost (EU)
Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
Weight (kg) Availability
$500
€ 460
$640
$335
8.00 kg
$60
€ 55
$77
$40
0.40 kg
$2
€2
$3
$1
0.00 kg
Gas Mask
$525
€ 483
$672
$352
1.30 kg
Gas Mask Filter
$175
€ 161
$224
$117
0.00 kg
$2
€2
$3
$1
0.00 kg
Gloves, Leather
$45
€ 41
$58
$30
0.05 kg
Gloves, Nomex / Kevlar
$98
€ 90
$125
$66
0.05 kg
Gloves, Rappelling
$85
€ 78
$109
$57
0.07 kg
Gloves, Thermal
$68
€ 63
$87
$46
0.10 kg
Goggles, Desert
$81
€ 75
$104
$54
0.10 kg
Goggles, Safety
$25
€ 23
$32
$17
0.10 kg
Goggles, Ski
$87
€ 80
$111
$58
0.10 kg
Mace
$90
€ 83
$115
$60
0.07 kg
Personal Attack Alarm
$10
€9
$13
$7
0.20 kg
Ear Defenders
Ear Plugs
Gloves, Latex
Mace in action
Applying mace requires a successful Coordination roll. The mace victim also has an opportunity to Dodge
the attack. Mace causes severe impairment due to the irritation. The impairment has a –50 modifier on all
actions for the duration of the effect. The character remains aware of their surroundings whilst affected.
No permanent or lethal damage is done, beyond incapacitation. Characters wearing gas masks or other
equipment, which prevents them from either inhaling the gas or it attacking the eyes, are unaffected.
Chapter Two: Equipment
L(EU, AU)
prevent against injury.
However, wearing goggles
for long periods of time
is
uncomfortable
and
impractical. The goggles
mist up, particularly when
the wearer is carrying out
hard physical activity.
103
TOOLS
On some assignments the tools of the trade aren’t shooting irons and brainpower.
Sometimes you need a little bit of precision craftsmanship, a touch of finesse or quite
simply a little bit of manual labour.
Many of the specialist tools that operatives may require are also available
through hire companies. Any item with a cross symbol () next to its cost below can be
hired at either 10% of it’s cost per day, or 20% of it’s cost per week.
Many of the tools are self-explanatory, and it seems unnecessary to provide
descriptions of their purpose. Descriptions are included for unusual or specialized items
only. Extremely specialized tools (such as those for vehicles) are not included.
Adjustable Mirror: This is a small (7 x 5cm) mirror on a flexible handle, useful for peering around
corners when you don’t want to risk being shot. Whilst many Counter Terrorist and SWAT teams now
use fibre optic cables, these small mirrors are still useful for personal use where you don’t have such
extensive technical backup.
NBC Detection Gear: These items are items of kit used to detect the presence of potentially harmful
nuclear, biological or chemical (NBC) agents.
Chemical Agent Detector Kit (M256A1): This is a simple-to-use kit designed to detect
and identify blister, nerve and blood (cyanide) agents, as well as confirms their absence. The
elements of this kit constitute one of the U.S. military’s most sensitive devices for detecting
CWAs (Chemical Warfare Agents). It detects all agents at levels below those that can kill or
injure people. It was used extensively during the first Gulf War and is widely deployed with
NATO troops where they face risk of attack with NBC agents.
Chemical Agent Monitors (CAMs): The Chemical Agent Monitor (CAM) is a hand-held,
automated device for monitoring chemical agent contamination on personnel and equipment. It
looks like an iron with an LCD monitor and tube attached to the top. The CAM has two controls:
an on / off push-button switch and a mode select push-button switch, which selects either the
‘Blister’ or ‘Nerve Agent’ modes of operation. The CAM detects vapours of chemical agents by
sensing molecular ions of specific mobilities (time of flight) and uses timing and microprocessor
techniques to reject inferences. It can detect and discriminate between vapours of nerve and
blister agents and display the relative concentration. The ICAM (Improved Chemical Agent
Monitor) is a lighter version of the CAM, which incorporates the same features, is less expensive
to repair and repairs can be done in the field. It detects the presence of nerve and blister agents
(GA, GB, GD, Vx, HD, HN3).
Geiger Counter: This is a portable Geiger counter, similar to the standard NATO issue
model. It is powered by three C-cell batteries, giving around 400 hours of use and gives radiation
readings accurate to +/-20% on an LCD screen. The counter is designed to be used for ‘postincident’ monitoring, and can be easily decontaminated.
Blow Torch, Portable: A smaller version of the standard oxy-acetylene torch used in metal
workshops around the world, this version uses shorter tubes and smaller tanks of gas to reduce the weight
and bulk. The twin cylinders contain enough gas for around 30 minutes of welding or cutting.
Cordless Power Drill: This is a powerful dual-action hammer drill, such as those made by Hilti,
Bosch or Makita. It has features such as a key-less chuck, direction selector, variable speed (depending
on how long the trigger is depressed), and cord-less operation. The drill comes with a selection of bits
of various lengths, diameters and designs, for drilling into wood, plastic, metal, masonry or glass. It also
comes in a heavy-duty plastic carrying case, which holds the drill, charger, spare battery and bits.
Gerber Multi-Pliers: This is a compact, pocket-sized general-purpose tool, far superior to the
ubiquitous Swiss Army knife. The Multi-Plier 600 Deluxe includes a pair of standard, non-insulated
needle-nose pliers, a wire cutter, high-quality steel blade, serrated blade, saw blade, small, medium and
cross-head screwdrivers, scissors, can / bottle opener and a file. It measures 13cm closed and comes
104
Millennium’s End
complete with a leather case that can be worn on the belt.
Nail Gun: A nail gun is a device used in the construction industry, which uses compressed gas to drive
nails into wood. It can also be used as an impromptu weapon if required.
Tool Carrying Kit: There are various means of carrying tools, depending on whether just a few or a
large selection are required. Each of the following is commonly available from either a DIY or hardware
store.
Tool Bag: This is a hard-bottomed bag with carrying handles and a detachable shoulder strap, made of
woven (water-resistant) nylon and PVC. It is similar to a sports holdall, but slightly tougher. Inside it has
numerous pockets for storing small items.
Tool Belt: Tool belts are ideal for situations where it is not possible to put a tool down on something
(such as working at heights). The tools rest in loops in the canvas belt.
Tool Box: Designed specifically for carrying tools, fasteners and other associated items the toolbox is
made of tough plastic, with compartments, trays and drawers to store all the gear in. Typically, toolboxes
are approximately 50 x 30 x 25 cm in size, although varying shapes are available. The box locks with
heavy plastic clips and can be additionally secured with a padlock or numeric combination lock.
Tool Roll: A canvas or synthetic strip with numerous pockets of assorted sizes, designed to be rolled up
to enable a large number of tools to be carried compactly, and sealing with either a strip of velcro or tie
cords (for silence). It is not water-resistant but is intended for times where portability is essential.
Tools
Item
Cost ($US)
Cost (EU)
Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
Weight (kg) Availability
Tool Bag
$27
€ 25
$35
$18
0.45 kg
Tool Belt
$13
€ 12
$17
$9
0.10 kg
Tool Box
$30
€ 28
$38
$20
2.00 kg
Tool Roll
$20
€ 18
$26
$13
0.08 kg
Adjustable Mirror
$20
€ 18
$26
$13
0.23 kg
Axe
$60
€ 55
$77
$40
1.00 kg
$70
€ 64
$90
$47
1.00 kg
$248
€ 228
$317
$166
10.00 kg
$6
€6
$8
$4
0.00 kg
Crimping Tool
$30
€ 28
$38
$20
0.10 kg
Crowbar
$39
€ 36
$50
$26
0.67 kg
Cylinder, Acetylene
$158
€ 145
$202
$106
3.50 kg
Cylinder, Oxygen
$143
€ 132
$183
$96
3.50 kg
$50
€ 46
$64
$34
3.00 kg
$450
€ 414
$576
$302
5.00 kg
$8
€7
$10
$5
0.05 kg
$105
€ 97
$134
$70
0.15 kg
Fine File Set
$15
€ 14
$19
$10
0.03 kg
Forceps
$23
€ 21
$29
$15
0.05 kg
$120
€ 110
$154
$80
0.33 kg
Chemical Agent Detector Kit
Chemical Agent Monitor
Geiger Counter
Blow Torch, Portable
Chainsaw, Petrol 
Crazy Glue
Drill Bits & Case
Drill, Cordless Power
Duct Tape
Electrical Multi-Meter
Gerber Multi-Pliers
Chapter Two: Equipment
105
Hacksaw
$8
€7
$10
$5
0.40 kg
Hammer
$12
€ 11
$15
$8
1.00 kg
$263
€ 242
$337
$176
3.50 kg
Pick
$45
€ 41
$58
$30
8.50 kg
Pliers
$26
€ 24
$33
$17
0.10 kg
$1,275
€ 1,173
$1,632
$854
50.00 kg
$143
€ 132
$183
$96
6.25 kg
$18
€ 17
$23
$12
0.05 kg
$8
€7
$10
$5
0.05 kg
Screwdriver, Multi-Head
$75
€ 69
$96
$50
1.50 kg
Shovel
$45
€ 41
$58
$30
3.00 kg
Socket Set
$23
€ 21
$29
$15
1.20 kg
Soldering Iron
$23
€ 21
$29
$15
0.45 kg
$200
€ 184
$256
$134
10.00 kg
Tape Measure, 3m
$5
€5
$6
$3
0.02 kg
Tape Measure, 50m
$18
€ 17
$23
$12
0.35 kg
$3
€3
$4
$2
0.01 kg
$12
€ 11
$15
$8
0.15 kg
Nail Gun 
Portable 1.5 kW Generator 
Portable Floodlight 
Scalpel
Screwdriver Set, Precision
Spanner Set
Tweezers
Wire Cutters
L

Indicates that the item can be hired. The cost is 10% of the total cost of the item per day (i.e. a ten-day hire is the same as
buying the item.
106
Millennium’s End
COMMUNICATIONS AND INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY
More important even than weapons, communications are the life blood of a BlackEagle
cell. Without communications, you no longer work as a team, but a group of—admittedly
talented—individuals. Cells should make standardizing their communications
proceedures a priority. Where possible, all equipment should be identical, and radio
signalling proceedures worked out in advance.
Knowledge is power, and one of the more common assignments for BlackEagle
cells is getting hold of, or recovering stolen information. Most information in modern
times is stored somewhere on a computer. Of course getting that information off
the computer can be half the battle. Cells should be prepared for a wide range of
possibilities.
Encryption Handset: An encryption handset is a separate unit that can be attached to a transceiver
or Satellite Communication Unit in order to transmit and receive encrypted signals (data or voice
transmissions). Each user on an encrypted network has his or her own call sign. An encrypted handset can
call another encrypted set for which the call sign is known. The handset has a scrambling circuit, which
randomly changes the frequency and security codes. The base station control terminal can also change the
code key of all radios on the net. It can be used to selectively call a captured or stolen radio and destroy
its memory, to make it inoperative. The handset is relatively bulky at 190mm long and 50mm wide. It is
powered by internal rechargeable batteries and is ruggedly designed to take as much punishment as the
radio set itself. This includes immersion in shallow water, as well as physical punishment.
External Disk Drive: An external disk drive is an easily connectable means of either increasing
the amount of storage space that a PC or laptop has, for storing particularly large files (such as images,
sounds or video), or for use as a backup for the computer’s internal hard disk drive. It uses a high capacity
disk (similar to a disk drive), with a capacity of upwards of 400 gigabytes. It connects to the PC or laptop
through a USB (Universal Series Bus) or Firewire port.
Garmin Rino 120: The Garmin Rino 120 is a GPS-integrated radio, using the FRS (Family Radio
Service or GMRS (General Mobile Radio Service). As such, it is a small, handheld transceiver that
also incorporates a GPS unit. It has a range of up to two miles using FRS or five miles using GMRS
– the difference is that an FCC licence is required in the USA to use GMRS. The unit includes a voice
scrambler for secure communications, 22 channels and 38 squelch codes. The main advantage against
other hand transceivers is the addition of the GPS system. This works in the same way as a standard GPS
unit (see Navigation and Signalling), but can also be used to beam the user’s location to another user.
Standard maps of North and South America (including cities) are pre-loaded, and other maps can be
downloaded. It also has other standard GPS features such as waypoint storage, backtracking and multiposition navigation. The radio has a tough, olive-coloured plastic case, which is rugged and waterproof.
It uses 3 AA batteries, which provide for around 15 hours of typical use (including GPS).
Hand Transceivers: There is a wide range of two-way radio transceivers available for civilian and
military use, all with a variety of features available. Each of the hand transceivers described here is a
portable transceiver – carried by an individual. Mobile transceivers are described later under Vehicle
Transceivers. Three broad types of hand transceiver are described below:
Commercial Specification: This is a lightweight and compact civilian system intended
for transmission over short distances.
Military / Police Specification: This is a personal transceiver typical of that used by the
military or the police (such as the AN/PRC148 – a multi-band inter- / intra- team radio).
Military Man-Pack: This is a larger radio, used exclusively by the military, for predominantly
longer distance / company net communications. It is carried in a backpack pouch.
All versions are capable of digital and analogue transmission and receiving. They work by pressing
the PTT (Push To Talk) switch, either located on the side of the unit, or on an attached microphone /
Chapter Two: Equipment
107
(see below under Headsets and Audio). Hand transceivers are typically clipped onto a belt or carried in
a radio pouch. Batteries are detachable and recharged by connecting the unit to a power source with the
appropriate lead. Various batteries are available, depending on the weight and use that the user requires
(ranging from medium through high to ultra-high capacity). Spares can also be bought.
The features of the types of unit are explained fully below; details are shown in the table.
Range: The ranges given below are at optimal range; buildings, rough terrain or interference
sources can reduce range dramatically. This includes inclement weather conditions.
Frequencies: The number of programmable frequencies that the unit can have.
Output Power: This determines range. Obviously, for short ranges, lower outputs can be
used, decreasing the risk of being discovered and saving battery life.
Battery life: In hours of talk time on maximum power.
VOX: A voice-activated system, which allows hands-free operation without a specific
accessory such as a VOX headset.
Encryption: Enables transmissions to be scrambled to prevent listening in by persons
without the code to de-scramble the transmission. Encryption can be assumed to be totally
secure.
Data Transceiver: The unit can be used to transmit data (similar to using a modem and
telephone line). This can be alphanumeric data, or e-mail if attached to a PDA or computer.
Scanner: Capability enabling scanning for transmissions across a range of pre-programmed
frequencies.
Group code facility: Identifies each unit in a group by a prefix code, thereby enabling
other traffic on the same frequency to be filtered out where not prefaced by an appropriate
code.
Pager facility: Enables a vibration signal to be sent to a target transceiver (identified by
it’s code).
Transponder facility: Enables the location of the transceiver to be identified by a code
Radio Characteristics
Characteristics
Commercial
Military / Police
Specification
Military Man-Pack
Range
10 km
25 km
50 km
Frequencies
15
100
512
Output Power
2 watts
5 settings
5 settings
5 watts maximum
20 watts maximum
Medium: 8 hours
High: 12 hours
High: 10 hours
Ultra- High: 17 hours
Battery Life
13 hours
Ultra- High: 15 hours
Features
VOX
ü
Encryption
ü
ü
ü
Data Transceiver
ü
ü
Scanner
ü
ü
Group code facility
ü
ü
Pager facility
ü
Transponder facility
Water resistant
108
ü
Millennium’s End
ü
ü
ü
ü
by an aircraft equipped with a direction-finding transceiver up to 150 km away.
Water resistant: Able to withstand immersion in water to a depth of 10 metres.
Headsets and Audio: There are numerous different kinds of headset and audio output equipment
that can be used with certain radio transceivers. Whilst broadly similar in type and availability, they are
generally not interchangeable between models of radio from different manufacturers. The main types are
as follows.
Military Headphone Set: These are large dual earphones designed for man-pack and
vehicular radio transceivers. There is insulation around the speakers to reduce background noise,
which fit over the top of the head. The strap can be worn over the top of a military helmet. There
is a folding boom microphone for talking.
Covert Headset: Worn discreetly (such as by bodyguards or surveillance personnel), this
headset has a single non-occluding earpiece that is coiled to allow the ear to hear ambient sound
as well as the radio. There is a neckband with a throat microphone and PTT (Push-To-Talk)
button, and a separate hand PTT box. There is a transparent voice tube to transport the signal
from the neck-mounted speaker to the ear.
VOX Headset: A VOX headset is similar to a covert headset (above) except that there is not a
PTT switch. The unit is voice-activated instead, transmitting when the user speaks. A version is
also available with a small folding boom microphone.
Military Intercom Set: This headset is a robust overt headset for use with a hand transceiver.
There is a single waterproof speaker, a noise-cancelling microphone (which eliminates background
noise further than a metre from the microphone), a lightweight headband (comfortable for wearing
under headgear for long periods) and a military PTT switch.
Hand Microphone: This is a hand microphone for a hand transceiver, similar to those used
by police foot patrols. There is a remote speaker microphone, clipped or attached by Velcro onto
the chest / lapel and attached to the transceiver by a straight or coiled cord. The microphone has
a PTT switch on the side and may be used with a small non-occluding earpiece, which attached
by jack plug.
Speaker: This is attached to man-pack and vehicular radios to allow people other than the
operator to hear radio conversation.
Occasional Swimmer Set: Although called an ‘occasional’ swimmer set, this set of radio
accessories is actually designed to work after extensive periods of being submerged. There is a
lightweight elastic headband, a flexible boom microphone, a PTT switch and a waterproof radio
container.
Laptop Workstations and Peripherals: Laptops have become increasingly popular over the
past few years as the differences in performance between them and desktop computers disappear. For
field operations, only a Mil Spec toughened laptop will do. These laptops are fitted into a fully sealed
magnesium shell that can withstand dropping, knocks, vibration, dust and water immersion. The shell is
tough enough to withstand the pressure of being driven over by a car, sustaining only cosmetic damage.
Designed for outdoors operations, they also feature a built in GPS transceiver and full wireless internet
connectivity. Most makes will also take PCMCIA cards to provide for extra functionality, such as
connection to a military data net, or linking to other external equipment. The battery life is sufficient for
7-8 hours of low power field work, or 2-3 hours of intensive work. Of course, all of this comes at a cost,
and if field operations are a rarity, then standard business/personal laptops are half the price, and normally
better specified as well.
Lineman’s Telephone: This is the device used by telephone engineers to access telephone lines (to
diagnose and repair faults). Of course, it also has some less than legal applications too, and those are the
ones that operatives are invariably interested in. It looks like an oversized and bulky telephone handset
(about the size of a standard military hand transceiver), with two cables to attach it to the telephone line
by crocodile clips. It can be attached to the phone line anywhere where there are wires (typically at a
telegraph pole outside), and can be used to eavesdrop silently on conversations or to make calls. It can also
be used to listen for line noise and background interference (such as can be caused by taps on the line).
Memory Key: Also called ‘Flash Cards’ or ‘USB Memory Sticks’ this is a portable memory device that
connects to PCs or laptops via a USB port and / or cable. The major advantages of Memory Keys are that
data can be transferred to them almost instantly (i.e. you don’t have to burn the data as you do with a CD
Chapter Two: Equipment
109
/ DVD), they are high capacity (holding around 2 gigabytes of data) and they are very small (typically
50x15x5mm).
Mobile Phones: Without a doubt the mobile phone was the personal gadget of the late ‘80s and ‘90s.
Now it is a fact of everyday life. Service providers have competitive tariffs, improved reception, more
durable batteries and lightweight models and extensive network coverage of the globe.
Mobile Phones: Standard mobile phones include:
Address book
SMS Text Messaging
Caller ID / Number Display
Ring Back / Auto Redial
Clock / Alarm / Reminder
Voice-Activated Dialling
Limited Internet Access and Downloading
FM Radio
MP3 Player
Photo and Video Messaging (with a 1.3 mega-pixel digital camera)
Tri-Band (the phone works on European and North American networks)
Bluetooth Headset (Hands-free up to 10 metres away)
The key difference in phones is how they are paid for: there are pre-paid / ‘pay as you go’ phones,
whereby calls are paid for in advance, by token or credit / debit card, or there are contract phones,
whereby the user pays a monthly bill. The difference between the two is minimal: with a pre-paid
phone you might pay a little more for the handset and there may be a few less functions, but it
still does more or less the same job. A contract phone generally means a free handset, but you
have a minimum contract and are committed for more time.
Blackberry: Slightly more efficient than a PDA, although of limited processing power, the
key difference with a Blackberry is that the keyboard is on the fascia, and most functions are
accessed through a click and scroll key. Blackberries combine all the features of a mobile phone,
with an effective viewer of documents; where they are different to a PDA is that they don’t have
the ability to create documents on the move. Note that for security purposes, BlackEagle restricts
the type and nature of data that can be sent from within the BlackEagle network to Blackberry’s
and other such mobile data sources.
PDA (Personal Digital Assistant) Phone: A Personal Digital Assistant (PDA) is a
miniature electronic notebook, with limited processing power as a computer. In this case, it is
combined with a standard mobile phone, with all the features listed above. The PDA phone is not
intended to entirely replace the role of the PC, but rather to supplement it, with high portability.
The basic idea is that you can communicate and work on the move and then when you return
to the office you can add all the trimmings to your work. It is operated with a stylus, and has an
optional keyboard that can be attached to increase typed input ability. Features include:
Address book and diary;
PC-compatible software (such as operating system, word-processing and
spreadsheet);
Infrared port, allowing rapid download to PC or laptop;
Note pad software;
Carrying case.
Pager, Alphanumeric: A means of non-verbal communication, utilising SMS text messaging,
110
Millennium’s End
pagers originally preceded cellular phones before phones became more reliable and had extended battery
power. Pagers still however have their uses where verbal communication is not wanted (you can’t phone
up a pager). To send a pager message requires the pager number; numbers may be grouped to receive
certain series of transmissions (such as updated news messages). Pager messages are normally sent via an
operator, but alternatives include SMS messages from touch-tone phones and full alphanumeric messages
sent by a suitably equipped PC. Pagers may be set to vibrate, beep or play melodies when receiving
messages. They also have an alarm feature to act as a reminder. The price includes the service charge.
PC Camera: A PC camera is a small, fist-sized camera for connection to a PC or laptop. It has an
integral microphone to carry audio, and is used for video e-mail or video-conferencing.
Satellite Telephone, Portable: This unit looks similar to an early bulky cellular phone, and is
much easier to use than similar radio frequency units. It enables telephone access from anywhere in the
world, connecting via a satellite network to the local telephone networks. It has all the features of a good
cellular phone.
Satellite Telephone Modem, Portable: A modem for use with a portable satellite telephone,
this connects to a laptop, palm-top or PC by cable and requires a small collapsible antenna.
Satellite RF (Radio Frequency) Terminal: This is a military specification portable encrypted
radio transceiver, capable of communicating via satellite or line of sight. The terminal is 10x15x20 cm in
size and weighs four kilograms, and fits into a carrying case similar to a laptop carry case. Accompanying
the terminal is a collapsible antenna. The terminal can be linked to a laptop or palm-top computer for
transmitting data, and can be used in conjunction with a VOX headset or a standard hand transceiver.
TACBE Beacon / Radio: The TACBE is a dual-purpose military beacon and radio, about the size
of a hardback novel, with a metre-long antenna on top. By pulling out one tab it acts as a beacon,
transmitting a distress signal that can be picked up by any aircraft. Pulling out another tab enables the
TACBE to be used as a radio. This is intended for communicating with aircraft overhead (such as search
and rescue teams or AWACS support), but can also be used to communicate with other TACBEs, on a
line-of-sight basis only. The main problem with the TACBE is that it is easily located using directionfinding equipment, allowing opposing forces to pinpoint the location of its transmissions. However, as a
means of emergency communication it serves its purpose admirably.
Tactical Data Transceiver: A tactical data transceiver is used for the secure transmission of
alphanumeric messages over a radio net. It is similar in appearance to a large hand transceiver, but has
a full alphanumeric keypad in addition to the normal switches. Including the rechargeable battery the
dimensions are 300 x 100 x 50mm. The battery is recharged in the unit and has sufficient power for
around 10 hours of use.
Telephone Plug-ins: These devices are inserted into telephone jack-plugs to cause predictable
malfunctions in the operation of the telephone. They are typically used to cause confusion and distraction.
They work because typically the telephone jack-plug is not immediately visible (often being hidden
behind furniture). However, upon inspection, they are immediately visible, and can be disabled simply
by unplugging them. They cannot be combined together.
Dead Ringer: Allows outgoing calls from the telephone, but incoming calls will not cause
the phone to ring (although they can still be answered).
Disconnected Number: Causes outgoing calls to fail to connect and gives the exchangedisconnected message.
Wrong Number Generator: Causes outgoing calls to automatically reach a wrong number
(dialled at random on the local dialling code).
Telephone Voice Transformer: This device enables the user of a telephone to conceal their voice,
changing the timbre and resonance. This device also has the effect of changing the voice tract, preventing
the individual’s voice pattern from being identified. It is a box, 175x165x50mm in dimension, which
attaches to the telephone at the jack-plug (using the telephone line power). It additionally has memories
for the settings, enabling a certain voice tract to be replicated. It is not however completely infallible:
anyone analysing the voice over the telephone using voice tract analysis equipment will be
Chapter Two: Equipment
111
able to identify the tract as artificially generated.
Ultrasonic Diving Communicator: This is a fully automatic, wireless communicator for use
by SCUBA divers. The communicator allows transmitted and received speech, enabling conversation
(unlike radio transceivers). There are two parts to the communicator: a diver unit and a surface unit.
The diver unit consists of a unit that mounts onto the facemask of the diver, fitting around the back of
the diver’s head. This connects by cable to a microphone in a speaking cavity on the mouthpiece. The
earphone works by bone conduction and is placed under the hood, in contact with the bone around the
ear. The surface unit is composed of a set of battery-powered headphones with a microphone. Attached to
the headphones is a cable (standard lengths are 10, 33 and 67 metres) at the end of which is a transducer.
The cable and transducer are placed in the water to transmit to the diver. The system permits a minimum
range of 50 metres (from transducer to diver). Depending upon the acoustic circumstances, ranges of up
to 300 metres are possible. The batteries last for over four hours of use on the diver unit, and over eight
hours on the surface unit. This assumes broadcasting 20% of the time.
Vehicle Transceiver: Identical in principle to the Hand Transceivers described above, these are
larger, more powerful vehicular radio transceiver sets. The set is attached inside / to the dashboard and
is powered by the vehicle battery. As a minimum it uses a hand microphone and speaker (see Headsets
above), but can also use a military headphone set.
Comunications and Information Technology Equipment
Item
Encryption Handset
Cost ($US)
Cost (EU)
Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
Weight (kg) Availability
$1,300
€ 1,196
$1,664
$871
0.35 kg
External Disk Drive (400GB)
$390
€ 359
$499
$261
0.65 kg
Garmin Rino 120
$270
€ 248
$346
$181
0.24 kg
$97
€ 89
$124
$65
0.35 kg
Hand Transceiver Battery, High
Hand Transceiver Battery, Medium
$83
€ 76
$106
$56
0.34 kg
Hand Transceiver Battery, Ultra-High
$110
€ 101
$141
$74
0.39 kg
Hand Transceiver, Commercial
$800
€ 736
$1,024
$536
0.28 kg
Hand Transceiver, Military / Police Spec
$1,125
€ 1,035
$1,440
$754
0.87 kg
Hand Transceiver, Military Man-Pack
$1,562
€ 1,437
$1,999
$1,047
1.60 kg
$395
€ 363
$506
$265
0.02 kg
$85
€ 78
$109
$57
0.08 kg
Military Headphone Set
$695
€ 639
$890
$466
0.23 kg
Military Intercom Set
$140
€ 129
$179
$94
0.10 kg
$1,295
€ 1,191
$1,658
$868
0.26 kg
$45
€ 41
$58
$30
0.45 kg
$450
€ 414
$576
$302
0.01 kg
Laptop PC - Military Spec
$5,000
€ 4,600
$6,400
$3,350
3.60 kg
Laptop PC - Commercial Spec High End
$2,500
€ 2,300
$3,200
$1,675
2.60 kg
Laptop PC - Commercial Spec Low End
$1,000
€ 920
$1,280
$670
3.20 kg
Lineman’s Telephone
$100
€ 92
$128
$67
0.45 kg
Memory Key (2GB)
$100
€ 92
$128
$67
0.02 kg
Mobile Phone, Contract
$320
€ 294
$410
$214
0.10 kg
Mobile Phone, Pre-Paid
$112
€ 103
$143
$75
0.10 kg
Mobile Phone, Blackberry
$350
€ 322
$448
$235
0.14 kg
Covert Headset
Hand Microphone
Occasional Swimmer Set
Speaker
VOX Headset
112
Millennium’s End
U
L
Pager, Alpha-Numeric
$100
€ 92
$128
$67
0.05 kg
PC Camera
$120
€ 110
$154
$80
0.20 kg
$6,000
€ 5,520
$7,680
$4,020
4.00 kg
$200
€ 184
$256
$134
0.00 kg
Satellite Telephone Modem, Portable
$3,200
€ 2,944
$4,096
$2,144
0.75 kg
U
Satellite Telephone, Portable
$2,800
€ 2,576
$3,584
$1,876
1.00 kg
U
U
Satellite RF Terminal
Satellite Telephone Account
TACBE Beacon / Radio
$220
€ 202
$282
$147
0.80 kg
$1,500
€ 1,380
$1,920
$1,005
1.20 kg
Telephone Plug-In, Dead Ringer
$50
€ 46
$64
$34
0.01 kg
Telephone Plug-In, Disconnected Number
$80
€ 74
$102
$54
0.01 kg
Telephone Plug-In, Wrong Number Generator
$60
€ 55
$77
$40
0.01 kg
Tactical Data Transceiver
U
Telephone Voice Tranformer
$500
€ 460
$640
$335
0.35 kg
Ultrasonic Diving Communicator, Diver Unit
$375
€ 345
$480
$251
0.80 kg
U
Ultrasonic Diving Communicator, Surface Unit
$310
€ 285
$397
$208
0.50 kg
U
Vehicle Transceiver
Chapter Two: Equipment
113
ENTRY TOOLS
Getting into buildings, vehicles, cupboards and drawers is as basic as breathing to your
average operative. However, there are a variety of tools that serve this particular means
of tradecraft, depending largely upon the degree of finesse that they wish to exercise in
gaining entry.
Car Entry Tool Set: These are specialised tools for picking car door / trunk locks, steering column
locks, fuel tank cap locks and steering wheel locking devices. A variety of tools are needed to cover the
range of manufacturers of vehicles, many of which have unique types of lock.
Automotive Lockpick Tools: Tension wrenches, broken key extractors and picks for
picking all locks on a variety of cars.
Button Grabber: A tool to be slid through the window to loop around the lock release
button.
Wedges and Probes: A selection of wedges (including an inflatable one) to spread the
door jamb and probes to operate the locking device.
Steering Wheel Lock Breaker: A torsion device for breaking steering wheel lock
bars.
Forced Entry Tools: These are specialised tools where the finesse of leaving the door or window
intact is not necessary.
Hooligan Tool: The Hooligan Tool is a multi-purpose levering device for prying open doors
and windows. It has a hooked duck bill and claw for inserting into the opening and levering. It is
90cm in length and is heavy and robust enough to also use as a pounding tool.
Thunderbolt Entry Ram: The Thunderbolt is a police battering ram for forcing doors
open. It has two rubberised handles to assist with grip and can be used by one or two people.
Lockpicking Tools: These tools are general-purpose tools for use in lockpicking. They are not
intended as a complete solution for picking all kinds of locks. However, in some cases they can simplify
things by not requiring large amounts of equipment to be carried.
Electric Lockpick: Available as either a gun or a probing device (shaped like an electric
toothbrush), It comes with pick heads, tension tools and adjusting tools and is suitable for picking
most types of low and medium security locks.
Jiggler Key Sets: These are sets of keys for using the raking technique of opening locks
without a tension tool. There are two sets of keys, for varying sizes of small and large keyways.
They are suitable for picking most types of low and medium security locks.
Lock Release Gun: The size of a large automatic pistol, this device uses compressed air
from a small cylinder to generate suction to pull the tumblers in the lock into place.
Pocket Knife Lockpick: A five-bladed pocketknife with four lock picks, a broken key
extractor and a tension wrench concealed in the handle. It is suitable for picking simple locks.
Lockpicking Tool Set (Specialist): This is a set of tools for opening speciality locks, such as
filing cabinets, padlocks, handcuffs, briefcase combination locks and tubular locks (such as used for
bicycles).
Warded Key Set (10): A set of warded keys (also known as skeleton keys) for aiding in
opening padlocks.
Padlock Shim Set (20): A set of shim picks for inserting into laminated padlocks with a
flat top body.
Tubular Lockpicks (3): For picking tubular locks, such as bike locks and coin boxes.
Handcuff Keys (2): Standard and over-sized keys for picking both double and single locked
handcuffs.
Straight Knife Tool: For opening filing cabinets and some padlocks.
114
Millennium’s End
Mini-Knife Tool / Probe: For decoding and opening combination padlocks and
briefcases.
Lockpicking Tool Set (Standard): This is a set of tools for opening a variety of standard pin
tumbler, wafer and lever locks. The set is contained in a zip-up leather wallet 250x200x20mm in size.
Hook Picks (32): Metal-handled picks of varying lengths and widths to insert into the lock.
Tension Wrenches (7): Turning tools of various sizes, with weights for applying varying
tensions upon the lock.
Broken Key extractors (4): Devices for extracting broken keys or other obstructions from
the lock.
Plug Spinner: A device that can aid picking of locks by enabling them to be picked ‘in
reverse’.
Entry Tools
Item
Cost ($US)
Cost (EU)
Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
Weight (kg) Availability
Bolt Cutters
$180
€ 166
$230
$121
0.25 kg
Car Entry Tool Kit
$560
€ 515
$717
$375
3.00 kg
Hooligan Tool
$180
€ 166
$230
$121
5.77 kg
Thunderbolt Entry Ram
$315
€ 290
$403
$211
15.91 kg
Electric Lock Pick
$230
€ 212
$294
$154
0.60 kg
$30
€ 28
$38
$20
0.01 kg
Glass Cutter
Jiggler Key sets
Lock Release Gun
Pocket Knife Lock Pick
L
L
$48
€ 44
$61
$32
0.20 kg
L
$125
€ 115
$160
$84
1.00 kg
L
$39
€ 36
$50
$26
0.30 kg
L
Lock Pick Tool Set (Specialist)
$230
€ 212
$294
$154
0.65 kg
L
Lock Pick Tool Set (Standard)
$200
€ 184
$256
$134
0.55 kg
L
$2
€2
$3
$1
0.00 kg
Suction Cup
Chapter Two: Equipment
115
AIRBORNE
With the post-WWII development of mobile operations (and particularly heli-borne
operations), there is a plethora of items specific to operating from aircraft. Most of this
kit will form essentials for deployment from the air. Most of it should be dumped or
stored in landing. However, whilst the operatives are in the air they should be thankful
that they have it.
Parachuting in
action
Use of the Parachute skill,
like with climbing and
mountaineering, obviously
requires certain equipment
(not least, a parachute).
The equipment required for
parachute drops increases
with altitude as follows:
Low: Less than 1,000
metres.
Low altitude drops require
the least equipment:
• Parachute Rig
• Skydiving Goggles
• Altimeter / Jump Computer
• A skydiving suit may be
desirable (depending upon
weather conditions). A
helmet is also desirable for
safety and communication
reasons, but is not essential.
Altimeter: This is a standard parachutist’s altimeter, with an analogue dial with luminous markings
for low light conditions. The altimeter clips onto the parachute harness. An altimeter is preferable for all
drops, but essential for high altitude drops.
Fast Ropes: A fast rope is a thick rope of spun nylon, designed for rapid insertion and extraction of
personnel from a helicopter.
Fast Rope Insertion / Extraction System (FRIES): FRIES has 12mm diameter
loops at the end to enable rapid extraction. Troops simply hook their rappelling harness or
LBE system onto the rope using a snaplink or karabiner. Due to its thickness, the rope has a
breaking strain of 15,500 kgs. The FRIES rope is 44mm in diameter and is available in a variety
of attachments to the helicopter. It is available in either olive drab or white, and comes in three
standard lengths (18 meters, 27 meters and 36 meters).
Special Patrol Insertion / Extraction System (SPIES): Similar to FRIES, the
SPIES rope is not as strong or heavy, being basically a cargo line with a breaking strain of 4,500
kgs. Instead of loops, it has D-rings sewn into it, each with a breaking strain of 1,100 kgs. The
rope has an abrasion-resistant coating and comes in two lengths (36 meters and 45 meters).
Helmets: There are a number of helmets and protective headgear used in parachuting and flying. The
basic purpose of each is to provide protection to the head in the event of a crash, but additional systems
are usually also attached. These include attaching points for communications, visors and breathing
apparatus. The broad types of kit available are:
Air Crew Helmet: This is the basic type of flying helmet, with a tinted anti-fog visor to
provide protection from ultra-violet light and glare. It has points for attaching communications
links (headset and boom microphone) and a facemask for oxygen.
High Altitude Helmet: A full-face helmet for high altitude parachute drops (HAHO and
HALO), similar in configuration to a motorbike helmet. It has a flip-up anti fog visor, an airtight
collar and interchangeable liners, with connection points for an oxygen system.
Special Forces HALO Helmet: This is a standard open-face helmet, which has two
communications link attachments (for a dual communications setup), a facemask for oxygen
equipment and an SDU-5 Strobe Light (see Communications Gear).
Normal: Between 1,000
and 7,500 metres. For
normal altitude drops a
skydiving or flight suit with
gloves becomes essential
due to the colder air at Jump Computer: Just as dive computers have replaced depth and pressure gauges for diving,
greater altitudes.
jump computers have in part replaced analogue altimeters for skydiving as the preferred piece of kit.
Essentially, the jump computer is an audible altimeter. It has three programmable altitudes at which an
High: More than 7,500 audible warning is given. It also has an electronic logbook to record details of all jumps. This can be
metres. For high altitude downloaded to a PC using a standard linking cable. In addition to altitude, the jump computer displays
drops a helmet and oxygen on one screen details of descent speed and direction, enabling greater precision in making a landing. The
system is essential.
screen is backlit for use at night.
Jumper’s Kit Bag: The JKB is a large bag that holds the parachutist’s equipment, backpack and LBE
and prevents any loose items interfering with either the operation of their parachute or position. The bag
has several pockets on the exterior. The JKB has replaced the SARPELS harness with the US Marines.
Nomex Flight Suit: Nomex is a lightweight, fire retardant material, which is comfortable to wear
in a variety of temperatures. Nomex flight suits are in use in a number of countries as standard issue,
for both aircrews and troops operating at altitude. The suit is a full-length body suit, with pockets on the
arms, chest, thighs and legs. Although available in a variety of colours it is typically sage green.
116
Millennium’s End
Oxygen System: Designed for high altitude drops, the oxygen system is similar in setup to SCUBA
equipment (although it is not intended specifically for use underwater). It consists of a single oxygen tank
(another can be added if necessary), a regulator, and a hose with connections for the oxygen mask. The
oxygen system does not include the mask—this is integral to the helmet (see above). A separate oxygen
supply is normally provided in-flight on high altitude jumps.
Parachute Release System: The parachute release system (also known as an automatic activation
device—AAD) is intended for military high altitude drops. It contains an altimeter and microprocessor
that control parachute opening at a given altitude. This enables the parachutist to concentrate upon steering
and freefall manoeuvres.
Parachute Rigs: The parachute rig, whether it is a basic military static line rig or a sports / high
altitude skydiving rig consists of three elements (i) the harness, (ii) the main parachute and (iii) the reserve
parachute. There are numerous different kinds of rig available, depending upon the type of deployment
being used. Broadly, these can be described as (i) static line jumps (where there is automatic parachute
deployment), and (ii) freefall (with automatic or conventional ripcord deployment). Most Special Forces
units use multi-purpose parachute systems—effectively modular systems that allow for different kinds of
setup for different types of jump. The rig consists of:
Harness: With mountings for the primary parachute and risers;
Pockets: For altimeter / jump computer, oxygen tanks and communications gear;
Jettison system: To allow the primary parachute to be jettisoned in an emergency (to
prevention submersion, or when suspended from tree tops);
Quick releases: To lower attached equipment on a lanyard, such as rucksacks and equipment
bags.
Weight is a critical factor in making a parachute deployment. The role of the parachute is to arrest the
descent speed. Excessive weight naturally means that this becomes more difficult to control. A typical
parachute rig has a recommended jump weight (i.e. including the weight of all things suspended from the
parachute) of around 160 kg, although the maximum is around 30% more (210 kg).
SARPELS / Air Pack: SARPELS (Single Action Release, Personal Equipment Lowering System) is
a system for military parachutists to enable them in the final stages of descent to lower their equipment
below them. This assists with making a safe landing by ensuring that the kit is out of the way and the
parachutist is able to make a roll to cushion the landing. The SARPELS harness may be worn either at the
front or the rear. The harness lowers the equipment either eight feet or fifteen feet below the parachutist,
depending on whether it is used in Military Free Fall (MFF) or Static Line configuration.
Skydiving Suit: Whilst there are numerous skydiving suits available on the market (especially sports
suits) they all share a basic similarity in design, especially for higher altitude drops. Sports suits are
intended for use as the primary layer of clothing, worn over light clothing or underwear. Military suits are
roomier, worn over other clothing and boots. Freefall (high altitude) suits have an insulated or thermal
lining. High altitude drops (from over 7,500 metres) require this due to the low temperatures. This is
integral to the suit.
Chapter Two: Equipment
Parachute Rigs in
action
With a static line jump it
is virtually impossible for
the parachute not to deploy
(hence why such jumps are
used by the military and
for beginners). Similarly,
use of the Parachute Release System (Automatic
Activation Device—AAD)
will deploy the parachute
at a given altitude automatically.
Use of Parachute
skill is concerned predominantly with accuracy and
quality of landing. Factors
that influence this are the
weight of equipment carried, weather conditions,
landing site conditions and
the type of
deployment being made.
Although modern
parachutes are designed to
give the user a cushioned
landing at 10 metres per
second or less, weight
carried and the type of
drop can significantly
affect this.
Situations in these
categories that should attract negative modifiers
are where the character is
carrying equipment more
than 75% of their body
weight, or attempting a
HALO (High Altitude, Low
Opening) deployment.
Unless the character is attempting a jump
of significant difficulty
(such as in the circumstances listed above), or
unless there is a critical
failure of a Parachute skill
roll, roll failures should
not normally result in the
failure of a parachute to
deploy or in a bad deployment.
117
Airborne Equipment
Item
Cost ($US)
Cost (EU)
Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
Weight (kg) Availability
Altimeter
$154
€ 142
$197
$103
0.03 kg
FRIES Rope, 18m
$950
€ 874
$1,216
$637
24.55 kg
FRIES Rope, 27m
$1,235
€ 1,136
$1,581
$827
35.45 kg
FRIES Rope, 36m
$1,521
€ 1,399
$1,947
$1,019
46.82 kg
SPIES Rope, 36m
$943
€ 868
$1,207
$632
13.38 kg
SPIES Rope, 45m
$1,032
€ 949
$1,321
$691
16.72 kg
$35
€ 32
$45
$23
0.01 kg
Helmet, Air Crew
$235
€ 216
$301
$157
1.75 kg
Helmet, High Altitude
$325
€ 299
$416
$218
1.00 kg
Helmet, Special Forces HALO
$290
€ 267
$371
$194
1.10 kg
Jump Computer
$291
€ 268
$372
$195
0.03 kg
Nomex Flight Suit
$180
€ 166
$230
$121
2.50 kg
Oxygen System
$430
€ 396
$550
$288
5.10 kg
Parachute Release System
$1,045
€ 961
$1,338
$700
0.08 kg
Parachute Rig, Modular
$5,000
€ 4,600
$6,400
$3,350
10.30 kg
Parachute Rig, Sports
$4,000
€ 3,680
$5,120
$2,680
6.98 kg
Parachute Rig, Static Line
$2,000
€ 1,840
$2,560
$1,340
5.85 kg
SARPELS / Air Pack
$400
€ 368
$512
$268
18.00 kg
Skydiving Suit, Military
$375
€ 345
$480
$251
1.00 kg
Skydiving Suit, Sports
$400
€ 368
$512
$268
1.00 kg
Goggles, Skydiving
Jumers Kit Bag
118
Millennium’s End
MARINE
Operating in a marine environment brings its own hazards and pitfalls, and often requires
specialised equipment. Most of the items listed here have either a straightforward safety
or emergency purpose. On the water, the key issue is staying afloat by keeping the weight
down and the buoyancy balanced. Underwater, more or less the opposite is true: weight
is needed to keep you down, but also life-preserving equipment such as a buoyancy
compensator is essential in being able to get to the surface rapidly if required.
Buoyancy Compensators: The buoyancy compensator / vest is worn by a SCUBA diver to keep
their buoyancy neutral in the water. It includes pockets in which weights can be added, negating the need
for a weight belt. It also acts as a safety device to carry an injured or disabled diver to the surface, using
an inflator system to provide lift. The compensator is made of Bioflex Kevlar material for durability, with
a plastic polymer cradle for holding one, two or three air cylinders. As well as having non-lift padding
for comfort, it also has D-rings on the harness for attaching other diving equipment. An alternative for
snorkelling and very shallow dives is the vest compensator. Looking very much like an inflatable life vest,
this performs the basic functions of a buoyancy compensator, without the weights or the tank fittings.
SCUBA Gear in
action
SCUBA gear is obviously
a requirement for carrying
out any prolonged underwater swimming activity.
SCUBA diving can be carried out safely to depths of
around 75 metres, although
prolonged periods at great
depth require gradual acclimatisation for the diver
using a decompression
chamber to prevent ‘the
bends’.
Dive Computer: Replacing the analogue depth and pressure gauges, the dive computer shows current
and maximum depth, remaining dive time, bottom time, nitrogen loading, rate of ascent and decompression
status. It consists of a wrist strap or buckle and strap to attach the computer to D-rings on the harness or
buoyancy compensator. It features an LCD screen, with one or two displays and a backlight.
Dive Light: A dive light is a waterproof, 30-watt halogen light, in either a pistol grip or hand lamp
style. It is rechargeable and has a battery life of 60 hours. It measures 10cm in diameter and 21cm long.
For ease of carrying underwater, it is also weighted.
Dive Tape: Dive tape is similar to duct tape, except that it uses a waterproof adhesive, which means
that it can be used for fixing items in place underwater.
Inflatable Assault Boat: Similar to the US IBS (Inflatable Boat, Small), this is an inflatable craft
made of reinforced rubber, capable of carrying four people plus equipment. The boat folds down to a
package almost a metre on a side and can be inflated in just over 30 seconds by pulling the cord attached
to the compressed gas cylinder. Either buoyant paddles or an outboard motor can propel the boat.
Life Jacket: This is a lightweight military life jacket, consisting of waistcoat with an integral blastresistant pouch and an inflatable profiled stole. It is made of high-visibility material with reflective strips
and has pockets for a locator beacon and flares. It inflates using a single-pull carbon dioxide cartridge. If
this fails or if additional topping up is required, there is also a mouthpiece. Included with the life jacket
are a heliograph, whistle and a small military flashlight.
Life Raft: This is a standard life raft intended for five people. It is circular, with twin buoyancy chambers
(which allow the raft to remain floating if one of the chambers is punctured). It also features a through
the floor bailing device (allowing the raft to be bailed in bad weather, and a rainwater-catching canopy.
There are also cords, which enable the raft to be righted if it blows over. It inflates using a compressed
gas cylinder in around 30 seconds. Items contained within the life raft include:
Bailer: A buoyant plastic device for bailing water out of the raft.
Sea anchors (2)
Paddles (2): Buoyant paddles.
Marine flashlight
Seawater pump: A desalination pump that can be used to make seawater drinkable or to
Chapter Two: Equipment
119
purify water of bacteria.
Heliograph
Whistle
Lamps (2): Powered by water-activated batteries. One for inside the raft for illumination,
one for outside for identification.
Buoyant Smoke Signals (2, orange)
Rocket parachute flares (4)
First aid kit: Equivalent to three Personal First Aid Kits, sealed in a resealable plastic bag.
Includes anti-seasickness medicine.
Drinking vessels
Fishing tackle: A selection of hooks, lines, floats and sinkers for emergency fishing.
Locator beacon
Rations: Compact, high-calorie rations for five people for five days.
Locator Beacon: This is similar to the beacons carried by aircrews to assist with their recover where
they are forced to eject over water. It is effectively a small radar transponder, pocket-sized and emitting a
signal that can be located at distances of up to 20 miles or so.
Rebreather (Closed-Circuit): A rebreather is a development of SCUBA technology, providing
a system that essentially removes carbon dioxide and replaces used oxygen. There are three kinds of
rebreather system: oxygen rebreathers, semi-closed circuit rebreathers and closed-circuit rebreathers.
Each allows progressively deeper diving and less decompression. The details given here are for the system
allowing the deepest dives, the closed-circuit system. Because the system only extracts the harmful gas
and replaces the gas that is used, it doesn’t need to supply the Nitrogen that is unused in a conventional
SCUBA system. This is efficient and makes for a lightweight overall system. Other advantages include
less decompression (‘the bends’), and the system is silent and produces no bubbles. Exhaled carbon
dioxide is extracted using a canister of sodium hydroxide (sofnolime). It is replaced in the breathing loop
with oxygen, with the oxygen concentration controlled by a microprocessor. The entire unit is mounted
upon a backpack harness with breathing hose, approximately 580x480x350mm in size. This does not
include the SCUBA mask. A 3.4-litre sofnolime canister provides for around 12 hours of diving. The unit
requires three batteries (AA-, C- and D-cells) to control the various processors and backup, with around
20 hours of operation.
SCUBA Air Tank and Regulator: The core element of SCUBA (Self-Contained Underwater
Breathing Apparatus) gear is the air tank(s) and regulator. A tank contains enough air for between 45 and
120 minutes of diving (depending upon depth), and tanks are worn in a shoulder and belt harness. Up to
three tanks may be worn. Along with the tank is a regulator, which has two functions. The first regulates
the flow of air from the tank, whilst the second (carried in the mouth or fitted in the helmet) regulates
the exhaled air. This is either dispersed into the water or the carbon dioxide is absorbed in a caustic soda
regeneration chamber. Most regulators can be adjusted so that the same breathing effort is maintained
throughout the dive, regardless of changing pressure and depth.
SCUBA Mask, Fins and Snorkel: A facemask, fins and a snorkel for use when either SCUBA
diving or snorkelling. For those with less than perfect eyesight, masks are available with prescription
lenses, at an additional cost of 10%. A full-face version of the facemask is also available, designed for use
in foul water (such as where there is a risk of infection from sewage.
Wet Suit: For SCUBA diving in cold water, the wet suit is made of 3, 5 or 7mm neoprene, and whilst
it does not keep the diver completely dry, does at least maintain warmth and offer some protection from
rocks. It includes reef boots and gloves. Wet suits are also available in military DPM (disruptive pattern
material—camouflage) for special forces or UDT (Underwater Demolition Team) specialists.
120
Millennium’s End
Marine Equipment
Item
Cost ($US)
Cost (EU)
Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
Weight (kg) Availability
Buoyancy Compensator
$380
€ 350
$486
$255
15.00 kg
Dive Computer
$440
€ 405
$563
$295
0.40 kg
Dive Light
$125
€ 115
$160
$84
1.60 kg
Dive Tape
$5
€5
$6
$3
0.03 kg
$2,000
€ 1,840
$2,560
$1,340
10.50 kg
$160
€ 147
$205
$107
0.70 kg
$2,600
€ 2,392
$3,328
$1,742
35.00 kg
Locator Beacon
$325
€ 299
$416
$218
0.25 kg
Outboard Motor (10hp)
$400
€ 368
$512
$268
30.00 kg
Paddles
$110
€ 101
$141
$74
2.00 kg
$15,000
€ 13,800
$19,200
$10,050
26.36 kg
$595
€ 547
$762
$399
10.25 kg
SCUBA Fins
$80
€ 74
$102
$54
0.30 kg
SCUBA Mask
$55
€ 51
$70
$37
0.15 kg
SCUBA Mask, Full Face
$65
€ 60
$83
$44
0.25 kg
Snorkel
$25
€ 23
$32
$17
0.10 kg
Vest Compensator
$50
€ 46
$64
$34
0.10 kg
Wet Suit
$700
€ 644
$896
$469
5.50 kg
Wet Suit, DPM
$701
€ 645
$897
$470
6.50 kg
Inflatable Assault Boat
Life Jacket
Life Raft
Rebreather, Closed-Circuit
SCUBA Air Tank and Regulator
Chapter Two: Equipment
121
CLIMBING AND MOUNTAINEERING
Climbing sheer rock faces or buildings is not an easy proposition. And once you’re up
there, you have to get down—often in a hurry. Doing it safely is a nicety that many
operatives like to observe too.
Much of the kit shown here is included for safety reasons. It’s not a major
problem if you slip, provided that you have a safety rope or have belayed your line
appropriately. In these cases, it’s just time consuming (particularly if you’re not the
world’s best climber). Having the proper gear, like always, makes the risk smaller.
Climbing in action
Use of the Climb / Assisted
and Climb / Rapelling
skills assumes that the
character has the necessary
equipment to carry out the
task (rapelling without a
rope is a technique known
to the initiated as ‘falling’).
The equipment in this section
is either a prerequisite
for being able to attempt
any climbing activity or a
safety measure to prevent
any failed roll becoming
catastrophic. Consequently,
characters attempting to
climb using the proper
equipment should suffer no
penalties. However, those
attempting to climb with
inadequate gear face the
possibility of either making
the climb more difficult
or suffering the effects of
falling (see page xxx, Book
Two: Combat Systems).
Belaying Device: A belaying device is a metal safety device, through which a belaying rope is
threaded. It assists the belayer (the person holding the rope) in bringing the fall under control, by gripping
the rope if it comes under sudden tension.
Chock Set: Similar to pitons, a chock set is a selection of irregular shaped wedges that can be wedged
into cracks in the rock to form anchor points and footholds. In the same way as pitons they have an eye
at the top to allow a line or karabiner to be attached.
Crampons: These are metal overshoes that fit on the sole of a climbing boot, giving the wearer added
traction on snow or ice.
Deadman: A belaying point for climbing in snow, consisting of a metal plate, with a wire loop attached.
The safety rope is doubled through the loop on the Deadman; if the climber falls, then the safety rope
engages, breaking the fall.
Grappling Hook (Collapsible): This lightweight aluminium grappling hook folds down for easy
storage and can also be fired attached to a rope from a line thrower, or from a 40mm grenade launcher
using M688 rocket shells.
Ice Pick: An ice pick is a one-handed pick for use when climbing above the snow line. It also doubles
as a deadly hand-to-hand weapon.
Jumar Clamp: A clip applied to a mountaineering line that will run freely along a slack line, but
tightens in response to downward weight. It is used as a safety device, which prevents a climber falling
too far, but can also be used in ascending a line by pulling upwards with the hands / arms (to slacken the
rope) and lifting the body upwards.
Karabiners: A fundamental for any serious climbing, karabiners are alloy loops through which
climbing line is fed. A screw-gate karabiner has a hinged section, which locks into place with a tubular
screw, which locks the gate into the body of the karabiner. A non-screw karabiner simply has a gate held
in place by a strong spring. Screw gate karabiners are typically used where the climbing or descending
does not require the karabiner to be opened frequently (such as the karabiner securing the climbing
harness, or when rappelling or abseiling). Non-screw karabiners (also called snap links) are used for fast
access or where the karabiner is repeatedly opened (such as securing equipment for movement by line or
as a secondary karabiner when moving to or from a fixed rope).
Lightweight Ladder: Used by mountaineers and also Search and Rescue (SAR) teams, this
lightweight ladder is two metres long and made of tubular aluminium. At one end there are hooks which
allow the ladder to be secured over a ledge, whilst at both ends there are holes for triangular bolts, which
can be used to link several ladders together. This may be done either in line (to form a longer ladder) or
at right angles to assist in crossing crevasses.
Line Ascender: This device locks onto a line and can also be coupled to a mountaineering harness,
enabling the climber to climb a free hanging line. The device works in the same way as a Jumar Clamp,
locking when downward pressure is placed upon it, but running freely upwards. There are hand-straps
and stirrups, which are pulled upon and slid upwards alternately to ascend the line. By attaching the
mountaineering harness to the line the climber may rest if required.
122
Millennium’s End
M688 Rocket Shell: This is a 40mm round for use with a 40mm grenade launcher, such as the M79,
M203 or HK69. The shell enables a grappling hook and line to be launched distances up to 50 metres
vertically.
Mountaineering Line: The advent of modern man-made fibres such as nylon and polypropylene
allowed the manufacturers of mountaineering lines and climbing ropes to make much lighter and stronger
lines, with greater breaking strains. All lines are available in a variety of colours to enable certain types of
rope to be colour-coded for an expedition.
9mm Polypropylene Line: This is a standard, all-purpose line for general climbing or
descending. It comes in 90 metre lengths, with a breaking strain of around 1,500 kg.
8mm Terylene Line: This is a lighter weight rope for secondary use or descending. It comes
in 200 metre reels, with a breaking strain of 1,250 kg.
4mm Polypropylene Line: A lighter line, used for securing tarpaulins, guy lines and frame
pack lashing. It comes in 30 metre lengths, with a breaking strain of around 600 kg.
Nylon Ladder: This is a lightweight 10-metre ladder made of similar material to mountaineering line.
It is used by secondary climbers to climb speedily and with less effort over difficult sections of a climb.
There are loops at the top, enabling it to be fastened to an anchor (such as a piton or deadman) using a
snap link. It rolls up into a cylinder 300mm long by 150mm diameter for portability.
Piton (Ice and Rock): Pitons are metal climbing that are hammered or wedged into rock crevices or
ice to provide a foothold or to affix a rope to. The piton has an eye at the opposite end to the spike, through
which a line can be passed, and a serrated edge along the spike to assist with grip.
Piton Hammer: This is a small (20cm long), lightweight aluminium hammer for knocking in pitons
where no cracks are available.
Rappelling / Abseil Harness: This is a looped knitted nylon seat harness that is worn in a figure
of eight, held together by a karabiner. It is worn around the seat / pelvis, and is required for abseiling or
rappelling.
Rappelling Descender: This is an aluminium figure of eight device used when rappelling or
abseiling, which reduces the friction on the rope and hands.
Chapter Two: Equipment
123
Climbing Equipment
Item
Belaying Device
Cost ($US)
Cost (EU)
Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
Weight (kg) Availability
$60
€ 55
$77
$40
0.23 kg
Chock Set
$140
€ 129
$179
$94
1.00 kg
Crampons
$120
€ 110
$154
$80
1.00 kg
Deadman
$22
€ 20
$28
$15
0.25 kg
Grappling Hook, Collapsible
$20
€ 18
$26
$13
0.20 kg
Ice Pick
$65
€ 60
$83
$44
0.30 kg
$265
€ 244
$339
$178
0.15 kg
Karabiner, Non-screw
$70
€ 64
$90
$47
0.10 kg
Karabiner, Screw-gate
$42
€ 39
$54
$28
0.10 kg
Lightweight Ladder
$45
€ 41
$58
$30
2.50 kg
$265
€ 244
$339
$178
1.00 kg
$40
€ 37
$51
$27
1.12 kg
Mountaineering Line, 4mm Polypropylene
$160
€ 147
$205
$107
0.60 kg
Mountaineering Line, 8mm Terylene
$540
€ 497
$691
$362
8.00 kg
Mountaineering Line, 9mm Polypropylene
$630
€ 580
$806
$422
4.05 kg
Nylon Ladder
$160
€ 147
$205
$107
1.50 kg
Piton Hammer
$55
€ 51
$70
$37
0.30 kg
Pitons, Ice
$140
€ 129
$179
$94
2.00 kg
Pitons, Rock
$140
€ 129
$179
$94
2.00 kg
Rappelling / Abseil Harness
$140
€ 129
$179
$94
0.01 kg
$70
€ 64
$90
$47
0.10 kg
Jumar Clamp
Line Ascender
M688 Rocket Shells
Rappelling Descender
124
Millennium’s End
SURVEILLANCE
If you know what your opposition is doing, then you’re a good way towards being
able to defeat them. BlackEagle cells are often called upon to monitor the activities of
others, and cells should be prepared. At the very least, operatives should have a set of
binoculars and a cheap camera in their car.
Binoculars: Operatives generally prefer high quality Zeiss binoculars, and these are available in two
types. Both have a matt black, scratch-resistant finish.
Compact: Suitable for most field uses, with a magnification ranging from 20x to 80x, length
119mm.
Large Zoom: These binoculars have magnification ranging from 20x to 120x, and a length
of 250mm.
Concealable Camera: This is a fixed focus camera, about the size of a matchbox. This allows
photography of objects at a specified distance (specified when purchased). The special miniature film
comes in 24 exposure rolls.
Concealable Video Camera: A cylinder measuring just 60mm long by 30mm diameter, the
concealable video camera can be used on its own or concealed and combined with a fibre optic lens.
It is powered by batteries in an external pack and must either transmit to, or be attached to a recording
device.
Digital Camera: The latest photographic device and now as good as almost any film camera, the
digital camera doesn’t require film, saving pictures to a memory stick that is inserted into the camera. The
stick will hold data for up to 1000 standard quality images, or 100 extremely high quality images. The
images can then be downloaded to a PC or laptop with the relevant software for editing or enhancement.
The camera features an intelligent flash, 10x zoom lens, an LCD display and a voice memo. The images
created can also be animated using appropriate PC software. The camera can also take a variety of lenses
according to the type of photo required:
Wide Angle: This is for broad view / landscape pictures. It has a focal length of 35mm.
Telephoto Zoom: This is for close-up photos at distance, with a variable focal length between
70mm and 180mm.
Telephoto: This is for extreme close-up photos at distance. It has a focal length of 300mm.
DTMF Recorder / Decoder: A DTMF (Dual-Tone, Multi-Frequency) recorder / decoder records
the dialling patterns of a telephone. When combined with a telephone line tap (either kind), this allows
the conversation to be recorded and the number dialled to be determined. The Decoder looks like a
standard calculator with an LCD screen. The Decoder does not need to be attached to the telephone itself:
it decodes the tones or analogue dialling of the telephone from the line sound.
Electronic Stethoscope: This comprises a sensitive contact microphone attached to a digital
amplifier and headphones, allowing the user to hear undisguised movement through up to 2½ metres of
loose stone or a metre of solid material. It can also be used to defuse mechanical timing devices or for
safecracking safes with mechanical tumblers.
Explosives Detector: The size of a large megaphone, this device ‘sniffs’ for the nitrogen compounds
that are the essence of explosives. Whilst not totally reliable (a well-trained sniffer dog is better), it will
detect a significant amount of explosive material, even if it is enclosed in a container.
Fibre Optic Lens: This miniature camera has a cobra-shaped head, just 2mm in diameter, and can be
placed covertly to enable surveillance. It requires an external source for recording / transmission (such
as a concealable video camera or standard camcorder), to which it is linked by a line of 3mm fibre optic
cable. The quality of the image is limited by the size of the lens, even with PC enhancements, but it is
Chapter Two: Equipment
125
useful for routine and tactical surveillance.
Hand-Held Metal Detector: About the same size as a hand transceiver, this device will detect metal
objects at ranges of up to 30cm (depending on size). For detection of small metal items it needs to be
within 5cm. Security personnel, in airports, nightclubs and so on, typically use it. In most cases it will not
detect concealed devices such as electronic bugs. Rechargeable batteries power it.
Homing Beeper and Receiver: The homing beeper is a small radio beacon, transmitting a range up
to 10km (depending upon terrain). It is the size of about three stacked quarters and is easily concealable.
This transmission can be picked up on a hand transceiver or other radio, but is best used with the receiver,
which indicates direction, and not only signal strength. The receiver can be combined with a PC or laptop
with mapping software to enable the route to be mapped and intercepts planned.
Digital Dictaphone: This device records conversations onto a memory card. It can record (depending
upon the capacity of the memory card) up to eight hours of conversation. There are ports for plugging in
microphones, and a earpiece for playback, and the unit can be set to be voice activated. It takes two AAA
batteries.
Keyboard Recorder: This is a device that can be installed in the keyboard of a computer or data
entry terminal, recording each of the keystrokes and either (i) transmitting the data in the same way as an
audio bug or (ii) sending the information covertly via the internet.
Laser / Radar Alert System: This is a dashboard-mounted GPS device that detects all fixed speed
monitoring systems and accident blackspots, by 360o monitoring for laser systems. When a speed camera
or radar gun is detected it gives a visible and audible alert to the driver. Detection range varies according
to environmental conditions, between about one kilometer (line of sight) in clear weather, down toaround
100 metres or less in rain, snow or fog.
Microphones: There are various devices for capturing sound, depending upon the distance at which it
is being captured and whether the microphone can be visible.
Concealable Microphone: This is a simple set-up for covertly recording conversations
within three to four metres of the microphone. The microphone is the size of two stacked dimes
and transmits the sounds it picks up by radio signal up to two hundred metres away. The signal
can be received using any programmable receiver set to the correct frequency (most civilian
transceivers will suffice). The main disadvantage with the microphone is that it can be easily
detected using the right equipment (such as a Transistor Detector). The signal is also of limited
power (due to the small size) and range can be affected if surrounded by dense items.
Contact Microphone: A contact microphone is a small (2.5cm diameter) disc-shaped
microphone that picks up and transmits vibrations in the material it is attached to. Contact
microphones will only work to listen to the interior of what they are attached to and work best
when it is a small room with acoustically hard surfaces. For example, if one is attached to the
outer wall of a building on the inside, it won’t pick up anything from outside.
Laser Microphone: A laser microphone uses a laser beam as a transmission device to
measure and amplify vibrations in an object such as a window pane, thereby allowing the user
to overhear conversations at range. It is only useful in eavesdropping on indoor conversations
from outside, and unfortunately is defeated by vacuum-sealed double-glazing. It has a range up
to around 1,000 metres, which can be reduced by weather conditions such as rain.
Parabolic Microphone: Appearing as a collapsible (umbrella-like) satellite dish,
approximately 20cm in diameter, a parabolic microphone may be either set up on its own tripod
or hand-held. It needs to be coupled to a device to amplify and / or record the sound (such as
a mini-disc recorder) and if used remotely requires a transmission device (such as a Digital
Transmission Relay, or a programmable hand transceiver). It has a range of up to 500 metres,
although this may be affected by weather conditions and background noise.
Laser Pinhead Microphone: A development of microphone technology with optical
fibres, the laser pinhead microphone picks up vibrations in a plastic diaphragm on the end of an
optical fibre with a laser. This uses the same principle as the laser microphone (above). The key
126
Millennium’s End
advantage of this kind of microphone is that, being entirely plastic, it doesn’t get picked up by
either Transistor Detectors or Metal Detectors. It can only be found with a physical search; since
the end of the microphone is about 3mm, this is unlikely. The laser pinhead microphone can pick
up normal conversation at a range of around six metres indoors and 2½ metres outside.
Pinhead Microphone: This is a miniature conventional microphone on a flexible cable. It is
identical in all practical respects to the laser pinhead microphone; the key difference is that being
a conventional microphone it can be detected by Transistor Detectors and Metal Detectors. Its
use is in situations where counter-surveillance is unlikely (such as a siege).
Shotgun Microphone: This is a directional microphone, shaped like a gun and about the
size of a compact submachinegun. It picks up sound in a narrow cone that the user can direct,
listening to the output on conventional headphones.
Night Vision Imager: This device, powered from internal batteries, works on the same basis as
light-intensification / night-vision goggles. It attaches to the top of a camcorder and directs its image into
the camera’s existing lens. It provides sensitive night-vision capability with a good range (around 500
metres).
Photographic Equipment Bag: This is a soft zip-up bag with padded compartments and pockets
for protecting delicate items such as photographic or video equipment (lenses, camera bodies, flash
equipment, etc.). External dimensions are 400 x 300 x 150 mm.
Photo Printer: This is a machine specifically designed for printing photographs from a digital camera,
without the complexity of linking to a PC. The camera connects directly to the printer and prints on
photographic paper. It can also be used connected to a PC.
Portable LCD Television: A small, Walkman sized colour television, powered by internal
batteries. It can be wired to receive signals from external viewing devices, such as concealed cameras and
camcorders, via a digital transmission relay.
Telephone Line Taps: There are two kinds of line taps, those that fit in the handset or on the telephone
(receiver taps) and those installed in the junction box or exchange (line taps). Obviously the latter are
considerably harder to detect. The tap transmits a signal that can be picked up by any programmable
transceiver.
Telescope: This is a standard, domestic use, telescope as can be purchased on the high street. It comes
complete with tripod and equatorial mount, allowing for full, fine tracking control. The telescope provides
for magnification up to 675x, and is suitable for long-distance observation, particularly over long periods
of time.
Transistor Detector: Similar in size to a hand transceiver, this device detects the transistors used in
bugs and electronic taps, up to a range of about a metre. It will detect any device that transmits, whether
it is doing so at the time or not.
Tripod: This is a standard, heavy-duty telescopic tripod for cameras and camcorders of all descriptions.
Its legs extend from 50cm to 150cm.
Video Camcorders: Video camcorders are video cameras that are generally available through retail
stores, which record video imagery on either a cassette or a memory stick. All are powered by a clip-on
rechargeable battery, or can be powered from the mains. The battery is recharged whilst on the camera
and typically has enough power for around two hours of use.Camcorders record onto either a small
Mini-DV cassette, a memory stick or direct onto a DVD+/-R or RW disk. These media are not specific
to a manufacturer and are interchangeable between appropriate unit types. Memory sticks are a digital
medium that is interchangeable between digital cameras, MP3 players and PCs, storing the image as data.
The memory stick is 50 x 21.5 x 2.8mm and weighs just four grams, yet it can hold up to 2GB of data.
Camcorders record a video image, which can be viewed either through the viewfinder / LCD screen on
the camera itself or through attaching to a TV, monitor or PC. Standard features and accessories for all
camcorders are as follows:
Chapter Two: Equipment
127
Automatic focus;
Digital zoom: Increases magnificationup to to 200x. However, at high level the quality of the
image is not as high and fine detail is not visible.
Editing using the camera;
Remote control;
Accessories, including shoulder strap, connecting leads (audio / video for connection to VCR,
s-video USB for connection to PC and a SCART connector) and battery charger;
Digital Still: Can take digital still photographs, like a digital camera, although of a poorer
quality;
Night vision: This is standard amplification of ambient light, providing for a relatively high
quality image in even near total darkness. The image is slightly grainier and has almost total
loss of colour unless there is a separate light source.
It should be noted that camcorders are a slightly different format to that used for TV and film. Whilst
the quality of DV camcorder images is comparable, professional TV and film cameras are generally of a
superior standard, and provide a higher quality image under usual circumstances.
Surveillance Equipment
Item
Cost ($US)
Cost (EU)
Cost ($AU)
Cost (L&P)
Weight (kg) Availability
Binoculars, Compact
$295
€ 271
$378
$198
0.36 kg
Binoculars, Large Zoom
$375
€ 345
$480
$251
1.45 kg
Concealable Camera
$700
€ 644
$896
$469
0.10 kg
U
Concealable Camera Film
$60
€ 55
$77
$40
0.00 kg
U
Concealable Video Camera
$2,800
€ 2,576
$3,584
$1,876
0.10 kg
U
Digital Transmission Relay
$2,200
€ 2,024
$2,816
$1,474
0.60 kg
Digital Camera
$500
€ 460
$640
$335
0.25 kg
Telephoto Lens
$525
€ 483
$672
$352
0.80 kg
Telephoto Zoom Lens
$630
€ 580
$806
$422
1.75 kg
Wide Angle Lens
$150
€ 138
$192
$101
0.26 kg
DTMF Recorder / Decoder
$125
€ 115
$160
$84
0.11 kg
X
Electronic Stethoscope
$280
€ 258
$358
$188
0.18 kg
U
Explosives Detector
$8,400
€ 7,728
$10,752
$5,628
0.50 kg
U
Fibre Optic Lens
$770
€ 708
$986
$516
0.01 kg
U
Hand Held, Metal Detector
$700
€ 644
$896
$469
0.60 kg
Homing Beeper
$105
€ 97
$134
$70
0.00 kg
U
Homing Beeper Receiver
$490
€ 451
$627
$328
1.00 kg
U
Digital Dictaphone
$200
€ 184
$256
$134
0.14 kg
Keystroke Recorder, Internet
$100
€ 92
$128
$67
0.00 kg
Keystroke Recorder, Transmitter
$100
€ 92
$128
$67
0.00 kg
$75
€ 69
$96
$50
0.00 kg
$530
€ 488
$678
$355
0.22 kg
$1,050
€ 966
$1,344
$704
0.00 kg
Memory Stick (512MB)
Laser / Radar Alert System
Microphone, Concealable
Microphone, Contact
Microphone, Laser
Microphone, Laser Pinhead
Microphone, Parabolic
128
U
$40
€ 37
$51
$27
0.00 kg
X
$4,200
€ 3,864
$5,376
$2,814
0.60 kg
U
X
$400
€ 368
$512
$268
0.18 kg
$1,190
€ 1,095
$1,523
$797
0.40 kg
Millennium’s End
Microphone, Pinhead
$20
€ 18
$26
$13
0.00 kg
Microphone, Shotgun
$250
€ 230
$320
$168
0.91 kg
$5,000
€ 4,600
$6,400
$3,350
0.75 kg
$350
€ 322
$448
$235
2.27 kg
$60
€ 55
$77
$40
1.00 kg
Portable LCD TV
$150
€ 138
$192
$101
0.20 kg
Telephone Line Tap
$700
€ 644
$896
$469
0.00 kg
X,U
Telephone Receiver Tap
$210
€ 193
$269
$141
0.00 kg
X,U
Telescope
$380
€ 350
$486
$255
10.00 kg
$6,300
€ 5,796
$8,064
$4,221
1.00 kg
Tripod
$45
€ 41
$58
$30
1.50 kg
Video Camcorder Accessories
$65
€ 60
$83
$44
0.23 kg
Video Camcorder Battery
$72
€ 66
$92
$48
0.30 kg
$1,000
€ 920
$1,280
$670
0.76 kg
$800
€ 736
$1,024
$536
0.61 kg
$5
€5
$6
$3
0.02 kg
$500
€ 460
$640
$335
0.61 kg
$15
€ 14
$19
$10
0.01 kg
Night Vision Imager
Photo Printer
Photographic Equipment Bag
Transistor Detector
Video Camcorder, DV Memory Stick
Video Camcorder, DVD
Video Camcorder, DVD Disk
Video Camcorder, Mini-DV
Video Camcorder, Mini-DV tape
Chapter Two: Equipment
X
U
129
BlackEagle’s ‘Five to Survive’ for Operatives
BlackEagle operatives are professionals in what they do and know the kit that they
want to use to get the job done. In terms of teaching them about kit, the operative
Entry Programme teaches five priorities for equipment that operatives should carry at
all times—known as the ‘Five to Survive’.
1. Sidearm and Backup
Operatives are recommended to carry a medium-sized pistol of .357 / 9mm calibre
as their primary sidearm. In choosing a weapon, they might want to select one where
there is a full size version for tactical operations and a compact version for backup/
deep concealment carry. Rails for a tactical light make for a good choice, but in any
case both weapons should be fitted with luminous night sights. One or two reloads
should be carried: if you need more and you should break contact or be moving up to
a submachinegun or rifle rather than prolonged reliance on the sidearm.
For auto-pistols the midsize Glocks (17, 19, 23, etc) are a great choice, but the
Heckler & Koch USP-Compact, Sig 228 or
Colt Commander are all good choices too.
For revolvers the Colt Python or Taurus
Tracker series are recommended. Carrying
the weapon on the belt, on the firer’s strong
side is by far the best choice in a Paddle
Holster.
The backup should preferably be the
same calibre as the primary sidearm (then
ammo is interchangeable), but it ultimately
does not matter. Size is more important
then calibre. The sub-compact Glocks are
good, as are some of the micro-1911s and
Kahr makes a whole line of small autopistols in major calibres. For revolvers,
the little Smith & Wesson J-frames are
hard to beat. No reloads need to be carried
for the backup. Carrying the backup in the
small of the back, pocket or a low-profile
shoulder holster is recommended for speed
of access.
2. Knife
The knife is much more likely to be used
as a tool than as a weapon. A good locking
blade with a 75-100mm blade is a must.
Clipped into the front strong side pocket is
the most common method of carry. Strength
and quality of brand are critical here:
Something like a Benchmade or Emerson
is preferable.
130
Millennium’s End
3. Multi-Tool
There are a number of options around multi-tools. Anything from a small Swiss Army
Knife to a Leatherman or Gerber Multi-Pliers is very handy to have around. The knife
will often be the least used blade.
4. Light
Visibility is key, whether it is getting in the front door or during a firefight. The Mini
MagLite and various coin-size LED lights are all good choices for lights; Surefire
tactical lights also combine a flashlight with .a weapon light—good for versatility.
5. Comms
A cell / mobile phone is pretty much a given these days. Make and model aren’t a big
deal, although operatives who travel between Europe and the US are recommended to
have a tri-band phone. Network isn’t important either, but a company with good area
coverage is critical (you can check signal strengths for most areas on the internet).
Avoid fancy ring tones (your fellow operatives might shoot you) and rely on the vibrate
function. Don’t go overboard programming numbers, lose the phone and the opposition
could learn a lot about you. Make sure you have a hard copy of programmed numbers
handy for when the phone dies at the wrong time. Phone with cameras, internet capability
and walkie-talkie function are all pluses.
Chapter Two: Equipment
131
CHAPTER THREE
VEHICLES
The vehicles listed here are but a small selection of the hundreds of different makes
and models available worldwide. This is simply a sampler of common vehicles that
BlackEagle operatives worldwide are likely to encounter, or wish to purchase for themselves. The dates listed is the year upon which the vehicle first became available for
purchase. The prices are the price when purchased ‘brand new’ from the showroom. All
car values depreciate rapidly, and second hand models can be obtained for significantly
less than the new price.
AM General
AM General Inc, USA
Hummer H1
Drive
4 wheel drive
Seats
4
Cost
$105,160
Engine
Diesel
Fuel
116 litres
Range
480km
Year
2003
The civilian version of the army´s HMMWV. The main differences
are that there is no roof-hatch or door-armor on the H1. But it does
has comfortable seats, a CD player and many more luxury options
available. The 4 WD H1 comes with tire pressure control from
inside the cabin which allows the driver to adapt to the terrain when
changing from the freeway right into the everglades and back. There
is also an auxiliary fuel tank installed controlled with a simple switch
in the cockpit, and an option for a winch.
Many different types of the H1 are available: a hardtopconvertible, a pickup-type without a roof over the rear, and a
solid roof in the front, a slantback and a stretch-limo versions are
available.
Mainly used by rap-stars and the rich, the Hummer is much
more a truck than a passenger car or a SUV. It´s big and wide and
getting a good place to park it will be a challenge (not to mention
parking it without scratching all other cars around). Also it has a low
top speed and the fuel wasting 150 hp V 8 isn’t quite typical for a city
car. It has only 4 seats (and no room for more) but mom can pack
half a Wal-Mart in it. The H1´s strength is offroad driving. Almost
anywhere even other off-roaders can’t go—the Hummer can.
Although the Hummer can be found worldwide, the vast
majority of them are found in North America.
Make
Hummer H1
132
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Automatic
8/9
7/5
2/5
125 km/h
Millennium’s End
BMW
BMW GmbH, Germany
528
also 535, 540, 530 Diesel
A nice sportive passenger car for the middle and upper-class, the
BMW 5 series has good top-speed and range and there are many
extras available to meet anybody´s needs: leather seats, CD-changer,
bigger engine, walnut interior, automatic-transmission and so on.
Airbags are included. There are only 4 seats (5 people can fit, but
it’ll get quite uncomfortable on longer journeys) and the quite small
luggage space reduce the BMW´s glamour a little—it´s a sports car
after all! A very comfortable one, though.
The BMW 5 series can be found worldwide, although it
especially popular in Europe, North America and the Middle East.
Make
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
BMW 528
Manual 5
10/14
3/4
4/6
235 km/h
BMW 535
Manual 5
10/13
3/4
4/6
250 km/h
BMW 540
Manual 5
12/16
3/4
4/6
250 km/h
BMW 530 Diesel
Manual 5
7/9
3/4
4/6
240 km/h
Chevrolet
Drive
2 wheel drive
Seats
4
Cost
$37900 (528)
$43500 (535)
$50500 (540)
$41500 (530 Diesel)
Engine
Petrol (Diesel 530)
Fuel
70 litres
Range
895km (528)
770km (535)
750km (540)
1030km (530 Diesel)
Year
2003
Drive
2 wheel drive
4 wheel drive
Seats
9
Cost
$25550 (C1500)
$30250 (C2500)
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
158 litres
Range
1080km (C1500)
810km (C2500)
Year
1999
Chevrolet Motors Inc, USA
Suburban C1500
also C2500
Chevy’s largest SUV, the Suburban comes with 4 doors and can hold
up to 9 passengers with the proper options and configuration. It has
3 engines available; a 5.7-liter pushrod 16-valve V8, a turbocharged
6.5-liter pushrod 16-valve diesel V8 or a 7.4-liter pushrod 16-valve
V8. All are available in a two or four wheel drive model. The Suburban is a favorite of US police and federal law enforcement for both
VIP transport and tactical transportation due to its carrying capacity
and on/off road capabilities. BlackEagle operatives in the Middle
East like the Suburban for much the same reasons. For private use,
a DVD entertainment center is available, and additional off-road
functionality is also available for ½ ton models with the optional Z71
package adding heavy duty springs and gas-pressure shocks.
Make
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Suburban C1500
Automatic
11/10
1/4
1/3
178 km/h
Suburban C2500
Automatic
11/12
4/5
1/3
166 km/h
Chapter Three: Vehicles
133
Ford
Ford Motor Company, USA
Crown Victoria
also Crown Victoria Interceptor
A large 4-door sedan that can seat up to 6 adults in moderate comfort,
the Crown Victoria is the primary choice as a police cruiser for
almost all US police departments, and is quite popular as a taxi.
Slightly underpowered by its small V8, the civilian version lacks
true usefulness as anything but trips to the grocery store and church,
and is typically seen in the hands of the older driver. An Interceptor
Sports model adds slightly stiffer springs and 15 more horsepower,
but handling and performance are only slightly improved.
The Crown Victoria is only sold in the American market,
although a few can be found elsewhere in the world.
Drive
2 wheel drive
Seats
4
Cost
$21135
$35000 (Interceptor)
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
72 litres
79 litres (Interceptor)
Range
640km
460km (Interceptor)
Make
Year
2003
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Crown Victoria
Automatic
10/11
7/5
2/5
171 km/h
CV Interceptor
Automatic
13/15
3/4
4/7
245 km/h
Falcon XT
also Falcon XR6, Falcon XR8
The Falcon is a large saloon car manufactuered in Australia, and
is mostly found within the Australasian region, although they can
also be found in parts of South East Asia and the Middle East. The
Falcon is available in a number of different models, starting with the
6 cylinder XT, and going up through the V6 XR6 to the V8 XR8,
which uses the same engine as the Ford Mustang.
The Falcon is a very popular model throughout Australasia,
and is also especially popular as a taxi—Ford even make a special
version for taxi use, although it’s performance is indentical with that
of the Falcon XT. Is also is used by a number of Police departments
in Australasia.
Drive
2 wheel drive
Seats
5
Cost
$22270 (Falcon XT)
$30460 (Falcon XR6)
$33190 (Falcon XR8)
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
57 litres
Make
Range
723km (Falcon XT)
667km (Falcon XR6)
636km (Falcon XR8)
Falcon XT
Year
134
2003
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Manual 5
10/14
3/4
4/6
238 km/h
Falcon XR6
Automatic
14/16
3/4
4/6
260 km/h
Falcon XR8
Manual 6
12/17
3/4
4/6
260 km/h
Millennium’s End
Holden
Holden Motors Ltd, Australia
Commodore Executive
also Commodore SV8
The Commodore is a large family vehicle, and very common
throughout the Australiasian region, as well as parts of South East
Asia and Southern Africa. There is room for four adults, or five if
they are friendly. A range of extra options include leather seating,
on-board navigation systems and a sports page that includes tyres
and a rear spoiler. The luggage space is considerable, more than
enough for a family weekend get away. The Executive has a V6 4
liter engine, while the SV8 has a 5 liter V8. The SV8 is very popular
with Australasian police forces, while the Executive is often found
performing taxi duties.
Make
Executive
SV8
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Automatic
11/10
3/4
2/5
220 km/h
Manual 6
12/16
3/4
3/6
260 km/h
Drive
2 wheel drive
Seats
5
Cost
$21580 (Executive)
$27645 (SV8)
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
75 litres
Range
811km (Executive)
810km (SV8)
Year
2003
Drive
4 wheel drive
Seats
5
Cost
$27920
$34625 (Ltd)
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
87 litres
Range
666km
555m (Ltd)
Year
2001
Jeep
Daimler-Chrysler, USA
Grand Cherokee
also Grand Cherokee Ltd
The Jeep Grand Cherokee is a mid-size SUV, available in multiple
trim levels from basic all the way to luxurious with the Limited,
Laredo, and the Overland trim packages. Owners have the option
of 3 engines, a 3.7 liter V6, a 4.7 liter V8, and 5.7 liter V8. Small
enough to be reasonably nimble on an off-road trail, but large enough
to carry 4 adults and their gear comfortably, the Grand Cherokee
works well in the city or the woods. Compared to older versions,
the newer models are regarded as less of an off roader, and more of
a fashion statement. Navigation systems, rear seat DVD and a tire
pressure monitoring system are all optional.
The Jeeo Cherokee can be found worldwide.
Make
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Grand Cherokee
Automatic
8/9
3/4
2/5
154 km/h
Grand Cherokee Ltd
Automatic
12/13
3/4
3/5
177 km/h
Chapter Three: Vehicles
135
Land Rover
Land Rover Ltd, UK
Discovery 300
also Discovery HSE, Discovery V8
TheDiscovery 300 is the latest incarnation of the durable Land
Rover Series. It carries on the tradition of toughness that the original
Land Rover gained, but has added a great many refinements, like
air conditioning, leather seats and windows that actually keep the
weather out.
The Land Rover Discovery can be found worldwide, and
older models are espcially common in Africa and Asia.
Drive
4 wheel drive
Seats
5
Cost
$28000 (300)
$40350 (HSE)
$28000 (V8)
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
88 litres (300 & V8)
93 litres (HSE)
Range
815km (300)
585km (HSE)
590km (V8)
Make
2003
Year
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Discovery 300
Automatic
5/6
6/4
1/3
145 km/h
Discovery HSE
Automatic
9/10
3/4
1/4
189km /h
Discovery V8
Manual 5
7/9
6/4
1/3
170 km/h
Lincoln
Ford Motor Company Inc, USA
Navigator
Drive
2 wheel drive
Seats
8
Cost
$48775
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
113 litres
Range
676km
Year
2003
The Lincoln Navigator is the ultimate luxury version of the Ford
Expedition. There is no base model to the Navigator—leather seats,
ride-assist and park assist are all standard. A large SUV, it has 3 rows
of seating for a 7 to 8 person seating options, comes in 2-wheel or 4wheel drive versions, and has the tow rating of a ¾ ton pickup, 3900
kilograms. As with most luxury SUVs, DVD packages, including
voice control are available, and as with most luxury SUVs, the offroad ability is limited to snow and un-improved roads only.
The Navigator is only sold in the Americas, and would be
a very rare sight outside of that area, although a few are sold in the
Middle East.
Make
Navigator
136
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Automatic
8/9
3/4
1/3
172km /h
Millennium’s End
Mercedes
Daimler-Chrysler, Germany
SL500
Mercedes has been making SL Roadsters since 1954, and this is the
latest version of a very popular make.The SL 500 is a small sports
car, with a 300 hp engine—electronicaly limited to 265 kilometers
an hour—and just enough room for two people who want to go
somewhere fast and don’t care that they won’t have any lugguage
when they get there. The SL500 can be seen on the Autobahns and
along the beaches of Europe and wherever else the rich and famous
gather.
Make
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
SL500
Automatic
14/16
3/4
3/6
265 km/h
Drive
2 wheel drive
Seats
2
Cost
$86665
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
80 litres
Range
665km
Year
2003
Drive
2 wheel drive
Seats
4
Cost
$16300 (Cooper)
$19300 (Cooper S)
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
50 litres
Range
730km (Cooper)
635km (Cooper S)
Year
2002
Mini
BMW GmbH, Germany
Mini Cooper
also Mini Cooper S
The Mini Cooper lives up to it’s name, it’s small—79cm shorter than
a Honda Civic in fact. However, the unique shape and styling makes
the inside feel bigger than the outside looks. While the rear seat can
be difficult to climb into, once there, it is comfortable for 2 full size
adults. It´s best when used as a city car but not that comfortable for
longer journeys. Enough storage space for 1-2 people makes it quite
useful for shopping and due to it´s small size, it’s a great city car—
you’ll always find a place to park it.
The Cooper S model gets a supercharger added to the 1.6 liter
in-line 4 cylinder engine making the small car even more fun to drive
in the same small package.
The Mini Cooper can be found worldwide.
Make
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Mini Cooper
Manual 5
8/11
3/4
4/6
200 km/h
Mini Cooper S
Manual 6
10/13
3/4
4/6
229 km/h
Chapter Three: Vehicles
137
Peugeot
PSA Peugeot Citroen, France
407HDi
Drive
2 wheel drive
Seats
4
Cost
$30500
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
66 litres
Range
676km
Year
2003
The Peugot 407 is the French answer to the rampaging success of
the VW Golf. A small to medium sized, 4-5 seated passenger car
with quite decent storage space, its low fuel consumption, reliability
and low price make it very popular. Luxury options for the 407 are
available but include only different seats, a hi-fi system and a sports
package including tires, rear spoiler and motor upgrade making it a
car much more fun to drive but also much funnier to look at. Persons
taller than 1.90m will have problems sitting in the back.
The Peugot 407 is mostly found in Europe, the Middle East,
Asiaand Australasia, although some are also to be found in former
French colonies in Africa
Make
Peugeot 407
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Automatic
9/12
3/4
3/6
172km /h
Renault
Renault, France
Espace
The Espace is Renault´s van for up to 8+1 passengers (you need a
person-transporting license (or taxi-permit) when driving around
more than 9 people in a car so it´s 8+1) which makes the Espace
a great choice for a large family going camping with wife and 7
kids, packing all you need for 2 weeks. The base version is quite
comfortable and lots of extras can be purchased. The Espace is
mainly used by bigger families or people with a lot of luggage.
The Espace has sufficient cargo space for an entire BlackEagle cell
including each member´s large equipment packs.
The Espace is mostly found in Europe and the Middle East,
although some can be seen in Asia and Australasia.
Drive
2 wheel drive
Seats
9
Cost
$32695
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
42 litres
Make
Range
875km
Espace
Year
2001
138
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Automatic
4/6
4/5
1/5
177 km/h
Millennium’s End
Subaru
Subaru Automotive Industries, Japan
Impreza WRX
also Impreza STi
Subaru manufactures almost every vehicle with switchable 2/4 WD.
The Impreza has won the Rally Championship repeatedly and is
considered rough and tough. The inside is acceptably comfortable
with sufficient space for up to 5 (friendly) people. A large number of
boxes, bags and equipment may be fitted into the car´s trunk.
The Impreza mainly used where the winters make driving
difficult—and the 4 WD option gives the driver extra safety when
the roads get rough—and by ‘boy racers’ the world over. Compared
to similar vehicles, the top speed, range and extra options are above
normal and the reason for the Subaru Impreza for not beating all
other cars in it´s class may be it´s below-average interior design.
The Impreza can be found worldwide.
Drive
4 wheel drive
Seats
4
Cost
$24525 (WRX)
$30995 (STi)
Engine
Petrol
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Fuel
60 litres
Impreza WRX
Manual 5
13/17
3/4
4/7
248 km /h
Impreza STi
Manual 6
15/20
3/4
5/8
260 km/h
Range
564km
Year
2004
Drive
4 wheel drive
Seats
8
Cost
$45950
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
96 litres
Range
613km
Year
2001
Make
Toyota
Toyota Motor Corporation, Japan
Landcruiser
The Toyota Land Cruiser is a full size luxury SUV, but its roots in
off-roading still remain with a locking differential as standard and its
4-wheel drive capability is not fluff, but the real deal. Seating for 8,
leather surfaces, rear-seat DVD, CD-changer, and a moon roof are
all standard. A navigation system and even a rear-view reversing
assistance camera are optional. Although not as powerful as some of
its competition, the Land Cruiser has power where it counts, is stable
on-road, and capable of tackling the rougher areas off road, not just
plowing through snow.
Older version of the Landcruiser can be found throughout the
world where, especially where the going is rugged.
Make
Landcruiser
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Automatic
9/10
4/5
1/4
176 km/h
Chapter Three: Vehicles
139
Vauxhall
Vauxhall Motors Ltd, UK
Vectra GSI
also Opel Vectra, Holden Vectra
Drive
2 wheel drive
Seats
5
Cost
$33858
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
50 litres
Range
631km
Year
2001
The Vauxhall (also sold in Europe under the Opel brand and
Australasia under the Holden brands) Vectra may look like an average
car on the street—but it isn´t. With a larger than average engine and
more than average hp and maneuverability it gives the driver the feel
of a racing driver.
Tuned up versions are in use with the police throughout
Europe.The Vectra is a mixture of sports car and limo making it very
comfortable on the inside and agile and sportive to drive.
The Vauxhall model is only found in the UK, while the Opel
branded version is found in the Middle East, Africa and Asia. The
Holden brand is only found in Australasia.
Make
Vectra GSI
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Manual 5
9/12
3/4
3/6
230 km/h
Volkswagen
Volkswagen AG, Germany
Touareg V8
The Touareg was especially developed by VW to break into the US
SUV market. The big engine, poor fuel economy and a lot of luxuryoptions have make it a poor seller in the European market where 10+
liters per 100km range fuel consumption is no option for anybody
needing only a car with lots of room and some off-road capability.
However, BlackEagle operatives needing to carry a number of people
and their equipment may find the Touareg a useful option.
The Touareg is most commonly found in Europe and North
America, but it can also be seen in all other parts of the world.
Drive
4 wheel drive
Seats
5
Cost
$40700
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
98 litres
Range
495km
Make
Year
2003
Toureg V8
140
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Automatic
12/13
3/4
2/5
220 km/h
Millennium’s End
Volvo
AB Volvo, Sweden
XC90 T6
Often called the ‘Swedish Tank’, Volvo puts passenger safety first.
The XC90 is an off-road SUV with excellent power and style.
Since introduction in 2002, it has won a number of international
awards, mostly for it´s security and safety. The XC-90 is available
in 4 different versions with different engines, topping out in the T6
version shown here. With 6 gears and 4WD it’s great for on and
off-road driving., although it´s weight of 2 tons and with a 160315hp V8, it’s not what mum would want to drive regularly. Just
behind safety comes comfort with the option of LCD-screens for
the 5 backseat passengers to watch movies or play video games,
along with an 8-speaker Dolby Pro Logic II system. The fact that
it can carry up to seven passengers, makes the XC-90 popular with
European based BlackEagle cells, with the Berlin office alone having
five as pool cars.
The XC90 can be found worldwide.
Make
XC90 T6
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Automatic
10/11
3/4
3/5
210 km/h
Drive
4 wheel drive
Seats
7
Cost
$40600
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
80 litres
Range
562km
Year
2004
Generic
Manufactured by a number of companies including Ford and Kaiser Aluminium and Chemical Co
M113A3 APC
The M113 is one of the most common APC’s in the world, with over
80,000 manufactured since the 1950’s. It can still be found in the
militaries of over 50 countries.
The M113 is basically an armored box for transporting 11
soldiers across hostile battlefields. It is largely made of aluminium,
which keeps the weight down low enough for it to be air transportable
(and air dropable), and to be able to swim across rivers. The latest
A3 version incorporates extra protection and a more powerful motor
than older versions, but is otherwise largely identical. All M113’s are
equipped with a pintle mount (equivalent to a tripod) for placing a
heavy weapon such as the M2 machine gun or the Mk-19 Automatic
Grenade Launcher.
Make
M113A3
(swiming)
Drive
Tracked
Seats
2+11
Engine
Diesel
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Fuel
2 x 180 litres
Automatic
2/5
1/1
7/5
1/1
1/1
1/1
65 km/h
6 km/h
Range
480km
Year
1987 (M113A3)
Chapter Three: Vehicles
141
MORE VEHICLES
Model
Year
Layout
Seats
Gears
Acc
Brake
Top Speed
Range
Fuel
Tank
156 2.0V6
2003
2wd
5
M5
10/13
3/4
3/6
228 km/h
664 km
G
38
$36,724
166 3.0
2003
2wd
5
M6
9/12
3/4
4/6
241 km/h
575 km
G
44
$36,766
7/5
2/5
125 km/h
480 km
D
116
$105,160
Curve
Cost
Alfa-Romeo
AM General
Hummer H1
2003
4wd
4
A
8/9
Audi
A4 Cabriolet
2003
2wd
4
A
11/12
3/4
4/6
216 km/h
669 km
G
62
$42,160
A6
2003
2wd
5
A
13/14
3/4
3/6
225 km/h
672 km
G
70
$40,850
A6 2.7T
2003
2wd
5
A
13/14
3/4
3/6
225 km/h
672 km
G
70
$40,850
S4 2001
2wd
5
M6
13/18
5/4
4/6
267 km/h
572 km
G
62
$37,900
S6 Avant
2002
4wd
5
A
14/16
3/4
4/6
267 km/h
660 km
G
82
$59,275
S8 2001
4wd
5
A
14/16
3/4
3/6
267 km/h
744 km
G
90
$73,075
TT Coupe
2000
2wd
2+2
M5
10/13
3/4
3/5
185 km/h
653 km
G
51
$30,500
BMW
330Ci
2003
2wd
4
M5
12/16
3/4
4/6
216 km/h
715 km
G
63
$35,650
745i
2003
2wd
5
A
14/16
3/4
5/7
252 km/h
866 km
G
88
$68,495
760Li
2003
2wd
5
A
14/17
3/4
5/7
253 km/h
728 km
G
88
$116,495
M3 Coupe
2003
2wd
4
M6
15/20
3/4
4/7
269 km/h
561 km
G
63
$46,500
M5
2003
2wd
5
M6
15/20
3/4
4/7
272 km/h
562 km
G
70
$70,400
X5 4.5is
2002
4wd
5
A
14/16
3/4
2/5
221 km/h
599 km
G
92
$67,490
Z4 2.5i
2003
2wd
2
M5
10/14
3/4
5/7
238 km/h
588 km
G
55
$33,795
Z4 3.0i
2003
2wd
2
M6
13/18
3/4
5/7
262 km/h
613 km
G
55
$40,945
CTS
2003
2wd
5
M5
10/13
3/4
2/4
238 km/h
640 km
G
66
$29,350
Deville
2000
2wd
6
A
12/14
4/5
2/5
180 km/h
692 km
G
76
$37,695
Escalade
2002
2wd
5
A
8/9
4/5
2/4
182 km/h
702 km
G
112
$46,525
Escalade EXT
2002
4wd
5
A
11/12
3/4
2/4
182 km/h
667 km
G
117
$49,990
XLR Convertible
2004
2wd
2
A
14/16
3/4
4/7
262 km/h
639 km
G
68
$75,385
4wd
5
A
8/9
7/5
1/3
180 km/h
580 km
G
68
$28,000
Cadillac
Chevrolet
Blazer
Corvette Z06
2002
2wd
2
M6
17/23
3/4
6/8
270 km/h
700 km
G
72
$50,350
Corvette 50 Convert
2003
2wd
2
M6
15/20
3/4
6/8
270 km/h
698 km
G
72
$55,745
Malibu
2004
2wd
5
A
10/11
3/4
2/5
203 km/h
691 km
G
63
$20,370
Silverado LT
2003
4wd
3
A
10/11
3/4
1/3
174 km/h
707 km
G
98
$35,315
Silverado SS
2003
2wd
3
M6
11/15
3/4
2/5
184 km/h
628 km
G
98
$39,995
Suburban K1500
1999
4wd
9
A
6/7
4/5
1/3
154 km/h
1244 km
D
159
$29,219
Town & Country LXI
2001
4wd
7
A
9/10
3/4
2/5
180 km/h
660 km
G
76
$34,260
Voyager 2002
2wd
7
A
7/8
7/5
4/6
180 km/h
650 km
G
75
$13,000
Chrysler
Citroen
Xantia 1.8I LX
2001
2wd
5
M5
7/10
6/4
3/5
193 km/h
898 km
G
54
$24,816
XM 3.0
2001
2wd
5
A
10/11
3/4
3/7
230 km/h
806 km
G
67
$48,914
Xara 1.9TD
2001
2wd
4
M5
7/9
6/4
2/5
179 km/h
982 km
D
45
$21,656
Dodge
Durango R/T
2002
4wd
6
A
11/12
3/4
2/4
177 km/h
563 km
G
95
$37,070
Ram 1500
2002
4wd
3
A
8/9
7/5
2/5
180 km/h
586 km
G
98
$19,965
Ram 2500 Maxivan
2003
2wd
2
A
9/10
4/5
1/4
179 km/h
887 km
G
132
$23,435
Viper GTS
2001
2wd
2
M6
18/24
3/4
6/8
315 km/h
488 km
G
72
$70,901
142
Millennium’s End
Model
Year
Layout
Seats
Gears
Acc
Viper SRT-10
2003
2wd
2
M6
18/24
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Range
Fuel
Tank
Cost
3/4
6/8
330 km/h
444 km
G
70
$80,795
Fiat
Coupe Turbo
2001
2wd
4
M5
11/15
3/4
4/6
250 km/h
750 km
G
53
$37,661
Marea Weekend ELX
2001
2wd
5
M5
7/10
3/4
2/5
204 km/h
900 km
G
53
$25,989
Multipla ELX
2001
2wd
4
M5
6/8
7/5
3/5
171 km/h
592 km
G
52
$21,707
Ford
Escape XLT 2001
4wd
5
A
10/11
4/5
2/4
172 km/h
580 km
G
58
$25,750
Explorer XLT 2001
4wd
6
A
10/11
4/5
2/4
170 km/h
541 km
G
79
$28,160
Focus ZT5 2000
2wd
5
M5
7/10
3/4
3/6
169 km/h
662 km
G
50
$15,260
F150 1999
2wd
3
M5
7/10
7/5
2/4
174 km/h
704 km
G
113
$14,835
F250 SuperDuty 2003
4wd
2
A
9/10
4/5
2/4
156 km/h
592 km
G
113
$31,350
Mondeo 2.5I 2003
2wd
5
M5
9/12
3/4
3/6
224 km/h
783 km
G
51
$35,772
Mustang SVT Cobra
2003
2wd
4
M6
14/19
3/4
5/7
262 km/h
517 km
G
59
$34,750
Holden
Calais V8
2003
2wd
5
A
13/15
3/4
3/6
258 km/h
682 km
G
75
$36,333
Cruze 2002
2wd
5
A
9/10
3/4
2/5
186 km/h
651 km
G
41
$14,963
Monaro CV8
2002
2wd
4
M6
10/13
3/4
4/6
258 km/h
735 km
G
75
$39,433
Ute SS
2003
2wd
2
M6
12/15
3/4
3/6
258 km/h
777 km
G
69
$26,185
Club Sport
2002
2wd
5
M6
13/18
3/4
4/6
262 km/h
492 km
G
75
$40,052
Coupe
2002
2wd
4
M6
13/18
3/4
4/6
262 km/h
468 km
G
75
$64,304
Senator
2002
2wd
5
A
15/17
3/4
3/5
262 km/h
452 km
G
75
$50,232
Accord LX V-6
2003
2wd
5
A
13/14
3/4
3/5
211 km/h
698 km
G
65
$25,800
Accord EX Coupe
2004
2wd
5
A
14/16
3/4
3/5
228 km/h
657 km
G
65
$28,360
S2000 2000
2wd
2
M6
12/16
3/4
4/6
255 km/h
538 km
G
50
$30,000
S2000 2003
2wd
2
M6
13/18
3/4
4/6
255 km/h
513 km
G
50
$33,060
Holden Special Vehicles (HSV)
Honda
Jaguar
S-Type R
2003
2wd
5
A
16/18
3/4
4/6
262 km/h
520 km
G
57
$62,400
X-Type
2002
4wd
5
M5
10/14
3/4
3/5
221 km/h
585 km
G
60
$36,595
XKR
2000
2wd
4
A
16/18
3/4
5/7
264 km/h
660 km
G
75
$75,800
XK8
2003
2wd
4
A
14/16
3/4
5/7
255 km/h
740 km
G
75
$74,995
Cherokee TD
2001
4wd
5
M5
6/8
3/4
1/5
165 km/h
760 km
D
76
$20,000
Liberty 2002
2wd
5
M5
7/10
6/4
2/4
194 km/h
582 km
G
70
$16,790
Jeep
Land Rover
Freelander SE3
2003
4wd
4
A
7/9
3/4
2/4
164 km/h
577 km
G
49
$26,995
Range Rover
2003
4wd
5
A
9/10
3/4
1/3
220 km/h
647 km
G
100
$69,995
ES300
2002
2wd
5
A
12/13
3/4
3/6
220 km/h
655 km
G
70
$32,080
GX470
2003
4wd
5
A
15/17
3/4
2/4
189 km/h
622 km
G
87
$44,925
RX330
2004
2wd
5
A
12/13
3/4
2/5
189 km/h
746 km
G
73
$35,025
SC430
2002
2wd
4
A
14/16
3/4
4/6
251 km/h
653 km
G
75
$58,455
3/4
3/6
180 km/h
676 km
G
76
$46,190
Lexus
Lincoln
Town Car
2002
2wd
6
A
9/10
Mazda
6-S
2003
2wd
5
M5
11/14
3/4
3/5
192 km/h
635 km
G
64
$21,220
Miata MX-5
2001
2wd
2
M5
8/11
3/4
4/7
200 km/h
640 km
G
48
$19,500
MPV 2001
2wd
8
A
7/8
3/4
1/4
171 km/h
583 km
G
74
$23,095
RX-8 HP
2004
2wd
2
M6
12/16
3/4
4/7
243 km/h
522 km
G
60
$27,200
Chapter Three: Vehicles
143
Model
Year
Layout
Seats
Gears
Acc
Brake
C320
2001
2wd
5
A
12/13
Curve
Top Speed
Range
Fuel
Tank
Cost
3/4
4/6
209 km/h
663 km
G
69
$36,950
Mercedes
CL600
2001
2wd
5
A
15/17
3/4
4/6
250 km/h
772 km
G
100
$136,000
E430
2001
2wd
5
A
11/12
3/4
4/6
257 km/h
730 km
G
80
$53,200
G320
2002
4wd
4
A
7/8
7/5
2/3
175 km/h
550 km
G
100
$49,000
G500
2002
4wd
5
A
8/9
3/4
1/4
175 km/h
550 km
G
100
$73,165
ML430
2002
4wd
5
A
12/13
3/4
2/5
183 km/h
550 km
G
72
$44,200
SL55 AMG
2003
2wd
2
A
18/20
3/4
4/6
263 km/h
574 km
G
80
$115,500
SLK320
2002
2wd
2
M6
12/14
3/4
4/7
230 km/h
576 km
G
60
$43,900
Mitsubishi
Lancer Evo 4
2002
4wd
4
M5
16/22
3/4
4/6
297 km/h
568 km
G
42
$33,000
Lancer Ralliant
2004
2wd
5
M5
10/13
3/4
3/6
253 km/h
465 km
G
42
$18,195
Outlander XLS
2003
4wd
5
A
8/9
3/4
2/5
177 km/h
597 km
G
59
$20,790
Nissan
350Z Roadster
2004
Patrol GR
Xterra
2000
2wd
2
M6
12/16
3/4
4/6
253 km/h
782 km
G
76
$34,390
4wd
5
M5
4/6
6/4
1/3
150 km/h
705 km
D
79
$35,000
4wd
5
M5
7/9
7/5
2/4
166 km/h
561 km
G
73
$23,840
50
$33,776
Peugeot
306 Cabriolet
2001
2wd
4
M5
7/9
3/4
3/6
201 km/h
738 km
G
605 SRTi
2001
2wd
5
M5
7/10
3/4
3/6
212 km/h
925 km
G
806 SV
2001
2wd
7
M5
5/7
4/5
2/4
177 km/h
905 km
G
67
$36,143
$38,437
Porsche
911 Carrera
2002
2wd
2+2
M5
14/19
3/4
4/7
270 km/h
815 km
G
64
$67,900
911 Carrera 4S
2002
4wd
2+2
M6
15/20
3/4
4/7
284 km/h
805 km
G
64
$75,965
Boxster S
2000
2wd
2
M6
13/17
3/4
4/7
261 km/h
598 km
G
64
$50,200
Cayenne S
2003
4wd
4
A
13/14
3/4
3/5
240 km/h
671 km
G
100
$55,665
Cayenne Turbo
2003
2wd
4
A
14/16
3/4
3/5
272 km/h
636 km
G
100
$89,665
Renault
Clio RXE
2001
2wd
4
M5
7/9
3/4
2/5
180 km/h
833 km
G
42
$19,305
Clio Sport 172
2001
2wd
4
M5
9/12
3/4
3/5
222 km/h
783 km
G
42
$24,200
Laguna RTi
2001
2wd
5
M5
10/13
3/4
3/6
235 km/h
721 km
G
55
$30,723
Megane Roadster
2001
2wd
2
M5
8/11
3/4
3/6
216 km/h
775 km
G
50
$33,487
9-5 SE
2001
2wd
5
M5
10/13
3/4
3/5
217 km/h
655 km
G
70
$38,150
9-5 Aero
2001
2wd
5
M5
11/14
3/4
4/6
241 km/h
536 km
G
70
$40,175
Saab
Subaru
Forester 2004
4wd
5
A
9/10
6/4
3/6
174 km/h
614 km
G
60
$20,795
Outback H6 VDC
2002
4wd
5
A
11/12
3/4
4/6
186 km/h
614 km
G
60
$32,390
Celica GT Convert
2002
2wd
4
M5
8/11
6/4
4/6
215 km/h
730 km
G
55
$25,000
Prius
2001
2wd
5
A
7/8
4/5
2/4
168 km/h
996 km
H
45
$19,995
RAV4 2001
2wd
4
M5
7/9
6/4
1/5
171 km/h
652 km
G
58
$16,438
Omega MV6 3.2i
2003
2wd
5
A
11/12
3/4
3/6
252 km/h
666 km
G
62
$35,393
Zafira GSI
2003
2wd
5
M5
10/13
3/4
2/4
232 km/h
604 km
G
48
$32,496
Toyota
Vauxhall
Volkswagen
Golf GTI VR6
2001
2wd
5
M5
10/14
3/4
4/6
226 km/h
523 km
G
55
$22,675
New Beetle
2001
2wd
4
M5
7/10
3/4
3/6
187 km/h
678 km
G
55
$16,850
S40
2001
2wd
5
A
10/11
3/4
3/5
216 km/h
686 km
G
60
$23,500
Volvo
144
Millennium’s End
Model
Year
Layout
Seats
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Range
Fuel
Tank
S60 AWD
2002
4wd
5
A
12/13
3/4
3/5
220 km/h
784 km
G
80
$37,800
Cost
S60 T5
2001
2wd
5
M5
11/15
3/4
3/5
208 km/h
832 km
G
80
$32,375
C70
2001
2wd
4
M5
10/14
3/4
4/6
237 km/h
655 km
G
70
$38,995
S70
2001
2wd
5
M5
10/13
3/4
3/6
232 km/h
729 km
G
70
$26,985
XC70
2003
4wd
7
A
10/11
3/4
3/5
210 km/h
654 km
G
68
$34,460
Pumper
2wd
3/6
A
5/6
5/6
1/2
110 km/h
550 km
D
$125,000
Tanker
2wd
1/2
A
5/6
5/6
1/3
125 km/h
650 km
D
$90,000
Heavy Rescue
2wd
2/8
A
5/6
5/6
1/3
115 km/h
500 km
D
$80,000
Articulated Aerial
6x2
4/6
A
4/5
6/7
0/1/2
80 km/h
400 km
D
$400,000
Van Ambulance
2wd
2/1
A
7/8
4/5
1/4
165 km/h
675 km
D
$50,000
Truck Ambulance
2wd
2/1
A
6/7
4/5
1/3
150 km/h
725 km
D
$70,000
Emergency Vehicles
Other Vehicles
2 1/2-ton Truck
2wd
2+10
M5
3/5
8/6
1/1
125 km/h
870 km
D
$55,000
HMMWV
4wd
5
A
8/9
7/5
2/5
125 km/h
420 km
D
$87,000
Chapter Three: Vehicles
145
MOTORBIKES AND SCOOTERS
Motorbikes and scooters have one big advantage over automobiles—they can get into
and out of places an automobile never could. During traffic gridlock, a motorbike can
still keep moving. This can make them very useful to a BlackEagle operative. The
motorbikes and scooters listed here are but a small selection of the hundreds of different makes and models available worldwide. The prices are the price when purchased
‘brand new’ from the showroom. All motorbike values depreciate rapidly, and second
hand models can be obtained for significantly less than the new price.
Harley Davidson
Harley Davidson Motorcycles Inc, USA
Sportster XL1200 Custom
To watch the Harley Davidson’s driven on the road, you might think
that they are popular with only two types of people—Motorcycle
gangsters and people experiencing a mid-life crisis and determined
to prove that they’re still ‘hip and cool’. The Sportster 1200 is typical
of Harley Davidsons. It’s loud, heavy, consumes almost as much oil
as petrol and has difficulty going around corners at speed, but—along
with a tassled leather jacket—it makes a statement.
Seats
1+1
Cost
$9495
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
17 litres
Range
350km
Make
Year
2001
Sportster XL1200
146
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Manual 5
11/15
4/6
4/6
177 km/h
Millennium’s End
Honda
Honda Motor Corporation, Japan
XR 250
Designed for Cross-Country, rather than road riding, the XR 250 is
a typical off road bike. Examples can be found in use not only by
cross-country enthusiasts, but also by farmers, hunters and military
reconaissance units. Although only designed to transport one
person—the rider, in emergencies a passenger can also be carried.
The statistics listed are for the motorcycles on-road
performance. When riding over rough terrain, these would be more
than halved.
Make
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
XR 250
Manual 6
11/16
4/6
3/6
127 km/h
Seats
1
Cost
$4700
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
9 litres
Range
520km
Year
2000
Seats
1+1
Cost
$10899
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
17 litres
Range
?? km
Year
2003
Kawasaki
Kawasaki
ZX-10R
The ZX-10 is a high performance road bike, capable of transporting
its rider from A to B, if not in comfort, then at least at high speed.
Although a passenger can in theory be carried, in practice this is
uncomfortable for both the passenger and the rider. Likewise, the
only baggage that can be carried is what the rider can wear in a
backpack or carry in their pockets.
The top speed is enough to discourage all by the most reckless
members of law enforcement from chasing the rider. With minor
modifications, many ZX-10’s are also used on the racing circuit.
The ZX-10 is found world wide, and it is especially common
on the streets of Asia and Europe.
Make
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
ZX-10R
Manual 6
20/28
4/6
4/8
290 km/h
Chapter Three: Vehicles
147
Suzuki
Suzuki Motors, Japan
GSXR 1300 Hayabusa
The Suzuki Hayabusa GSX1300R is the fastest production bike on
the planet. It’s 1300cc engine and excellent aerodynatics give it a top
speed of over 300 kmh, a speed that only million dollar plus cars can
acheive at a fraction of the cost.
The need for the rider to keep low makes the Hayabusa
uncomfortable for long rides, and although in theory a passenger
can be carried, in reality this is completely impracticable. Cargo is
limited to what the rider can carry without a bag
Seats
1
Cost
$11000
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
21 litres
Range
?? km
Year
2004
Make
Hayabusa
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Manual 6
21/29
4/6
3/7
304 km/h
Piaggio
Piaggo SpA, Italy
Vespa ET 2
The scooter is one of the more common methods of commuting
in many parts of the world, especially Asia and Europe. Piaggo
have been producing the chic and fun Vespa range of scooters for
many years, and they are very popular. The ET2 is light and easily
maneuovered around tight and crowded city streets, and parking is a
breeze. For these reasons, bag and purse snatchers throughout Europe
use a scooter as their get away vehicle. The ET can carry a passenger,
but the top speed is further reduced from it’s already low level.
Seats
1+1
Cost
$3000
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
9 litres
Range
250 km
Year
2000
148
Make
Vespa ET 2
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Automatic
9/10
4/5
4/5
50 km/h
Millennium’s End
Yamaha
Yamaha Corporation, Japan
Kodiak 400
Cross-country quad bikes like the Kodiak are very common world
wide. The Kodiak is ideal for farmers, transporting hunters and
military reconaissance units operating in difficult terrain.
The Kodiak’s four wheel drive system means that it can
climb slopes—slowly—that only a mule might have undertaken in
the past. Care has to be taken however not to overload the vehicle as
they have a tendancy to topple over, trapping the rider. Up to 100kg
of cargo can be carried instead of a passenger so long as it is properly
secured, or a trailer can be attached and towed.
Make
Kodiak 400
Gears
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Automatic
7/8
4/5
4/5
85 km/h
Chapter Three: Vehicles
Seats
1+1
Cost
$5800
Engine
Petrol
Fuel
15 litres
Range
??km
Year
2003
149
MOTORBIKES
Model
Year
Acc
ETV 1000 CapoNord 2002
23/17
BlueMarlin 1000 2002
21/14
Brake
Corner
Speed
Cost
Notes
Aprilia
06/04
03/06
209 Kph
*
06/04
04/09
261 Kph
*
A
BMW
F650GS 20/14
06/04
03/06
166 Kph
$8,092
A
F650 Dakar 20/14
06/04
03/06
166 Kph
$8,740
A
F650CS 20/14
06/04
03/06
166 Kph
$8,740
A
R850R 19/14
06/04
04/08
185 Kph
$10,522
R1100S 19/14
06/04
04/08
225 Kph
$12,547
R1100S Sp 19/14
06/04
04/08
225 Kph
$13,762
R1150RS 19/14
06/04
03/07
204 Kph
$12,952
R1150RT 18/13
06/04
03/07
203 Kph
$15,706
R1150R 18/13
06/04
03/07
203 Kph
$11,332
R1150GS 18/13
06/04
03/07
193 Kph
$12,952
R1150GS Adv. 18/13
06/04
03/07
193 Kph
$12,952
R1200C 24/17
06/04
03/07
169 Kph
$14,086
R1200CL 24/17
06/04
03/07
164 Kph
$16,192
K1200RS 26/19
06/04
03/07
201 Kph
$15,139
B
B
K1200GT 28/20
06/04
03/07
200 Kph
$17,812
B
K1200LT 28/20
06/04
03/07
200 Kph
$20,242
B
K1200LT SE 27/20
06/04
03/07
200 Kph
$21,862
B
K1200LT Lux 28/20
06/04
03/07
200 Kph
$23,482
B
Buel
M2 Cyclone 2002
23/17
06/04
04/08
209 Kph
*
S3T Thunderbolt
2002
23/17
06/04
04/08
209 Kph
*
X1 Lightning
2002
24/17
06/04
04/08
209 Kph
*
XB9R Firebolt
2002
23/17
06/04
04/08
209 Kph
*
Ducati
800 SPORT
26/19
06/04
04/08
209 Kph
$9,720
800SS 26/19
06/04
04/08
209 Kph
$10,530
M800S Monster
23/17
06/04
05/08
209 Kph
$10,530
Monster S4
22/16
06/04
05/08
225 Kph
$12,474
1000SS 27/20
06/04
04/08
225 Kph
$11,745
999 Biposto
28/20
06/04
05/08
261 Kph
$18,225
999S
29/21
06/04
05/08
266 Kph
$22,599
620 SportFul
2003
23/17
06/04
05/08
258 Kph
*
749 2003
24/17
06/04
05/08
270 Kph
*
800 Sport
2003
24/17
06/04
05/08
272 Kph
*
900 SS SuperSport
1992
28/20
06/04
05/08
280 Kph
*
996
2001
28/20
06/04
05/08
280 Kph
*
Supersport1000 DS
2003
25/18
06/04
04/08
283 Kph
*
Harley-Davidson
Sportster 883 15/11
06/04
04/06
177 Kph
$8,335
Sportster Custom
15/11
06/04
04/06
177 Kph
$9,631
Sportster XL883R 15/11
06/04
04/06
177 Kph
$9,550
Vrsca V-Rod
15/11
06/04
04/06
217 Kph
$22,834
Xl1200 Sport 15/11
06/04
04/06
177 Kph
$12,061
150
Millennium’s End
Model
Year
Acc
Brake
Corner
Speed
Cost
Notes
Dyna Super GL Sport 15/11
06/04
04/06
177 Kph
$17,310
Dyna Low Rider 15/11
06/04
04/06
177 Kph
$18,136
Softail Deuce 15/11
06/04
04/06
177 Kph
$22,186
Softail Springer 15/11
06/04
04/06
177 Kph
$20,404
Fat Boy 15/11
06/04
04/06
177 Kph
$21,862
Honda
CB600F Hornet
2003
XRV750 Africa Twin
XL1000V Varadero
2003
GL1800 Goldwing
CBR 900 RR Fireblade
1997
24/17
06/04
03/07
243 Kph
$5,049
20/14
06/04
03/06
208 Kph
$6,149
23/17
06/04
03/06
215 Kph
$7,349
21/15
06/04
03/07
212 Kph
$16,949
28/20
06/04
04/08
274 Kph
*
A
B
Kawasaki
Ninja ZX-9R
28/20
06/04
04/08
285 Kph
$13,592
Ninja ZX-12R 28/20
06/04
04/08
299 Kph
$15,212
20/14
06/04
04/06
185 Kph
$15,212
23/17
06/04
04/06
250 Kph
*
06/04
05/08
287 Kph
*
VN1500 Classic Tourer GPZ500S 2002
ZX-10R 26/19
B
Suzuki
DR-Z400S 18/13
06/04
03/06
132 Kph
$7,045
GSF600 Bandit
22/16
06/04
03/07
211 Kph
$6,235
A
DL1000 V-Strom
22/16
06/04
04/06
225 Kph
$11,905
GSF1200 Bandit
25/18
06/04
03/07
233 Kph
$13,849
GSX1300R Hayabusa
29/21
06/04
03/07
304 Kph
$14,011
Daytona 955
28/20
06/04
04/08
266 Kph
$13,768
Trophy 1200
20/14
06/04
03/07
217 Kph
$11,905
B
DT125R 17/12
06/04
03/07
114 Kph
$4,737
A
XVS1100A Drag Star
21/15
06/04
03/07
282 Kph
$11,419
VMX1200 VMax
22/16
06/04
04/06
245 Kph
$11,905
XJR1300 23/17
06/04
03/07
225 Kph
$10,285
FJR1300 25/18
06/04
03/07
242 Kph
$16,117
XV1600A Wild Star
22/16
06/04
03/07
174 Kph
$13,525
XV1700 Warrior
23/17
06/04
03/07
201 Kph
$16,279
Triumph
Yamaha
Serow 225 WE
2002
23/17
06/04
04/06
193 Kph
*
SR 400
2002
23/17
06/04
04/06
185 Kph
*
YB 50
2002
20/14
06/04
04/06
153 Kph
*
NOTES
A ­ Motorcycle is designed for off-road use and therefore does not handle well on tarmac. The stats given are for road use and should
be improved significantly for off-road conditions. B ­ Motorcycle
is
equipped
with
panniers
as
part
of
the
fairing
which
Chapter Three: Vehicles
can
be
used
to
carry
small
items. 151
SCOOTERS
Make
cc
Acc
Brake
Curve
Speed
Cost
Notes
Aprilia
SR 50 Ditech
49
09/10
04/05
04/05
48 Kph
$3,238
Habana Retro
124
10/12
05/06
05/07
89 Kph
$3,765
Leonardo 250
249
10/12
05/06
05/07
137 Kph
$5,668
Pepe 50
49
09/10
04/05
04/05
48 Kph
$2,428
K2 Biposto 100
101
10/12
04/05
05/07
97 Kph
$3,238
Velvet 125
124
10/12
05/06
05/07
105 Kph
$4,486
Velvet 250
249
10/12
05/06
05/07
121 Kph
$5,792
Beneli
BMW
C1
125
10/12
04/05
05/07
105 Kph
$5,500
C1 Executive
125
10/12
05/06
05/07
105 Kph
$6,350
C1 200
176
10/12
05/06
05/07
113 Kph
$5,824
C1 200 Exec
176
10/12
05/06
05/07
113 Kph
$6,674
Honda
SFX50 49
09/10
04/05
04/05
56 Kph
$2,428
FES125 Panther
124
10/12
05/06
05/07
105 Kph
$4,860
FES250 FORS
249
10/12
05/06
05/07
121 Kph
$6,154
125 124
10/12
05/06
05/07
97 Kph
$4,048
Moto Roma
Wasp 50
49
09/10
04/05
04/05
56 Kph
$1,618
Grand 100
98
10/12
05/06
05/07
105 Kph
$3,070
Grand 125
124
10/12
05/06
05/07
113 Kph
$3,232
Scoot’Elec
N/A
07/08
04/05
05/07
48 Kph
$4,210
Peugeot
Speedfight 50
49
09/10
04/05
04/05
48 Kph
$3,117
Speedfight 100
100
10/12
05/06
05/07
97 Kph
$3,238
Vespa ET2
49
09/10
04/05
04/05
48 Kph
$2,590
Vespa ET4
124
10/12
05/06
05/07
105 Kph
$3,562
AY50W Katana
49
09/10
04/05
04/05
48 Kph
$2,471
UC125 Epicuro
124
10/12
05/06
05/07
105 Kph
$4,210
AN250 Burgman
249
10/12
05/06
05/07
137 Kph
$5,830
AN400 Burgman
385
10/12
06/04
05/07
137 Kph
$6,802
Why 50
49
09/10
04/05
04/05
48 Kph
$2,590
Aero 100X
101
10/12
05/06
05/07
105 Kph
$3,157
Maxster 125
124
10/12
05/06
05/07
113 Kph
$4,210
Majesty 250
250
10/12
06/04
05/07
137 Kph
$6,478
T Max
499
13/18
06/04
05/07
161 Kph
$9,232
A
Piaggio
Suzuki
Yamaha
NOTES:
A
This scooter is electrically powered, and has a range of approximately 65 kilometers before requiring a recharge
at a mains socket for 6 to 8 hours.
152
Millennium’s End
HELICOPTERS
Helicopters have an enourmous advanage over most other vehicles—speed. Even the
slowest helicopter is faster than all but the highest performance sports car or racing
bike. Against that, helicopters are expensive to buy and even more expensive to own.
Listed below are a small selection of common helicopters a BlackEagle operative might
enounter.
Bell
Bell Helicopter Textron Inc, USA
Jet Ranger
The Jet Ranger helicopter has been around since the 1960’s, and
has built a reputation for reliability and versitility. One of the first
jet engine powered helicopters avaialble to civilian’s, the Jet Ranger
has been sold around the world, and can be found in civilian, police
and military hands. The Jet Ranger carries 5 people (1-2 pilots plus
3 passengers) in reasonable comfort, although in an emergency,
another person could be carried.
The Jet Ranger’s cargo bay can hold up to 113kg within the
confines of its 0.45m3 dimensions (0.56 x 0.91 x 0.88m). With an
optional cargo hook fitted, the Jet Ranger can lift up to 680kg of
cargo, or a recue hoist can be attached which can be used to lift or
lower two people simultaneously.
Should a character own a Jet Ranger, the operational costs
would run between $250 and $300 per hour of use including fuel and
maintenance.
Make
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
Jet Ranger 206B3
7/11
4/2
2/3
240 km/h
Chapter Three: Vehicles
Seats
2+3
Cost
$1,800,000 new
$300,000 - $1,500,000
used
Engine
Jet
Fuel
344 litres
Range
400km
Year
1966
153
McDonnell Douglas
McDonnell-Douglas Helicopter Company Inc, USA
MD500
The MD500 is a small, highly maneouverable helicopter, ideal for
transporting a few people into and out of tight spaces.
Seats
2+2
Cost
$2,500,000 new
$600,000 - $1,500,000
used
Engine
Jet
Fuel
242 litres
Range
450km
Year
1983
154
Make
Acc
Brake
Curve
Top Speed
MD500E
6/12
4/2
2/3
280 km/h
Millennium’s End
Chapter Three: Vehicles
155
INDEX
An Index goes here.